NASA Project Mercury Maintenance Manual - 1959

PROJECT
MERCURY
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
EDR 108 COPY NO. r!
NASA
+~NNE:D ~ATELLXTT CAPSULE
i‘\ NOTICE: This document contains information affecting the national

defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage
Laws, Title 18, W. S. C., Section 793 and 794. The transmission or the
revelation of its contents in any manner to an unauthorized person is
prohibited by law.
\
DKrE 15 December 1959 MFDO
latest revision effecting that page.

PAGE REV. PAGE REV. PAGE
LTR. NUMBER LTR. NUMBEZ
A
B
E
E 5 5
6 6
1-l 7
2 ii
9" 9
10 10
3.1 ll
I.2 12
l-3
14 t.2
9 15 15
10 16 16
11 17 17
12 1.8 18
19 l9
:i 20 20
15 21 21
16 22 22
17
18 E5 $2
E
21
25
26
27
25
26
27
22 28 28
23 29
30 g
2
;?I
DATE1s December 1959 &+ (-$ &
MfDONNELL PAGE B
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SECW 108

\
r..-.,...r.. f-fiNli’TThTi’N’l’T AT ..AACI 133
INDEX OF EFFECTIVEPAGES
The pages of this report currently in effect are listed below in numerical
order, The letter or number listed after the page tier identifies the
latest revision effecting that page,
PAGE REP. PAGE REV. PAGE REX'. PAGE REV.
NumER LTR, NUMEIER LTR. NUMFER LTR. NUMBER LTR,
9
10
11
12
13
l4
103
104
105
6-1
2
i
6
CONFIDENTIAL
- --- -
DATE15 DecemberI959 MfDONNELL

& ~
FG &&$& PAGE
REPORT
’
sEDR 108
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
INDEXOFEFFECTIVEPAGBS
The pages of thisreport currently in effect we Jisted below in numerical

order, The letter or number Listed after the page number identifies the
latest revision effecting that page.
PAGE REV. PAGE REV. PAGE ~ l3Ev. PAGE REV.
NUMBER LZR. NUMBEB LTR* IUMESR 'LTR. IvmEmFt Lrn.
8-1 11-1
2 2
i
5
6
ii
9
10
11
I.2
ii
15
16
17
ii
20
21
22
:i
25
26
:78
z
DATE 15 December 1959 MiDONNELL
- ,&‘+ PAGE D
REVISED REPORT SEDR108

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
..,...-- PfiNl71TiT7N’T’T A T ..A...-. 133
INDEX OF EFFECTIVEPAGES
The pages of this report currently in effect are listed below in numerical
order, The letter or number listed after the page number identifies the
latest revision effecting that page,
PAGE RFV. PAGE REV. PAGE RXV. PAGE REV.
NUNBER LTR, NUMBER LTR. ATUMBER DR. mER LTR.
12-J 13-l 13-42 13-83

; 2
CONFIDENTIAL
_“-_~... c ---. . - -.. -
CONFIDENTIAL E
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
SECTION I
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . ..U...................................~............................. l-l
SECTION II
MAJOR STRUCTURAL ASSEMBLIES . . . ..~..........u.........................................
- 2-4
SECTION Ill
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..*............................. 3-l
SIECTION IV
STABILIZATION CONTROL SYSTEM ..,,...,......,..,,...,..*...~,...............,........ 4-l
SECTION V
SEQUENCE SYSTEM, LAUNCH THROUGH RETROGRADE OR ABORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-l
/- SIECTION VI
ESCAPE AND JETTISON ROCKET SYSTEMS ,...“...........,.............................. 6-l
SIECTION VII
POSIGRADE AND RETROGRADE ROCKET SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-I
SIECTION VIII
MISCELLANEOUS PYROTECHNICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..*................*............. 8-l
SIECTION IX
SEQUENCE SYSTEM, LANDING THROUGH RECOVERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-l
SECTION x
ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-l
SECTION Xl
COMMUNICATION . . . ..*..................................................................... 11-1
; S’ECTION XII
NAVIGATIONAL AIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
SECTION XIII
INSTRUMENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..“.......................................... 13-1
.f--
CONFIDENTIAL
- __.
CONFIDENTIAL l-l
SEcmN I
INTRODU CTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION PAGE
PURPOSE . ..*.....,.,................................. l-2

GROUND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . l-2
GENERAL . . ..*.......................................* l-3
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l-4
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM 1-8
GROUND HANDLING EGUIPMENT.... l-10
INSTRUMENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
NAVIGATIONAL AIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
PYROTECHNICS ................................... 1-18
REACTION CONTROL SYSTEM.. ........... 1-19
SEQUENTIAL SYSTEM ........................... l-20
6’
AUTOMATIC STABILIZATION
CONTROL SYSTEM .............................. 1-22
CONFIDENTIAL -
D)JE 15 December 1959 MDONNELE
&/ ($, &f&&q PAGE I-*
REWED REPORT SEDR 108

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
-- ..--- d-‘CINl7TTIl7N’-i-l A1 .I-..#-* 133
l-l. PURRXE
Project Mercury Maintenance Manual provides procedures, diagrams,
illustrations end charts to facilitate system trouble shooting and
coqonent replacement and adjustment. It should be noted that not
all system components are covered in the Replacement and Adjustment
section. In the absence of such procedures it may be assumed that
the particular procedure involved is either obvious and does not
warrant a detailed explanation or engineering information is not
coriplete. Subsequent revisions to the Maintenance Manual will in-
,’ clude C.C.P. changes and revised engineering.

i-2. SUPPORT EQUIPHEBJT
The following abbreviated list of all support equipment, with a brief
description of the use of same, has been includedin this section to
acquaint personnel with the over-all Project Mercury support equipment.
The list is catagorieed by system and is further divided to indicate
if the equipment is McDonnell designed, government furnished, or
vendor designed.
CONFIDENTIAL ~
REVISED 1 REPORT SEDRl.08
ST. LOUIS, M~SOUILI
RF’VIRFn CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
l-3. GENERAL
McDonnellDesi~edEq~p~nt (MDE)
P/N NoMENrn!ruRE USAGE

Im4~83002-I Air Conditioner, Portable Provides qool air to control capsule
ten?peratu?e adhumidityduring check-
out and hzz&gar operations.
~~m~~5830012-1 Nozzle Amy., ANT Actu- ma to ciea capsule interior, de-
ated Vacuum Plate flo4ationbags and &m&in con-
iiensate t&&s.
[ml?.;:(3@&7-1 Bal.aming Circuit9Battery Provides q controlled dischsrge rate
on capsule &&teries after initial
CharKing.
blDz45yt’o33-1 Power &pply$ 6 Volt DC For trail+ component checks and pad
upie.
mE4590034-1 Power Supply, 12 aolt For trail?: component checks andpa&
and 18 volt DC we:
k'~,~90044-1 Pmer supply, I2 v0l.t For traile$ component check6 and pad
sad 18 volt DC use.
@E~~3$mo464 Battery Charger For chargipg batterries.
(Not Ap~licabl.e,) ~
.' Vendor
,‘,c qz A-~76- vacuum CleeneP- (witi l?or gene+ cleaning in and around
A295-A1-A264- attachmehts) capsules
lU5
6570-527-7364 sprin@ &ale Used for general measurements requirk
ing a scs&g ofthistype.
MAC 18, CM (10 MAR 88)

CONFIDENTIAL :
DATE I5 rm?!&er 19%
MtDONNELL
- PAGE b4
SEDR 108
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT
/-‘
DFVlCFn
..- . ,.---
_L
CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 13-3
L-4. CC%@DNIC!ATIONS
SYST!ZM
McDonnellDesfgnedEquipment (MOE)
P/N N(XFLtK!UTURE USAGE

aDE4587010-1 Audio Generator For modulation and audio signd sub-
stitution.
aDE4587Oll-1 H.F. Sigwl Generator For signal stistitution.
!!@~4587012-1 C-Band Generator For signal substitution.
KDE4587013-1 S-Bsnd Generator For simal substitution.
Ktx&587014-1 Dual Pulse Generator Erovides tisggering pulses to the
c +w~~$q3t3 :BencTBtors .
. mti587016-1 U.H,F. Signal Generator Fer signal substitution.

w!DE4587017-1 Power Bridge For R.F. p?wer measurements.
/-‘
MDE45870&1 Headset Mike Used in conjunction with various
test set-u&s.
&4587olg-1 A.F. Distortion Meter To determi$ae auao distortion
k~~4587020-1 Test Panel For control and testing of capsule
equipment*
MDE458702l-1 Speshr Panel For reproducing audio signals.
MDE4587022-1 V*T.V.M. Panel Assy, Conttis two V.T.V.M. for general
measurement usage.
b&+587023-1 Transfer Oscfllator Used in e~junction with other equip-
ment for frequency detexmination.
MDE4587024-1 Frequency Counter For frequewy determination.
MDE4587026-1 F.M. Generator For signaL substitution.
MDE4587028OL U.H,F. Receiver Receives signals transmitted i'rcan
capsule equipment.
kZDE4587029-1 Receiver Range Extender Extends tlie frequency range of the
F-% U.H.F. receiver.
KDE4587030-1 Tape Recorder To record'test signals and test data.
MDE4587031-1 Unit Test Harness Assy. Used to ccrmpbte the various test
set-ups.
bm: *a, CM 00 MAR88)

CONFIDENTIAL :
&j&q PAGE l-5
REPORT SEDR 108

REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI ~
r RN’I.CFT) CONFIDENTIAL : MODEL 133
P/N NQMENCLATURE USAGE

L?Dl$458'j'O32-1 Coaxial Test Ckible Assy. Used to c-lete the various test
U.&its.
NDE4587034-1 Receiver Patch Psxzel Connects the receiver to the desired
test e@p+ent.
b!DE4587035-1 Readout Tester Amy. Used in conjw@+.7&tm:tith the variou13
test set-~&.
uiD~458?036-1 Antenna FTobe Assy. Used in co~unctionwith the various
test set-*se
Mm4587037-1 unit Tester Used in co$junctim with the various
test set-ups.
mE45&038-1 H.F. Antenna Assy. Used in co+$mction with the vsrious
test set43++
mE4587040-1 Junction Box Located in&de the capsule for power
cabling.
GovernmentFurnished Eqtipment (6.F.E. 2.
The follow%ng eqtipwnt is used for system and/ compcuxentcheckout of
ccfmmunicationequipment.
P/N NOMENCLATUKE
802B "C" and "So Band Frequency Meter
5820-538-2555 H.F. Receiver
&25.~#+6pl Multimeter~
6625-305-7213 Slotted L+e Cwrisge
AT 256/~1xc Blade Ant*
HE'805 A Slotted Line
xm UY Standing WaveRatio Indicator
Vendor
8 ,. ._.. -
3i-i fc3llAng etig&ment is uskd ior 'system sn4; component checkout of
coanmunicationequipment.
?.l*,C 251 CM 00 MAR 58)

CONFIDEFTIAL i
DATE
15 mxaer 1959 MfDONNELL
&/ & & PAGE X-6
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT EEDR 108

P-‘ CONFIDENTIAL MODEL I33
REVISED
P/N NoIQEETNmm VENDOR
NC-~ Camrmand
Coder Babcock R&o En& Co.
,. Node1 80 A R.F. Load Bird ELectronic Corp.
MQdel8OF R. F. Eoad Bird E1ect)on.h Corp.
Ern551-50 Attenuator Daven Co.
~~36-4~ Power Supply Ek@.neerin@Research Associates
726~ Klystron General Radio Co.
6sL.5 Klystron General Radio Co.
GR583A Audio Power Meter General Rdio Co.
~~874~6 Attenuator General Ra$io Co.
~~874 GlO Attenuator General Raldio C!&
/‘
GR874G2oB Attenuator General Rdio Co.
GR874-Ga Attenuator General R&io Co.
C:R874-R34 Patch Cords General R&i0 co.
GR8;g4-VQ Voltmeter Detector General. Radio Co.

GR~T~--WS Matched Texminatfon GeneralRqdioCo.
GRl2olB Power supply, 300VDC General Radio Co.
Reg. toMa. 6.3 VAC
L 4 Amp. unreg.
ml.208B Oscillator GeneralRadio Co.
GRZUB OscilZlatar GeneralRadioCo.
GRl22OA Klystron OsciILlator General Rqdio Co.
lEL3OER OsciUoscope Hewlett P+.zkard
ktP420A Xtal Detector Mounting Hewlett Packard
lfIP444A Probe Hewlett Packard
f‘
m477B !PherMstor HekLett Pi&kard
BP608A-95A Fuse Holder Hewlett P&kard
MAC281 CM (10 MARsat CONFIDENTIAL

^.. .-.
DATE 15 Deemibep1959 M!DONNELL PAGE l-7
REVISED ST. LOUIS. MISSOuRI REPORT ea
CONFIilENTIAL MODEL u3
Master Mobile
M”C. Yolles ‘Elecz;ro@c co.
Mosley Elmxkwnics, Inc.
Pemwootl IndustPies
,*
Pdytech& Research and Develop-
%neatco*, In@.
Sprague IEktct, Co.
kttemator
Model 535 FT
EWeE 535 MT
-
MAC 21, CM (10 MAR se)
CONFIDENTlAL
DATE 15 &C&b- 1959 M'DoNNELL PAGE l-8
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT = lo8
/-‘ DFVIPF:n CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
:L-5. EBvIRONMENTALcOmOLmSPEM
Mc'DoaneU Desfgae& EqtaQment (MDE)
P/E N@ENC:LATURE USAGE

mE4583001-1 cooling Assy., Pre-Laun& Used to caol capsule structm and
laterior during pre-launch upper+
tions.
ImE4583003-L !kster, Capsule Leakage Protrfdes cool air:'to cc&r61 capsule-
temperatupe aodhumiditydtu5.ng chsch
out and hangar operations.
ItDE4583005-1 sez?rieing Unit, Water Used to setice capsule and crewman-
Cooling T&k simulator water containers with dis-
tilled wa$er. :;
MDE458301i/-1 Adapte?, Oxygen Bottle Usedtoreplenish capsule oxygen
(=h'=gEw =m?J-Y*
MDE4583OL8-1 Checkout Kit, Oxygen Used:to &mkwhen capsule ernergeney
/- system oxygen supply is activated during
E3ystenlcheckout.
..
lrIDE458~-1 Ad.qter, Condensate Used to adqt vacuum nozzle to con-
Remaagal &ensfate t&k for tank draining.
MLZ4583022-1 Used to repPenish crewman simulator
co=! w?Plgl.
Adapter, Sui% CaoM.ng Adapts IX!@ sq@Lied eoollng'uaitto
ae*ut 'is pres6uVe emit for suit
ved%I.atiqn prior to astronaut's
en-kqy into capsule.
lvn>Ek583024-1 A&apter Amy., Charg%ag, Used to service the coolant indica-
02 Bottle, CooEar& Indf- tor system 02 bottle.
cator System
1m4583026-1 checkout Kit, m- FOF caliboation of c~ewnen simulator

simulator heat an& water m&put.
lliIDE458362'jX Flometer Kit, Carbon Used to check crewmen simlator CO2
Dhxicle Qutput~
i-
MDE4588502-1 CrewmanSfrmilatolp S%mulates crewman heat, water and CO2
output during prelfminary capaule
XlELSSfOnl3*
MAC 19, CM (10 MAR 118) CONFIDENTIAL ~

- _ / -._ -. .~..__. .-_ -..... .~.
.g, MDONNELL
&
DATE 15 *cemberl95
FG &&f&q PAGE
REPORT
i-9
EiBXao8
’

CONFIDENTIAL MODEL u3
P/N I USAGE
KDE@XOl-1 servicing unit, E&h Converts liquid oxygen to gaseous
.,' Pressure Oxygen omen for servicing capsule wgen
bottles.
FortoppQg off capsule 02bottles
to their rm.aimm capacity.
Gwez$ment Finished Equipment (GFE)

3l.20-282-6618 d$@inder, Compressed Air For storing nitrogen or air for cap-
sule leskage cheeks. -
3X20-285-4763 Furging Equipment, Supplies capsule suit circuit with
.- Oxygen Bottle. 02forpurgingti lealcege checks.
Vendor
?4-21oA Leak DetectaP (Consol%.- Used to isolate seurce of leaksge
dated Electra-Dym+ios, during capsule and suit circuit
Inc.) ledsage checks.
,P
C;ONI‘lJJr;N'I‘lAL
REVISED ST. LOUIS, mkounl REPORT SEBR108
r-6. GROUND
HARBLTRG
EQUIPMERT
Mdkmnell Des,Qned Equipment @DE)
P/M McEdJmcLATuRE USAGE

1KDE&j32002-1 slfn@; A&y., Capsule Used to hoist capsule in the vertical
Vertical Hoisting position for installation onto boo&r
and vapfotis &e&out fixtures.
1MB&532003-1 Sling Assy., Capsule Used to hoist capsule, in the hori-
Horfzontal zontal position, for capsule install*
tton into various checkout fixtures.
Also used to h.oZst sled. dolly asserdb-
u*
MDE4532004-1 Sled Dolly, Capsule This device enables horizontal snd
Shipping aud Testing. ver!$icalpositfonfqg of the capsule
and fs also utilized to support the
capsule during gmund sheckout and
tmnsportatfon.
-.&&&$des m&flity fop the capsule
sxiWescaj$e Systexn.
MDE4533oob1 Ring Amy., Booster Used to hofst capsule-booster adapter

Stretch snd prevent adapter distortion during
Atlas booster stretch loa&ing when
adapter is instapled.
MDE4534GOL1 Cover, Capsule Hatch Seals capsule interfor from harmful
-33 entironnnental cmditions during cap-'
sule &e&out operation*
MDE455aoo7-1 Sting Assy., Escape Used to hoist the escape system
System VertxLeal while in the vertical position.
MDE4551010-1 Cradle Assy., Escape A stand for holding the completed
system escape system.
HDEi455lKLfb1 Sldng Assy-, Escape Used to hoist the escape system
System Horizontal while in the horizontal position.
Mm4551019-1 Blast Deflector, Escape A safety device to protect personnel
and Jettiscm from f&juqy should the escape or
Jettfson rocket be accidentally
fgnited, I
mE45~20044 Kit Assy. Safety Tools Tools of non-spoking materials to
be used onthe gar&ry.
MAC251
CM(lOMAR58) CONFIDENTIAL “1;
REVISED ST. LOUIS, M;SSOUPI REPORT m 3~x3
,- d-V-bNli'Tl-bl?NTTAT.
..-,*1CI rrnnc, lx3
bm4582002-~ Wwkstaa., capstde En%-ry
MDE45$~002fX. CmeP Assy,, CapsaILs
mE4ggoo26-1 CmeP Assy,, A%las

AmteP
.A emrer to pmteet %he pyl.on a&J

s%a%Lcpw%s .fmm damage,
A cmr to pro%e,ec%
the aero spike
saa buasto
“AC291 CM (10 MAR 8s)

CONFIDENTIAL
--
-.
DATEl-5 hGniber 1959 MFDONNELL
&/ G & PAGE l-l2
REVISED SEDR108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT
P REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
GogePnmentFumfsbed
,1 Equipment (G.F.E.)
(Not Applicable. )
f‘
MAC ZSI CM (IO MAR IS,

CONFIDENTIAL
/I,/ ‘I,,,
‘,I’;,ps;~;);Y,,,‘s~ , ,.;
, ,‘,,A<,, I ,;! ; ,’
DATE 15 ~wIi&r 19% MiDONNE&&+ G p&&& PAGE l-l3
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORTa
l-7. .lXspRuMENTATIOI\I
McDonnell Designed Eqtipment @DE),
USAGE
MDE4500005 i3emi.wTrailer, Over-The- h33dae5port&ible protection and
Road, Air Conditioned storage of checkout equipment
which must accompany the capsule
to varfous test Bpeas.
MDE4578005-1 Spool, Ground - Test A &evfee fox storag& of ground test
.2?$?32 cebles.
mE4587003-1 Drawer Assy., Capsule To supply test voltages to power
Checkout Power Supply c~on%emats.
MDE4588001 Telemetry Trailer Hous%& for instrumentation system
ma checkout eq+pment.
MDE4588001-A3 ELectrieal Installation Provftles tiring ina the trailerfir
Telemetry Trailer conneetfon of pcfwer to the checkout
equipmed racks, andconnection
af :the reeks to @he&out wiring
&Lseormects.
MDE4588001-A5 Hwaware Iastal.lat%om To sqpplythe requiredhardwareto
Telemetry Trailer equip .the trailer w-it+ the checkout
eqtipment.
MDE4588002-1 S%gnal simulation unit, Simulates transducer inputs to the
Capsule Instrumentation Lnstrumentation packages,
~~~4588~3-1 Harness Simulatfm UnLt$ Allows eonneetf.0~ to fnst+ntation
Capsule InstrumentatiorP emonents for bench check.
mE4588007-n Panel. Assy., Instrumen- Provides sy&em control iran remote
tation Control facilities.
MDE4588008-l-3 Cabinet .Ae~sy.~EPeetonie Prhaes eonven%etitt, secure mounting
, Equipment faeiPfties f.n %he trsiler for check-
taut equipment,
MDE4588022-1 Panel Assy,, Telemetry Ppodaes a central location for all
T~railer Jumxtion Box trafleag input ma-soutmtti233ge
MDE4588025-1 Bench Assy. Pxcwides a corxvenient workfig surface
for general usage.
~9~~4588026-1 Csbl~ Assy., Instmen- To be LnstalJd in capsule for check
tation Packsge "A* ~3~3power control purposes4
Monitor.
/’
M.&C*a, CM (10MARim
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 .&!cetier 1959 MfDONNELL
&/ (-$ & PAGE l-14
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SElDR 108
r l-al3,lccn t-Y-bNli’Tl-bTi!NTT A T. Alhrml 133
P/N I?mcLFiTuRE LEtAGE
MDE4588027-1 &aeO Assy., Telemetry A patch panel for titer-coa9e,cting

Bxxtler Test Yack i patch pinels e
mE4588028-‘j’ timdiffer Assy. ~0~s lp.mi&ity eodrol Independent
,o.fy-kxP&ler air eQn$tfollePo
MDE4588049-1 JackPanel, !lUemetry Prmties for sntennasw%tehing.
Trail.er Test Jack
MDE45&3050-1 Paaael As@., T~&+c- ;.!;f$+.v; $0 keep a log of argerat.t%ontime of
Counter, Gns%rumentation v&ous capsule systems,
MDE45900%3-a 60amnunica%fmsSystem The rekeiving system for telemetry
Telemetry ReF.
MDE459ooE8-3 Phase-lrock Receiver Far~z&zpbi.c&%of signals from
telemetry transmitter.
MD~4590OL8-7 D.rf&le Frequency Os- To extenad %he frequency r&mge of
effbatsr the rece%arg.
MDE4590019-1 Discriminator Q&em This system ibepts the multLplexed
Telemetry output of -khe'teleme%ry recefwr
an&'re&xes the signal to the IRIG
s&-ctier channel outpuks.
This sy&em ikludes input sub-
crier frequewy KLters, discrimin-
ators anti outpu% filters0
MDE4590020-1 DeepnanrmtatorSystems Accepts WW am3 PIM pulse train in-
Telewtry puts ad provide simultane+s pesd-
out of any OP all cif the 88 chsmelsJ
of &Ha, The system consists of
,pc: cirotita, ~~tiaual channel
gate c%Fetitss ga%ch panels and read-
sut desfeea I I
y
MDE459002.b1: Strip cU.z=t R~&Y%w iA32ws .stiultaeous BesuaP readout
Systesi9 Telemetry am3 reeortktng of efght channels of
analog fiata. This system consists
of sfgml .smplW5xrs;, pen mechanisms
am3 reeortbtg papertrsnsport.
MDE4590022-1 Tape Recorder sys;&em~ This system cilZk3wsreeokting aa
Telemetry repro&zztfon 0% 7 channel tape data.
The system eonsfsts of sfgnal zap-
~~fi~r5~ tape transport, tape speed,
spes8bcontrol, 0sciUtors and power
s*pU.es.
,i
CONFIDENTIAL
‘. ..
Dads
15 December1959 MtDONNELL
& &&.& PAGE l-l5
RG
REPORT SEDR 108
REVISED ST, bouIs, MISsoUul
REIJISFh CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
~~~~ USAGE
Ose%Plog~@hReesrding Wisedto permanexM.y reewd readout
sys%eln, Te1emetw data,
Lo-202 Degausser, Auttmatfc ALbws lx.12 erasfng of tape.

t
Tape
Fke Exti she%?,co2 Require& for emergency uses.
Jkaclcet, FfPe Fix% ~44 A bFa&et 0~. whichto hang the CO,
er fire extf~sher.
Vmum Tube VcXLWter Used far genersl metiupements.
Plug-h Prealq$LiS$er Sigml enpP%ffer for scope presentia-
. %%OFip.
'..
Pkg-En PzesmpLifier Signal a.mpkWi.er for mope presenta-
-biQB._.
2293
DuslRaekMomit Rack meatfgg prtisfons foP two

(Hewlet% Pack@) m&txietersO
Telemetry Osefllatm Foa- SigmaI comparison aid su?x3titu-
.
(HewleO%Pa&ad)
Low Frequemy OmXllator For i3fgm.l sfiaulatien.
(Hewlett PacnEa;pd)
5OB AC/DC Digftal. Voltieter papQprf&saccurate voltage me&sure-

(ICbxtel, D%T* of Cdm) Xl@%%60
EIf3 32-20-m DCPower Supply To supply voX.ages to power components
(Mew Jersey EPectronfcs
@Ti?.l
MAC 281
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 Deeember1959 MYDONNELL&p
($ &&&q PAGE 1-s
REPORT SEDR $I8

r ~~\,lCC~ CfbNl7Tl-bW.NTTAT. unnu 1%
IKlMExcum USAGE
Pre=-Amplfrf@r A sfgm3. smpliifer ror scope presen-
(Ipektrcmfr In@.> ttititfsm.
Oseflloscope To observe wave patkerns.
CONFIDENT-IAL
DATE15 DecemberIL959 MfDONNELL
& & PAGE ‘-Iv
I& S12DR108
REVISED ' -. ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT
P REVISED ‘8: ONFIDENTIAL MODEL l33

'i
l-8, NAVItiTIONALAIDS
McDonnellDesignedEquipment (MDE)
NoMENoLAm USAWi
MDE11581005-1 Tester, Satellite Clock Used'to perform checkbut tests on
the se-% clock,
HBEh590006-3 Fixture, Optical Used to check tHe optical perform-i
CHe&&u& ':' &nceej:$oresigHt &l&iment and ~tit&i-
tude measuring device of tHe sateli
lite periscope.
MDlc4590006+-7 Flushing Kit Used to flush the periscope upper
housing to free it of all moisture.
HDE4590006-9 Cleaning Kit, Optical Used to clean all the optical sur-
faces on the satellite periscope
MDJ&590006-=11 Hand Tool Kit Consists of all the standard and
special tools necessary far ser-
vicing and adjusting the periscope.
MRE459OOO6-13 Cable and Box,
Electrical Test Used to operate the extension-
retraction mechanism and the reticle
lsmps of the capsule periscope,
electrically independent of capsule
power or controlsa
Government FurnisHed Equipment (GFEb
(Not Applicable,)
Vendor
(Not Applicable,)
M.&c. 181 CM (10 MAR BeI

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December 1959 MtDONNELL
&/ (-$ & PAGE
-.1-18
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
1-9a PYROl!ECHNICS .
McDonnell Designed Equipment (MDE)
I~CIATURE USAGE
Simulator Device, Squib Used to simulate action of squibs
during sequence system checkout.
Mm4590036-?. Wrench, Explosibe Bolt Used to prevent, explosive bolts
Holding from turning while tightening nuts.
Government Furnished Equipment (GFE)
(Not Applicable,)
Vendor
477-81300 Igniter Wrexh (Grand Used to install the igniter in the
Central Rocket) escape rocket.
MIC 29, CM ((0 M*R 183

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE%5 December 1959 MfDONNE%&/ (-$ p&&& PAGE l-19
REPORT sm 108
REVISED ST. LOUIS,MISSOURI
P REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL l33
l-10. HEWlIONcONTROLsISTgM
EkBonnell Designed Equipment @DE)
USAGE
Protractor, Manual For rigging the control stick limit
'control stick switches and position potentiometers.
IES Monitor Panel Provides blockhouse monitor of all
RCS solenoids, also monitors de-
composition (pressure build-up ).of
5$2*
MIE459000!%3 Provides helium, peroxide, and dis-
tilled water source for servicing
and testing of the HB system. Also
provides vacuum pump.
MDR4590005-5 BE3 Functional Check.. Provides portable thermoccxlple
out Drawer harness and z&llivolt indicator
used to monitor ROSnozzle firing
during system check,
MDEW90005-7 &OS Ha02 Decomposition Used to monitor pressure build-
Monitoring Drawer up in the manual end automatic
Ha9 systems due to decomposition.
MDE4590047-l Protective Olothing Provides assortmnt of protective
Hit (compatible) clothing to be worn
x&en handling Hydrogen Peroxide,
MCE4590049 Portable Helium Top Used to top-off helium system prior
Off unit to launch,
Government Furnished EquipWt (GFE)
FSNo4920-587s Helium Lesk Detector Used to determine leakage rate of
Reaction Control system lines,
\
fittings, and components, (When
filled with helium.)
Vendor
(Not Ap&able.)
/‘
MAC ZS‘ CM (10 “AR se)

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 Wamhr 1959 ,&+ 6
MSDONNELL &&$& PAGE L-20

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL u3
a-11, SEQUENTIAL
syspa 1
PBbr NmCrATum USAcrE
MDE4500013 Weighing Kit, ieapsule Contains scales snd general access-
Accessories ories for weighing of late installa-
tion or replacement itemso
MDE4541001-1 Fitting Assyy,, Capsule For adapting one of the fcnr static
Statie. Port ports to the vacuum t8St line,
MDELshoo3-1 Plug Amy., Capsule Used to plug three of the four static
static Port ports during tiding system t8Stitlg.
wre4541ooa-1 Recovery System Panel To monitor capsule signals during
testing through the umbilical, Used
in blockhouse and checkout trailer.
MmYklco8-a Sensor Assy,, C&x&e A devfce for Indicating actual al-
Landing System T8ster, titude being sensed by the capsule
Stat5e pX&um chamber,
MM34s&mY-a Recovery System Sequence Used to check response of landing
Testier sequence system &en &scent from
altitude is simulated.
mEWLaOlO-% PO&able Recovery System To check all landing system squibs
Squib Tester after installation for no-fire
continuity,
mE4550001-1 FixtureAssyy,, Optical Used to weigh capsule in the vertical
Alignment posdtion to determine C.G, for es-
cape and re-entry modes. Also to
aim thrust centerline of all rocket&
Fixture Assy,, Wei.gh% Used to determine horizontal C.G. of
and C-G. capsule and pylon,
MDE4ssoco4-1 Tooling Kit, Indexing Contains equipment required to per-
and Optfcal form rocket set-up and alignment
pIocedure*
mE4572001-a. Sequence System Tester To simulate booster inputs, acceler-
ometer functions and mechanical
happenings from launch to retrograde.
%ster, Thrust Cutoff To bench test thrust cutoff sensor
Sensor for conttiuity and discontinuity.
:a, CM t,oMARtie~
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 hamber l-959 MiDONNELL
L/ G o&&& PAGE 1-21
REVISED REPORT
SEE% 108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
f- REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
m NOMIZNCLATURE USAGE
~1~4572016-1 Sequence System - ES- To monitor capsule signals during
cape Panel testing through the umbilical, Used
in blockhouse and checkout trailer.
~m4582m1-;L Fixture Assy,, grewman To locate astronaut and support
Center-Of-Gravity couch G.G.
Mm4590002 Direct-Writer Recorder For recording ON-OFFfunctions.
MDE4590015-7 Static Calibration For simulating altitude ascent and
Equipment Drawer descent to capsule static system.
MDE4590015.19 Packing Box, Main For packing and stowing of main
Parachute chute prior to installation.
Mm4590015~3 Packing Box, Reserve For packing and stowing of reserve
Parachute chute prior to installation,
WKS45-cO001- Work Stand, Optical To provide access to necessary
SOSTD Alignment Fixture levels of capsule and pylon when in
the optical alignment fixture.
/-‘
sgDLmk-~ocm- Splice Dolly, Retro- Used to raise and lower retro-rockets
Rockets during aligrrnent and final installa-
tion,
Government Furnished Equipment (GFE)
(Not Applicable,)
Vendor
47717700 Boroscope, Illuminated A device used for inspecting the
propellant grain of the various
rockets used in the esc~apeand
re-ent !3YStekU3,
MAC291 CM (IOMARSB)
CONFIDENTIAL
DATES December 1959 MtDONNELL
,&‘+ ($ p&j&&- PAGE 1-22
REVISED REPORT sm 108

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
.REVISED
.- . .- -- CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
l-1.12. AUTaMATIGSTABILIZATIONC0NTRCLSYSTEM
McDonnell Designed Equipment &DE)
P/N NOMENCLATURE USAGE

MDE4561001-1 ASCS Test Fixture Used to rotate Capsule in yaw, roll
and pitch planes, thereby providing
a confidence check of the entire ASOS
system under actual flight conditions
of attitude and rate after installa-
tion on capsule.
MDE4561037-1 Adapter Erovides method of mechanically
attaching and aligning the Horizon
Motion Simulator to the capsule dur-
ing system test,
m~456105L1 ASGSMonitor Panel Used to monitor gyro spin motors and
synchro outputs during time critical
period of countdown, Also provides
pre-launch gyro torqueing facilities.
~~~45610!2-1 Horizon Scanner @over Provides protection to Horizon
Scanner Germsniumwindowtien in-
stalled in capsule. Also assures
that scanner hill scan constant tem-
perature area with Horizon Motion
Simulator removed, thereby initiating
void signal, This permits checkout
of scanners individually with one
simulator,
~D~4561053-1 cabling, ASCSSystem Cabling between checkout trailer and
capsule to connect G.S,E. equipment'
to ASGS system.,
MDE4590010-3 Pre-Launch Tester Provides semi-automatic checkout of
the ASCS system after installation
in capsule, Used in both staging
and pad sreas,
HDE4.590010-5 Amplifier-Xalibrator Provides complete semi-automatic
Tester checkout of the Amplifier-Calibrator
unit,
MDE4590010-9 Electrical Tester Provides interconnection and central
control between wobble table, strip
chart recorders, and attitude gyros
during drift check and other gyro
tests,
MAC 181 CM (10 MPlR B8)

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 December l.959 MfDONNELL&~ 1-23
86 &a$& PAGE
REPORT SEDR108
P/m NOMENCLATURE USAGE

MDE459OOlJL13 Dividing Head snd Stand Facilitates accurate positioning of
the Attitude Gyros in sll sxes dur-
hg bench check.
MDE4590010-15 Rateof Turn Table gkovi&es accurately measured rate in-
put to permit testing of rate gyros
under actual rate conditions.
MDE4590010-17 Strip Chsrt Recorder Used to record output 'of Attitude
Gyros during drift test so that gyro
drift rate may be ?letermIned over a
period of time.
MDE4590010-35 Electrical Tester Used in con&nction with Rate&? T!z.+n
Table to bench check Rate Gyro. Spin
Motor ad sector sw%tching,
MDE4590010-37 Wobble Table Provides three axis oscillation of
Attitude Gyros necessary for proper
drfft test.
MDE459OOl&3 Horizon Motion Simu- Protides a simulated "horizon tilt"
.'. l&or sign&L input for bench check of
scanner. Also prodded same function
&ring sybtem checkout,
MDE459OOll-$ Horizm Sesaner Used in cozx,junction tith Horizon
Evaluator Motion Simulator to evaluate output
of Scamelp during bench test.
Government Furnished Equipmed (G.F.E.)
.5950-235-2086 Variable Transformer Provides method of adjusting voltage
applied to Gyro Spin Motors and other
equipment during bench checkout.
6625-153-4029 Vscuun Tube Voltmeter Accurately measures vszfous voltages
during Amplifier-Calfbrator .s.udGyro
tests.
6625~?32-1071 A-C Ammeter Accurately monitors gyro spin motor
current.
6625-51g-s335 Cathode Ray Oscilloscope Used to monitor dynamic response of
the AmpPifier-Cdibratoz repeaters
&IX&~ checkout of the @nplifier-
Calfbrator unit. Also us$i to measure
n&se output of Swxxner durin&bench
test.
Vendor (Plot Ap&%cable.) I
MI\C 2Sl CM ($0 “I\R 883
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL 2-l
MAJOR STRUCTURAL
ASSEMBLIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION PAGE
ADAPTERS
ADAPTER- ATLAS MISSILE.. .................. 2-2
ADAPTER- REDSTONE MISSILE.. ............ 2-2
CAPSULE
RETRO-PACKAGE DOME ........................ 2-4
CAPSULE - ADAPTER .............................. 2-6
ANTENNA FAIRING ................................ 2-12
PYLON ................................................... 2-14
:y~~~~~%~.~ HEAT SHIELD ........................................... 2-17
.iiiiiy;.~.*~$~ii
:$~;;iBiiii~Bii~P~-~;E%
::::::::::::::::::::z:z:z::m
::::::::::::::~:::::zvtE:~:::::zz
ENTRANCE HATCH ................................. 2-19
::::::::::::::::::::::d::::::-:s=
::::::^::::::::::-:~::I:::::~
::::::::::::::::::::::::z::::::Lt
::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::szt
::::::::::::::::::::::~::::plzz
ESCAPE HATCH ....................................... 2-22
,........................ -.
iriiiiiiiiiliiiiiiii~~~~~~~~
. . . . - . . . . . . ::::~~~;~~~~~~~~a
:::::::::::::.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . --.
.:::::::::::::: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :.3r.
WINDOW ............................................... 2-24
::::::::::::::::::::::::;:::::::........
,.............::
::::::::::::::
::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
iii:iiiiiiliii’:i::::
:::::::::.:::::::::e
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . :::::::nz:::
. . . . . . . . . . . . n;
. . . . .::::::::::::::z%.......
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “...
SHINGLES .............................................. 2-28
.,...........................................”
.,............................................ ::z::::: ,
,......................................
_..................................
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ::::::::::::
::::::::::::::::::::::ii::::::::::::-::::::::::~:,
::::
. . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .._
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :::: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -.:n::
.. .. . MAIN INSTRUMENT PANEL.. .................... 2-28
:iiiiiiiii;;fii:iliiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii~,
. ...... .....::::::
i::::::::::
...........................::::::::
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ::::::::::::::..-::::..
.iiiiiii!iiiiiiiiii::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.:.:.:::::::~.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :::::::::: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CREWMAN SIMULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. 2-30
...............
::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::iil:i
......... . . a::::::::::::::::::::
.:::::::::::::::::iii::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~~~: . . . . . :::::::::,
. . ....... .
.::::::::::::::::::
. ... .. ....-..:
......._.......... ................................::::::::::::::::::::I:
.....~...............:::::::::::: ...:::,
.......:::::::::: . PRIMATE COUCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~~~~:~~~~~~~
._................................... ..r:
:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::ii:~:::::::~ . . . . .... ... . . . . .
::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::ji::::::::::: .::::::::::::::::::::::
.......................
:::::::::::::::::::::::::iiiiiiililii:::::::::::::::::,:::::::::~~~~~~~~.
:iiiiiiliiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii:::::::::::::::~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~:::::::::::,
_._....................::::::::::: :--::. . . .. . . . ...
:::::::::::::::::::
,,.(,,,,,,,,(,,,,__
..........‘.‘-““:
. .
:::::_.
...
.
....
..
.,,..._._....
.... ..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
I......
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . .
.........::::: ........................**:::::
.
.
..........::::::::::::
......I .....................~~~~~.
. . ........ . .. ..............::..:,.
..~..~..~~
,:::::::::::::::::::::::,..........””’: .... ........::::::::::
‘:iiiiiliiliiiiiiiii~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~::~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~::~” ...............
..i:.:.::::::::::::::::::::::iiiiilililii
,,,,.:.“‘::::iijiiijijijiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiilil~~::~~
,,,....,.,.,............::::::: :,
.:,‘:. ::::::::::::::::::: :_ .. ....:,
:::::::::::::liiiiiiiiiiiijiiiiiiiiii
Y. ~~~~~~;~~~;~~ ::::::::::
..:,::::::::::::::::::::............ :::::::::::::: ..:::.
.-:iiiiiiiiiiriiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii::,
.:::::::::::::jjjiiii~~~~~~~~~~:’
..::::. :.,.... :::::::
CONFIDENTIAL
._ _l..~_ -_.-
TE 15 IhX3UbeP 1959 MtDONNELL PAGE 2-2 -
VISED ST. LOUIS, M;SOURI REPORT ~DR 108
MED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
II. MAJORSTRUCTURAL
ASSEMSLlE3
2-1. ADAPTERS
2-2. Atlas A@ter
2-3, Removap
(a) (See Figure 2-P for p&s xmnenclature.) Install Booster Stretch
Rfng AssernbILy (MDE4533OOP-1) on adapter assembly.
(b) Removeretafnlng bolts from Lox vent tube adapter.

(c) Di scunnect capsule electric& connectors.
(a) Xemoveretailing bolts fram adapter Parer attach ring.
(e) Attach hoist to hoist ring assembly and raise Saerpter assembly
strafght upward.
CAUTIOR
Do not let ade&er swi& from side to side.
2-k. Instal.lation
&e Figure 2-1 for adspter fnstallatfon.
2-5* Redstone Adspter
2-6. Removal
For removal of adapter use the reverse of procedures in Paragraph 2-7.
2-7, InstaUatfon
NOTE
InstaUatfon procedures for the Redstone Adapter
are sfmflar to Atlas Adapter instutfon procedures
(Figure 2-l), only that the Redstone missile does not
have a LOX relief valve that would require attachment
totheRedstone Adapter as inthe casewiththe Atlas
missfILee,
ic23, CM ~10hwR88~
CONFIDENTIAL
-.
DATE 15 December1959 MfDONNEIL

,&‘+ (-$ & PAGE 2-3
SEDR 108
REVISED ST.LOUlS. MISSOURI REPORT
133
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
OOSTER 5TRETCH
~r.*l”y~“ywc .Lh
NASlOZK3 NUT
18 EACH REQ’D DETAIL A
MISSILE LOXVENT
1 ,-ATLAS ADAPTER
SEEDETAILt rADAPTER
// m Zi’H
CAPSULE
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS
TUNNEL
DETAlL C
FIGURE2-i MISSILE .ADAPTER INSTALLATION MH45-36

--_-. ._
CONFIDENTIAL
.~_ ..
DATE 1959 MtDONNELL
15 %cember PAGE g-4 -
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT s
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL ‘33
(a) Attach hoist to Booster Stretch Ring Assenibw (MDE4533OOL1) sling,

and vertiealJy raise adapter.
(b) Visually check the matching surfaces of the booster section ad the
&L&@P.
(c) Posftfon the adapter over the booster section so the& bolt patterns
a@.
NOTE
Align the adapter lower ring index hole
(offset bolt hole), ~5th the booster mating
r&faee index hole (offset bolt hole).
(d) kwe~ adapter onto the booster.
iej .Thnstalf &t%?h bolt& Torque bolts 20 to 25 inch-po~nde.
(f'j Connect fnterface wire bundles (2) and note the following:
_
(1) Ppoper length of bundles.
(2j General ccazdflion, etc.
(3) Proper eonnectfon.
(g> Note coniXtion of explosfve bolts electrid. lead6 (5).
(h) Check adapter - capsule electtical lea&s and connector8 (2).
2-8, CasuLF:
2-g. Retro-Package Dome- Capsule
24.0. RelIDVdl.
Removal is the reverse of fnstaU&icn procedures Paregraph 2-U..
MAC 291 CM (10 MARS8)

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE _ 15 December1959 MfDONNELL
&/ (-$ & PAGE 2-5
,REVlSEi REPORT SEDR 108

ST.LOlJIS. MISSOURI
133
INSTALLATION
El POSITION
ENSURING
i;“,“EAT
DOME AS5Y (45-50001) ON HEAT S1NK
THAT THE BOSS IN THE CENTER OF’
SINK FITS INTO THE TUBE OF THE DOME
cl E TORQUE EXPLOSIVE BOLT TO 240-260 INCH-LES,
0
F BEND UP FIVE TABS ON LOCK WASHER.
El POSITION
PERIPHERY,
THE RETENTION
THE THPEE BRACKETS
STRAPS (45-72030)
PPOVIDED ONTHE
ADJACENT TO HEAT SHIELD.
IN
CAPSULE 0
G DO NOT CONNECT ELECTRICAL
(OR UMBILICAL
RED BYCAPSULE
DISCONNECTS
EAD TO BOLT
\ UNTIL
CONFIGURATION
AUTHOR-
ENGINEERREFER
El POSITION
INSTALL
STRAP5
EXPLO5IVE
OVER DOME A55EMBLV
BOLT (45-72704)
AND
SNUB TIGHT.
TO SECTION IZEC FOR ELECTRICAL HOOK-UP
CAUTION
DO NOT CONNECT ELECTRICAL
LEAD TO EXPLOSIVE BOLT. REFER
TC? SECTION m.
D TORQUE STRAP TURNBUCKLES ALTERNATELY,
0 INCREASING IN IOINCH-CBS INCREMENTS TO A
VALUE OF 130-140 INCtI-LBS.
SEE DETA\L A
DETAIL A
ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT
RETRO-PACKAGE-,
ELECTRICAL LEAD
LHEAT SHIELD (REF)
LOCK WASHER
FIGURE Z-2 RETROGRADE PACKAGE DOME INSTALLATION MN45-95
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE- MfDONNELL
*
L/G &,&& PAGE *$ -

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
Install shorting clips on p~otechnics im-

mediately followkg disconnecting of electri-
cal leads.
*-Il. Inst al3aticP1

See Figure 2-2 f'Or retro-peckege dome installa'tfon.
2-12. Capsule - Adapter
2-13. RemoVal
For cepsu3.e removal from a&apter,use reverse of procedures in para-
. graph 2-14.
2-k Instaxktion
(a) (See Figure 2-3.) Install Capsule Vertical Hoist Sling
_. -
(MDE4532002-1) o&o capsule.
(b) Using the w%nchonthe slea dolly, ellow capsule to raise to
.
vertical posftion.
(c) Using hoist, posit&m capsule over adapter, rotating capsule as
required to align slot6 in adapter upper ring with retrogrde
package retaining streps on cepsule.
(a) lkwer cerp8ul.e irpyE0contact with the adapter clmnp ring flange.
_
MAC 29, CM 00 MRR 1st

CONFIDENTIAL
4TE15 Decmiber 19 4 MtDONNELL
& p&.&&q PAGE 2-7 -
I&
iVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT .bR lo8
W?ED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL I33
Mote the following:

(1) Affmnt of 'Indexing" marks on capsule and aepter.
(2) Angular Alignmer&i (See Ffgure 2-3,) Gh&k~al.ignment with
MDE ikmplate at 4 -potits $JO"a&t.
With template-conta&fng capsule fiberglass attach Ping
and adapter *per ring, measure gap between -late and
Shim. Gap shablbe .OOOto 0020,
DO NOTIremove sbfm s$oek to comect angt.zlar

mis-alignment 0 A.lthoughsQmex?emovalof
shim stock maybe reqtired at fnitXl iuating
of capsule and adap%er, this fs normally con-
sfaerea to be a factory operaztfon requiring
%he use of optical alignment fadlfties, etc.
(e) Cheek electr&x& %est comections as foUows:
(1) Capmle to a&w%er (2 places)
(2) Capsule to retro pa&age (3 IPlaces)
(3) Capsule to escape sys%em(2 glaces)
Ascer%afn %ba%cables lengths are &equate ma %ha%s3.l. con-
nectfons are of the proper %ype.
(f) Esually check each segment of the c%sznpring for damage,
-/(g) Apply anti-sfeee cmqmmd (kX-!p5544) Lo inner surface of clamp
35ng sec-tfon.
(h) Position% %9ze3 see%fon f%%aer strip ax$una the capsule heat shield.
The filler std.ps are centered unaer the clsmp ring sections.
(i) E&xi&ate the c&mg~ting boIL%ssphericaLseat'washers ti%h anti-
sfeee cktpouu& (MI%-t!2-55441,
(J) " Pos~%hm %he "capstCLeP'pcw%fou of the two mechagica3. electrical
AC231 CM (10MAR58)
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December1959 MtDONNELL
&/ 6 e PAGE 2-8
REVISED SEDR 108

ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI REPORT
133
f---
CAPSULE VERTICAL
HOIST SLING
MDE4532002-I
SECTION B-6
(TYPICAL 3 PLACES)
RETROGRADE ATTACH
STRAP (TYR 3 PLACES)
SECTION A-A
AN6UCAR AL16NMENT
FIGURE 2-3 CAPSULE TO ADAPTER INSTALLATION (SHEET I OF3)

MH45-35-I
I
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December 1959 ,&‘+ ($
MtDONNELL e PAGE 2-9
REVISED SEDR 108

ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT
REVISED PnhleIn-reiri AI “fin=, 133
FIGURE 2-3 CAPSULE TO ADAPTEK INSTALLATION (SHEETZOF 3)

MH45-35-2
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE I5 December1959 ,f’+ f$,
MtDONNELL & PAGE 2-10
SEDR 108
REVISED ST.LOU1.S. MISSOURI REPORT
133
CLAMPRINGRELEASE
LIMIT SWITCH
(TYPICAL 3 PLACES)
SHIELD ASSEMBLY
(TYPICAL 6 PLACES)
(TYPICAL 3 PLACES)
,n4G ASSEMBLY-I
Dlh TYPICRL 3 PLKES
(Typ1c~L3 PLACES)
.
rNAS673Vl2 BOLT
\\4M25-3 WASHER
- "AS673VlZ BOLT
IY
M25-3 WASHER
EQUALWITHIN .06 ONALL BOLTS
NASb73V4 BOC
4M25-3 WASHE
NAS673VZOBOLT
4M25-3LWASHER
1 \-CLAMP R\klG
RETAlNERCABLE
----L- I”l.dOl.J.XU
klbCI-r1,,,L nn,
4M25-3 WASHER
““Ll
T
FIGURE 2-3 CAPSULE TO ADAPTER lNSTALLATION(SHEET3OF3) MNAS-3
CONFIDENTIAL
-
-__:
*-.
,TE15 keeniber MtDONNELL
x9.959 &
DA
fl& &&!&q PAGE
REPORT
2-n
sEDR108
-

REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL -
-
(k) Instal% the &Lampring over the filler strips taking care to align
the mechanical electrical dfseonnects halves, Ekercfse care also
not to &mage the limit tit&es (3 places) whfch are actuated by
the clamp ring.
(1) Attach c3xtmppfng segments udng tnert explosive bofts (45-72702-7).
mTE
Fop live ez@Loeive bdLts instUtion refer to I a+
Section %U.I, &$ +fl+& ,d"
(m) Torque nuts to approx?.mateI.y 32Oin/fbs. Tap riw$,se&~ts with a
maXLet &long their length, then torque nuts to 775 + 20 in/lbs.
Tap x%-g segments aga%n ana retorque nuts to 775 t 20 in/lb% Re-
peat until the torque value remtins constant at 775 2 20 fn/lbs.
Dfetance ~PUII en& of nut to end of bolt must be

equal within .Q6" for alX bolts. Safety attach
nu'ts tith MS20995N5% loboeWpe.
(n) Connect tire bunCLes between the mechanical electrical disconnects
am3 the pyrotechnic dfseonneets (2 places). Iiote tire bundles Urtb
regarc%to length, phys9eal condition, condition of connectors, etc.
(For explosive cells inst~ation (in pyrotechnic disconnects) re-
fer to Seetlon VKL)
(0) Ascertain that the explosfve bolt lea&~ are of adequate length and
are fitted tith the proper- connectors,
(p) In&U pneumatfe line, contaitig fn%tiator, between fittfng under
retractabb%e door %n capsule ana clamp ping bolt. mote fit of line
with regar& to a&equate a-ength, proper bends, etc.
(q) Check each segment of the clemp ring heat shield for security of
fnsulatfon and bushings.
NOTE
Except for f%t &e&w, heat shied repairs, etc.,
&o not %nstaU ckmp x%ng heat &de&I untfl ?Lfve
explosPtre bo%ts are i.netUd,
iC83, CM (10MAR58)
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December 1954
MtDONNELL
&/ & L%?4&m PAGE -- 2-*
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEDR108

,-.
! REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
(r) Install the shield over the clamp ring segment, noting that each
section is properly contoured, and that all bolt holes align.
(s) Check each shfeld assembly for security of insulation end bushing.
(t) Install shield assemblies at clamp ring joints.
NOTE
With respect to any particulcs clamp ring joint,
the "right" shield asserdhly must be installed first.
Torque bolts 12-15 in/lbs.
2-15a Antenna Fairing
2-16, Removal
(a) Removecapsule pylon tower, Refer to Paragreh 2-18.
(b) Removeantenna faking attach bolt, accessible through the antenna
/?
iairing loading rod, utilizing special tool (MDE 1.
>’
IURNING
During the removd of the antenna fairing from

the capsule, extreme eautfon should be observed
to ensure that no electriea% power is attached
to the capsule s.nndalso that capsule batteries
i3.re l.llnctivzbcd, Fa-ikwe to comply could re-
sult in firing of the antenna faring ejector
gun with subsequent damageto equipment and in-
jury or death of personnel. *
(c) Lift the antenna fairing off the capsule recovery compartment.
NOTE
f-7 During the removal of the antenna f&ring do
.I’
not tdst or turn the faking.
MAC 23, CM (10 MAR 58,

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
15 December 1959 ,&+ G e
MYDONNELL PAGE
2-13
SEDR 108
REPORT
REVISED ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
133
MODEL
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL
I NZTAL.LATION
( FNS”RE THAT CAPSULE RECO”F.RY COMPPRTMENT EQUIPMENT IS PROPERLY INSTALLED
F.
AND BOLT.
ANTENNA CENTER
POST ASSEMBLY
ANTENNA FlZlRlNG COMPARTMENT

EJECTOR GUN TUBE
RECOVERY COMPARTMENT
S”PPcK!T FITTING
(TYPICAL 3 PLACES)
CONFIDENTIAL
JE 15 b3Zhiber 1959 MtDONNELL
&/ ($ &&&&q PAGE 2-14
VISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT 'SEDRlO8
VISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
2-11. Irlstallatfon
/
(See Figure 2-4, for antenna faidng instalLa=&&)
2-l& Fylon
2-i& himaa
For removal of Pylon use t& reverse, of pmce&res in Parsgrsph ?-2C.
2-29. Installat~qm
(a) Attakhoist to the Eseapq System Crsd$e ZBmueI)menibly,
MBE455IOlk4, Seward eltqp rfng and rotate frame asse&ly to
._A ~ertice.3. posftfci
NOTE
Cradk frsme assembly fs instaLled on the
f-‘, Capsta%/Esqpe System Traiiler, Secure
cradle assenibly to vertfeal position tith
the stxppartbraceproBIde&
(b) Removehoist and dfsassemKL.ecradle f%mneassembly forwsrd el.sqp
(e) Detach cradle .fmme assembly aft c1a.g.

(cl) Disassedfie 6xdtle frame base plate and remove tpsiler,
(e) Enstall Escape System Ver%fwL Heist Sling Assembly, MDEi@jlOO~-1
to the pylon escape rocket attach lugs.
(f) Attach hoist to ~ertkkl, hoist sUng,
(g) Detach ez%Xiefapanne
base p%&e K&up ring.
(II), Vdfeally ra%.sethe pylon md timally check the mating surfaces
L
4c 291 CM (10 MAR58)

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
15 December1959 ,&+ f$
MfDONNELL & PAGE 2-15
SEDR 108
REVISED ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT
133
- -, . .-- - - ---. _,
- ACCESS cov5e
ESCAPE 5YST E M
WOlST SLING ASSEMBLY
MDE 4551007
RECEPTACLE
FIGURE 2-5 PYLON INSTALLATION MH45-87
CONFIDENTIAL
iTE 15 lkw=mbeP 19
& MtDONNELL
& &&&Q- PAGE .2-ti -
I&
VISED REPORT SEDR108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
PP~OPto final Lns%a.lUtion of the pylon,

%he an%enxaf,drfng mxs%be fns%alletL
(9) Pos~tfox the pylon over %he fnetalled entenna fatring, aligning
the eEee%rieal recep%aclerJ of the pylon attach flange with the
el.eetrfqa$ reeeptac%es of %he capsule recovery system ccxnpartment
attad fl.axge, If an%ema faWbg is i.nstalled, depress the de-
twtbflfzfng flap a&t seetwe ti%h pfp pfx ~PQIUpylcn,(Eee Fig. 2-5.)
) Ifiowe~pylon onto capsule.
LTote the follting:
(L) Cleamx~e between pylon and antenna f&ring.
(2) Ma%ixg of pylon ~~33capsri2.e attach flange,
(1) E&w&x&e z423.n~sec%Lon or &Lamp.dng segments tith anti-seize

@Qmpowa(Map%-r-5544).
(m) Insta?.,l t5l.q riag segmen%son%0mated pylon-capsule flanges,
t&e pylon expksive bolt eleetti.cal lea& with eae$ end
of ehuupr&q segmex%, .likerefse care not %o damage l&nit sw-ltches
(3 places) &wLng ckimp aping ~nstallatfon.
(n) At%& e&q r%ng segments ~5th inert ~losive-Bblts_,(4~-7?072-7)
For live bolts SnstciLlation refer to Section VIIL
I\c 231 CM (10 M/\R 58)

CONFIDENTIAL
1- :--,
I
PAGE ‘-I; 108
REVISED REPORT a:R

ST, LOUIS. MlSSOURl
,f----\ / REVISED CONFItiENTIAL MODEL I33
NOTE
Lubricate clamp ring bolts spherical seat washer

with Anti-Seize Compound(MIL-T-5544).
(0) Torque nuts to approximately 320 fn/lbs. Tap ring segments with a
. _ mallet elong their length, then torque nuts to 775 + 20 in/l.bs.
Tap ring sesents agein, and retorque nuts to 775 f, 20 in/lbs. Re-
peat until the torque remtins constant at 775 2 20 in/lbs;
.) NOTE
Distance from end of nut to end of bolt must
be equel within 2 .b6" for all bolts. (Safety
attach nuts with MS20995N51lo&wire.)
(p) Ascertain that pylon explosive bolt leads Bpe of proper length and
exe equipped with proper connectors.
(q) Install pneumatic line, containing fnitiator, between clsmp ring
bolt and capsule fftting. Note fit of line.
(P) Check clsmp rkng heat shield segments for general condition.
_
NOTE
Except for fit cheeks, heat shfeld rep&r, etc.,
do not fnstall clamp ring heat shield until live
explosive bolts are installed.
(6) Install shields over clamp rfng segments noting that all bolt
holes al&n.
(t) Attach shields to clamp ring segments and torque attach bolts
l2 to 15 fn/lbs,
2-21, Heat Shield
2-22. Removal
(a) Position capsule on the CrewmanWeight and Center of Gravity
Fixture Assembly (~~~4582001-1).
NOTE
Utilize the Capsule Vertical Hofstfng Sling
c
Assembly (KDE4532032-l), to fnstall capsule
MAC 231 CM (10 MAR. 58) CONFIDENTIAL

DATE
,&+ ($ e PAGE 2-18
SEDR 108
133
JNSTALLATICN
I. ENSURE C.G. FIXTURE ATTACH CLAMP5 ARE 06Ea.
2. LOWER CAPSULE ONTO HEAT SHIELD.
3. AL\GN HEAT SHIELD AND SH\ELD ATTACH R\NG \NDEX HOLES.
-NOTE-
WHEN INSTALLING HEATSINK(BERRYLIUM), ALIGN HEAT STRINGER
5INK,lNSULATlON RlNG,ANDHEATSHIELD ATTACH RING
INDEX HbLE5.
4. SECURE(CLOSE‘)FIXTUREATTACH CLAMPS ONTO CAPSULE CAPSULE INNER SK\N
FIBERGLASS RING.
5. INSERT BUSWINGSINTO HEAT SHIELD ATTACH RING HOLES. I
6. INSTALL ATTACH BOLTS THROUGH BUSHINGS AND INTO
HEAT SHLELD INSERTS. TORQUE BOLTS 30 TO40 INCH LBS.
07 HEAT Sk ,lELD- -ELE‘.-~
t.lJLIECTl-JD
co,..---.-..
7. CONNECT HEAT SHIELD ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR TO

CAPSULE RECEPTACLE.
8. \NSTALL H20z SERVlClNG DOOR TO CAPSULE /---+-TNGER i
lNNER SKIN. L
9. INSTALL SHINGLES TO CAPSULE.
INSULAT\ON R\NG (6) a
ATTACH Far-4 -FIBERSLAS:

RING.
CREWMEN WE\GHTAND
C.G.FlXTURE(MOE 45: 82001)
HEAT SHIELD (A)
HEAT SHIELD ELECTRICAL

CONNECTOR.
a
2 HEAT SHIELD.
d
D EFFECTIVE CAPSULES-2,,5;7J l0,lI,14,15,16,17
FIGUREZ-6 HEAT SHIELD INSTALLATION M&+45-2
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 Df+@-ber1959 MFDONNELL
&/ &, &+&.& PAGE *-I9 -
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT -108
to weight and
_ oenter
- of graviiy fixture.
(b) Secure capsule to weight and center of gravity fixture by locking
iYxtur8 adapter clamps (P2jo
(c) Removecapsule shingles located adjacent to capsule fiberglas,,
attach ring (that fs utilfs;edto
'. attach ce&Wle to missile adapter).
(d) Remove
-. attach_ bolts and bushings .(48 each), that attach the capsule
heat shield attach rfng to the heat shield
Bushings do not necessarily have to be rem

moved, ff they fit tightly into the heat
shield attach rfng. Bushings may be removed
after capsule is removed from heat shield
attach ring,
(ej RemoveH202 servzhoing access door, located in the capsule stract-
ural skin adjacent to the heat shield attach ring and in line with
the capsule lower tindow
(f) Disconnect heat shield efeetrieal eonneetor located in the I+,
serv%cing accees door..
(g) Unlock weight and center of gravity fixture,adapter clamps0
(h) Rofst oapsule vertfeally off of heat shielda
243, Installation
(a) See Figure 2&ip for installation of heat shield to capsule,
2-24, EwtlPance Hatch
2*~, Removal ..
(a) Removethe entrance hatch shingles (4) that enclose the entrance
hatch
MAC 231 CM (10 MAR 58)

CONFIDENTIAL
- /
DATE
15 December1959 MFDONNELL
Q G & PAGE 2-20
SEDR 108
REVISED ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI REPORT
133
PRESBURE
VALVE
CAPSULE
STRINGERS
,-HATCH SHINGLE
El ALIGN HATCH SEAL AND CAPSULE
HATCH SILL ATTACHMENT HOLE!
cl
3 PLACE ENTRANCE HATCH ONTO
HATCH SEAL AND ALIGN EN -
TRANCE HATCH, HATCH 5EAL.
AND CAPSULE HATCH SILL AT-
/ /I TACHMENT HOLES.
NOTE
DURING ALlbNMENT OF
HATCH,SEAL, AND SILL
MATE THE HATCH STRIUG-
ERS WlTti THE CAP5ULE
STRINGERS.
04 ATTACH
WITH
HATCH TO CAPSULE SC\
BOLTS. WASHER5
STAT-O-SEAL5.
AND
TORQUE ATTACH 8OLTS 30-35

INCH POUNDS.
NOTE
TO OBTAIN PROPER HATCH
SEALlNG.TORQUE EVERY
OTHER 6OLT ANOMEN
TORQUE REMAINING BOLTS.
-
HATCH SILL
q 6 INSTALL AND FIRMLY TlGtiTEE
l-l 6 NA5673VI
BOLT
-----
ATTACH BOLT INSTALLATION
BOLTS INTO MATED
AN0 CAPSULE
TACHMENT
HATCH
STRINGER
HOLES.
AT
(24 REQ’D)
FIGURE Z-7 ENTRANCE HATCH’ INSTALLATION (SHEET I OF 2.) MH45-3-i
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
&/ ($ d PAGE 2-21
SEDR 108
133
15-32054-33
;HlNGLE
45-32054-29
HATCH SHINGL.ES IN THE

ING SEQUENCE (a.b.c.d).
SECVRE SHINGLE TO CAPSULE WITH
SCREWS AND WASHERS.
NOTE
DUE TO THE DIFFERENCE
IN SHINGLE ATTACtiMENT,
UTILIZE THE ATTACH
SCREWS As DIRECTED IN
DETAILS “A” AND”8”.
TORQUE SHINGLE SCREWS
15-32054-25
SHINGLE
/‘ LENTRANCE HATCH
_,’
SHINGLE
45-32065-5 SCREW
/ / r45-52089-9 WASHER
--.,.1- ,. SHINGLE
TYPICAL
SHINGLE-SHINGLE
ATTACHMENT
SHINGLE
145-32065-3 SCREW
STRINGER
/‘,
TYPICAL
StjlNGLi-STRINGER
ATTACHMENT
FIGURE 2-7 ENTRANCE HATCH INSTALLATION(SHEET 2 OF2) MH45-3-2

/
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December 1959 MtDoNNELL ’ &&&- PAGE 2-22
+cv
REVISED REPORT SEDR 108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL -233
To prevent possible injury to personnel, in

the event the capsule has been pressurised,
remove the pressure valve cover and depress
pressure valve (located in entrance hatch),

(b) Remove entrance hatch from eapeule by remoting the hatch attadh
,
bolts (Sk), and Biftdng off hateh, .
(o) Remove the capsule entrance hatch seal.
_ _ l?oTFl
Entrannee hatch seal is _removed. to prevent
danage to_. seal and also ._.to enable

_ the
_ in-
_...
stallatfonof the Capsule -.Hatch Ring Cover
I
@DE453i33X~l) 9 ts eapauleo
2-2& Installation
- ___ _..
See Figure 2-'1: for entrance hatch insiallatfon.
247 0 Escape Hatch

%&?a0 RemWaIl
(a) Remove escape hatch control handle safety pin*
(b) Actuate escape hatch handle downward,
NOTE
Fir~&y stxpport escape hatch during control
handle ac tuatfon,
(0) Remove escape hatzh, by pullfng hatch taward the capsule large
p.resawe bulkhead,
-=s* Ex&ed.lation
(a) (See Figure 2-=8j, F+ositi.on escape hatch into small pressure
bulkhead opening,
-
MAC ZBI CM (10 MAR 581
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
15 December1959 MfDONNELL
&-+ f& & PAGE 2-23
iEVlSED
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI REPORT SEDR 108
?EVISED
P’ CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
CAPSULE
SMALL PRESSURE
RELEASE HANDLE
HATCH RELEASED
HATCH RELEASED
ING
RETAINING _J-HATCH
RING 7
SMALL
i3ULKt-l
HATCH CLOSED
SECTION A-A HATCH CLOSED
FIGURE Z-8 ESCAPE HATCH INSTALLATION
MH45-90
CONFIDENTIAL
DOTE 15 December 1959 LB (‘+,
MtDONNELL &,&& PAGE - 2-24--

ST. LOUIS, M;;SOURI
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 1?? --
(b) Rotate escape hat& so tiat eontro3. handle till be located in the
tight of the bullshe~ (83dJacent to cabin afr inlet valve). '
(c) Removeescape hat& control hadle safety pin.
(a) Wftb hatch f'&mly seated %n small pressure bulkhead hatch sill.,
move thehandfe upwaMuntfl.thehs&l,e lfrrksgeholes align.
(e) Bxhll safety pin Ln corttrol hsd.le LlMlsage..
2~30~ Capsule Window
Iw!E
RemovaLan& frastflattion procedures for all
capstCLew%maawsare very similar, The pro-
cedure described herein Well pert&n to
lower widow , bti maybe considered "typical",
2-31. Rem0td
(a) (See Figure 2-9 fop parts nomenclature.,) Removetie scrkws Fran
the outer edge of the shingle that encloses the capsule outer
WfnaQwassembly.
(b) Re&we &he screws fapamthe ~&Qg&,aQjaee&-to the wfaaar
Nrn
The ~uteap%&%w assembly fs retained by this
&h%agleh of shhgle screws.
s.d&aeent to wzLr&m, stsppoti the tin&w, Then
remove shwe, outer whdow assenfbly, ad
~~s~t~on StPTps.
(e) Removethe Earth ad Sky Camera Assemb3y (lower w%fndowonly) lo-
eatetl f9 the eapsde ad.&ieent to tie eaptsule Lnner window assenibu
MAC 281 CM (10 MAR 58)

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December1959 ,&+ ($ e
MfDONNELL PAGE 2-25
REVISED REPORT
SEDR 108
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
133
CAPSULE STRUCTURE
2. WINDOW SEAL (45-35013)

3. BOLT (NA5 653%) (30 REQ’D)
4. WASHE! (4M13AIOL) (30 REQ’D)
5. NUT (FNBIZ-1032) (30 PEO’O)
6. INSULATION (45-32038
NOTE 7. OUTER WNDOW ASSEMBLY (45-35025)
ALL INFODMATDN SHOWN DEPICTS 6 SHINGLE (45-32054)
,NSTALLATlON OF OUTER AND INNER
WlNDOW ASSEMBLIES
FIGURE 2-9 WINDOW INSTALLATION

MH45-4
/
CONFIDENTIAL
DATERS
Deceniber
1959 MtDONNELL
&
FG p&&t& PAGE
REPORT
2-26
mm 108
-

C‘fiNli’Tl-hli’NN’PTAT
U”I.K .LUUlJ 11-Y rrrrnc,
MVYEL - 131
(d) Removebolts and nuts that attaeh the inner window assembly to the
oapsule*
N@l!E
Removeseal located between window assembly
and capsule structure*
2+2* Installation
(a) (See Ffgure 2-g.,) Plaoe inner window assembly onto capsule
window sill struetureo
NOTE
Install seal between window assembly and
window sill struoture.
(b) Attaeh inner window assembly and seal to capsule window sill
structure with bolts, washers, and nuts. (See Figure 2-g.)
NOTE
Ensure that stat-o-seal washers are in
between the window attaeh flange and sup-
port clips, looated on the top and bottom
of wfndow assembly*
(c) Torque bolts ~to+4nch pounds. 3d'9r
'\
(d) Plaoe outer wdndow assembly into oapsule outer window sill.
NOT&
Ensure that insulatfon strips are in between
outer window assembly and eapsule window sill
struotuPeo
(e) Flaoe shzkgle over outer window assembly and secure With shingle
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
+ 6 & PAGE 2-27
SEDR 108
133
45-32089-
WA5UER
45-32065-S SCREW
TYPICAL SUINGLE TO
SUINGLEATTACUMEN’
‘ThLlmr*’ SECTION)
SUINGLE
ARRANGEMENT 7
RINGER
r-
SULATION
15-32089-7 WAXIER CAP5ULt
INNER
SKIN
.5-32065 -3
SCREW
TYPICAL SUINGLE TO 5TRINGER

ATTACUMENT(CONICAL 5EcT10t.i)
SUINGLE
1 r5TRAP
h
I
U.32065- SCREW
SUINGLE 45-3206
45-32089 J
-7 WASU E R
SCREW
TYPILAL SUINGLE TO STRIN6ER

ATTACU M ENT ( RECOVERY C~JMPARTMENT)-
TYPICAL SUINGLE ATTACUMENT
45.32069-3 f
(~NICAL SECTION - CYLINDRICAL
WA3HER SECTIOtd JUNCTURE)
FIGURE 2-10 SHINGLE INSTALLATION MH451
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 kCembeP 1959 MFDONNELL
&/ &, &k&& PAGE 2-28
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT mm 108

REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL L
NOTE
Xnstall screws into sh;hingle attach holes
that cnre cdjr,ccnt to riindo>r. L!hi s rb7i 11
secure shingle, rti1xlooa7 nsce3bly, and insu-

?.etion strips to the capsule window sill
structure.
(f) BCCUT? skkgle outer edges by install.ing screws throu& shingle
to capsule structure.
2-330 Capsule Shingles
2-34. Rl?lllOVEll
(a) Removethe screws around the shingle to be removed. (Since the

/- -, shingles overlapp, adjacent shingles will be loosened when the
screws are remove&)
-2-35. Instal.l.ation
See Figure 2-10 for shingle installation.
2-36, Main Panel (Removable Section)
2-37. Removal
(a) Move main panel removable section release handle out and upward.
NOTE
Support main panel removable section during
removal operation.
(b) Removerelease handle from main gene1 assembly.
(cl idove removable section downward so that main panel index screw
bottcuns on the top of the elongated hole in removable section.
.,
/ (a) Move removable section away from mein panel so that mounting tab&!
are free from main panel mounting flanges.
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December1959 MfDONNELL
Q g c7t?azh
PAGE 2-29
SEDR 108
133
FIGURE Z-11 MAIN PANEL(REMOVABLE SECTION)INSTALLATION MH45-47
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE m
MfDONNELL
&/ f$ e PAGE 2-30 -
REVISED ST, LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT =R 108
(e) Removesect&m,
NOTE
Due to fnterconnecting tiring, removebfe
section cannot be completely removed fran
capsule.
2-3% IJkmts,llati m
See Figure 2-U. for remm&le section installation.
P-390 CrewmsnWmuUtor
2-40. Removal or InetUtion
See Figure 2-12 for CrewmanSimulator removal or installation.
2-41. primate couch
2-42. Remvala~lnstallation
See Figure 2-13 for FMmate couch remmel or insteuation.
-
M*C 231 CM (10 MAR 58,
CONFIDENTIAL
#ATE 15 December1959 MtDONNELL
6 ($ e PAGE 2-31
v
EVISED REPORT SEDR 108
ST.LOU1.S. MISSOURI
133
EVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
-LHLWNIHN 31M”LHI”H HNU

PRIMATE COUCH HANDLING 111 CHECK INSTRUMENTATION PALLET(45-88501) FOR PROPER
1 \ \z EQU\PMENT. T;-L IN5TALLATlON(REFER TO SECTIONZ%IU)
CJ CONNECT CREWMAN
-EMBLY TO CAPSULE
SIMULATOR
INTERIOR
HANDLlNCI PULLEY ASS-
/FITTING) ANO ,.o
SIMULATOR.
REMOVE CAPSULE h/lALN INSTRUMENT PANEL REMOVABLE
ENTRANCE HATCH SECTION AND INSTALL SIMULATOR, THROUGH HATCH, ONTO
(REFJ INSTRUMENTATION PALLET.
El ENGAGE SIMULATOR SLOT FITTINGS (2) WITH PALLET
FITTINGS(Z) AND SECURE SIMULATORTO PALLET WlTH
~E.~w.$tTTINGS(4) SAFETY FITTINGS WITH MS20995 - NC51
El CONNECT SUIT CIRCUIT TWO FLEX HOSES l-0 SIMULATOR

FITTlNGS AND CONNECT ELECTR\CAL CONNECTOR I-0
SIMULATOR.
El INSTALL MAIN PANELREMOVABLE SECT\ON AND
PERFORM SUtT CIRCUIT LEAKAGE CHECK. (SEDR 80)
rzl
REMOVE PULLEY ASSEMBLY.
n0e4%32003-I SUIT CIRCUIT H05E F

(TYPICAL 2 PLACES)
CREWMAN SIMULATOR
CREWMAN SIMULATOR
SUIT CIRCUIT HOSES
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
FIGURE 2 -II CREWMAN SIMULATOR INSTALLATION MH45-36
CONFIDENTIAL
iTE 15 December1959 ,&@+ G
DONNELL e PAGE 2-32
SEDR 108
:VISED ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI REPORT
MODEL 133
WISED CONFIDENTIAL
\ “$ \,, \ j-$-s8200s-1
-^l...-r r^,..II PALLET.m
**mm
__ INSTALLATION
m,m*, E W”L” _LNY
CREWMAN SIMULAT- u CUECK IN5TR”MEMTATION PALLET(45-%5OIjFOR PROPER
OR UANOLIMB EQUIP- IN5TALLATION(REFERTO SECTIONXTI).
El CONNECT PRIMATE COUCH HANDLING PULLEY AS%
EMBLY TO CAPSULE INTERIOR (FITTING) AND TO
CI REMOVE CAPSULE MAIN IN5TR”MENT PANEL REMOV-

ENTRANCE ABLE SECTION AND IN5TALL COUCH TUROUGH C(6-K”.
ONTO INSTRUMENTATION DALLET.
Ei ENGAGE COUC,., ANGLE FlTTING5(2) WIT!, PALLET
FlTTlNG5(2) AND SECURE COUCH TO PALLET WlTCl
T,EDOWN FlTTINt5(4) SAFETY FITTING5 WISH
- M520995-NC51 LOCKWIRE.
El CONNECT SUIT
COUCH FITTINGS
CIRCUIT
AND
TWO FLEX Uo5E5
CONIMECT ELECTRICAL
TO
CONNECTORS TO coucu.
El ,NSTALL MA, N INSTRUMENT PANEL R&MOVABLE

5ECTlON AND PERFORM 5uiTCIRcu1-r LEAKAGE
m CHECK (5EDR50).
\ - REMOVE PULLEY ASSEMBLY.
5LI DE BAR
- NOTE-
MDE45820 1”“““;“““‘““1
PR,MA.TE coucu
SUIT ClRC”lT
HOSE FITTING
ION PALLET FIT-

TING(TYPICAL;
(ROTATED 90°,
LARGE PRESSURE
BULKUEAD(REE)
FIGU RE 2-1’2 PRIMATE COUCH I NSTAiLATlON hw4s-57

__
J
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL 3-l
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL
SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION PAGE
TROUBLE SHOOTING .................................. 3-2

REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT.. ............ 3-16
CABIN AIR INLET VALVE AND
SNORKEL VALVE ........... ......................... 3-16
CABIN AIR OUTFLOW VALVE
AND SNORKEL VALVE ........................... 3-20
LAUNCH OXYGEN VALVE.. .................... 3- 25
SUIT PRESSURE REGULATOR .................. 3- 28
::::::a:::::::::::::zEgr$T&
:::::::::::::::n::li.“......
- CO 2 AND ODOR ABSORBER.. ............... 3-31
::::::2z::::::::ii:~:~:~:z:~~
:::::::~::::::::::i:::~:::::z2tm
::::::::::::::::::::::;;;a:::gp
.............................
........... &...z
:::::::::iiiii:l:n:-‘=: CABIN PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE ............. 3- 32
:::::::::::::::::::::::~:~:::L”r?r
::::z::::::::::::::::1::::::::“n
~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::înii CABIN HEAT EXCHANGER AND FAN ...... 3-35
iii:~.~:~~~, .-.
................................
;iillililiiititliiii~~~~~~~~~~-~~
...................................... SUIT COMPRESSOR ................................
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiijiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii
.......
:iiliiiiiiiiiiiiiiiilIlilfitliiliiliiiii
3-39
.::::::::::::::::::::m:::::::::::::::::::::::q
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii EMERGENCY 0 2 RATE VALVE ............... 3-42
.........
....................
.......
..................................
- ....
............................
::::::::::::::::..:::::::::::::::::::::::::~:::::::::.
.........................................................
iiiiiliiiiiiiitiiiii~~~~~~~~~.~~~~~~~~~:~:~~~~~~~~~~~~~, SUIT CIRCUIT SHUTOFF VALVE ................ 3- 46
,!iiiillliiiilliliiiiiiiiiitiiiiiiililil~~~~~,
:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~~~~~~~:~:::::::::::
ilfifili
...... NORMAL OXYGEN PRESSURE
.................................................................
.........................................
.................................................................
::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~:~~~~~~~
......................................................................
..............................
:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: REGULATOR ASSEMBLY.. ....................... 3- 48,
:::::::::j::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~::::::::::::::~:~:~:::::::,
::::::::::.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~~~~:~:::::::::::,
,::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~~~~~~~~~
::::::::::::::::
.. CABIN CONTROL VALVE ...... .3- 51
..jillil~~iijlijiiiillliliiijfjjiii WATER PRESSURE SEPARATOR
.................................................................................................................................................................
y....
.................................... 3-54
.............................................................................................................................................
-;,ii,.“:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::;::::::::::::::::::::
:.*.-
,_,,................................................................................
..................................................
SERVICING .................................................
.................................................................................
....::,...................................... 3-57
iiiiiiiiiiiii!iiiiiiiiiiliiiiiiiiiiii:
.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::. WATER COOLING TANK.. ...................... 3-57
.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.
.................................
.:::.::::::::::::
:::::
::::::::::.
..........::
.... ......:::
:::. 3-57
OXYGEN SUPPLY ...................................
CREWMAN SIMULATOR.. ....................... 3- 62
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 D@-%llb@r
19% MtDONNELL&/g &&$& PAGE 3-2 -
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT Sam 333
,
.-.r.,...rw
KC”IDCV
f-fiNli’TTLl7NTT
“VJ..I IUUI. 1 lLaU
AT ..Al%rl - l??
M”“EL
III. ExvIRoItlJmTAL CONTROL

sysm
3-L GENERAL
Section 3 prolrfdes procedures, diagrsms, illustrations and charts to
facilitate system trouble shootfig snd component replacement and ad-
justment. It fs noted that a3.l system ccanponents are not necessarily
covered within the Replacement and Adjustment areas. In the absence
of such procedure it may be assumed that the particular procedure
involved is obvious ancXdoes not wwrant a &t&led explanation or
illustration.
3-2. TROUBILE
SHOOTING
The fo&xtng trouble shooting charts are provided to enable a
rapid method for determining the cause for system erratic operation,
and also proce&res to fsolate and correct the malfunctioning ccun-
ponent or condition. These charts are to be utilized in coqjunction
with the simplified environmental control system electrical schematic
(Figure j-l)-
MACZSI CM (10 MAR 58)

CONFIDENTIAL
>ATE
15 December1959 ,-&+ 4
MtDONNELL oza‘libn PAGE 3-3
SEDR 108
tEVISED ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT
1354
ZEVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
FIGURE 3-l ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM ECECTRKAL SCHEMATK

MH45-123
CONFIDENTIAL
‘9 MtDONNELL
,f+ g .a.
..
DATE
15~~ekber
1% & PAGE 3-4
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT - 108
/
-, IIc\,,ccm i-‘CLNT?TT-h-VliT’I’T AT ..---. 733
,’
-.
CONFIDENTIAL
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT F:pR 100
MAC231 CM ~10MAR58~
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15Decdber 1959 MiDONNELL
&‘+ g &&&.q PAGE 3-6 -
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT EEDR108
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 1??
CONFIDENTIAL
MFDONNELL'+/
g &J&& PAGE 3-7 __
REVISED REPORT
SEDR 108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
CONFIDENTIAL
PAGE 3-8 -
REVISED, ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEDR 108
/-- DC\,IPCh f!~NBTl-hl?NTTAr. ..nnm 122

,
CONFIDENTIAL
MtDONNELL .,
DATE15 ?t?CembC6-1959 PAGE 3-9 -
Y
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT E;EI1R
9ag
CONFIDENTIAL
Dads i5 Wxmber 1959 MFoONNEF& G @jQ&& PAGE 3-10
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT =F 108
MAC 231 CM ‘10 MAR 58)

CONFIDENTIAL
ATE 15 lkeerher 1959 MFDONNEIi&/ G &f&q PAGE 3-T-f -
EVISED REPORT SEDR 108

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
/-- CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
WISED
CONFIDENTIAL
INDICATION PRom3Jx CAUrn ISOLATIONPROCZDUFE CORRECT? ACTIpN
Instrumentation pro- Voltage check at pfn E (-3s con- Refer to Section XIII.
grcmimer(Pa&tie tie&or) at extractor solenoid
"P) inoperatfve, valve. (There shouldbe a voltage
in&cation fop 30 seconas every
30 mfnutes.)
Defective water ex- Coutiutity check atpinA auaB Replace defective valve.
tractor solenoid (-3p connector) on valve.
~0-15 (solenoid) e
Defective water ex- Contintity check. Rep&r viriug as necessary.

tractor solenoid
valve circuit wiring
(18) oxygen @.mutit Defective oxygen Performcontintitychecls ontraus- Replace defective transducer.
gage indication does pressure trmqducer. ducer.
not change during
stit circuit opera- Defective Oxygen Continuity cheek on gage. Replace defective gage.
tion. &uantity wise.
Defective dring in Refer to Section XlXC. Refer to Section XIII.
Instrument Package
11
A.8,
(19) Coolant Quan- Capsule water tauk Utilizewater servicing unit to Re-service capsule water
tity IMicator a0es supply depleted. check water content. (Refer to tank, if empty.
not indicate 100%. SEDR82.)
@olaut indicating
system&ygen bottle Visual check. Open shutoff valve.
shutoff v~ve,:close&
Coolautindicating Connect pressure gage (servicing Re-serdce oxygen bottle if
system oQgen bottle kit) into oxygen bottle service pressure is below 500 psi.
supplyaepleteaor valves and observe pressure. (Refer to SEDR82.)
partia.Uyaepletea.
WISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEDR108
,- WISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL .L
f-----X
CONFIDENTIAL
+-I .\/
i !
lXDICATION PROBABIECAUST ISOLATLONPROCIZDURE CORRECTIVE

ACTION
D&feetive Cabin Pres- Continuity check between pins A Replace defective relief
sure Relief Valve andB on reliefvalve. valve.
sol&lofd or wiring
to vslve, (Applica- Contfnuity check between pins 37 Repair defective wiring as
bXCapsule Leakage and 38-0~1 capsae udilical reeep- necessmy.
Cheek only. tacle.
Entrance hatch leak- Cheek hatch for leakage per SEDR Retorque hatch bolts.
ing. 80.
Check hatch seal for dmage. Replace damaged seal.
Escape hatch Peaking. C%eckhatch for be&age per SEDR A&just escape j&xh release
80. handle linkage.
Cheek hatch seal for dimage. Replace dmmged seal.
Cabin Pressure Re- Cheek for leakage at Snorkel Replace defective valve.
liei? Valve, &&in Valves screens, and relief Valve
Air'Inlet Valve or portperSEDR8O.
Csbin butflow Valve
Sfective.
Leakage &t battery Perfom battery vent ledsage cheek .Tighten battery vent con-
vent line cotiectors. .per SEDR.80. nectars.
Cabin Pres&re Re- PerfomCapsule Leakage Check. Replace valve, if defective.
lief Valve defective (SEX2380) and ensure leakege does
~,(not closing during not exist. (This will isolate
&cent at approzd- probable defective Cabin Fressure l-
mately 25,000 feet Relief Valve.)
altitude-applicable
fdtitude chamber
check).
-I
DATE15 %2el+Er 1959 MDONNELL
,&‘+ 4 &Q&&q PAGE 3-u
CONFIDENTIAL
,TTE15 December 1959 MiDONNELL
&/ ($ & PAGE 1-16 -
VISED REPORT SEDR 108

ST. LOUIS, M;;SOUM
3-30
WARNING
During system operation and capsule flight,
the entironment& system compments will be
exposed to sn environment of pure oxygen.
!Pherefore, any mdntenance required on the
environmental system should be performed
Unaer "oxygen clean" conditions. Tools, com-
ponents, and personnel required to perform
maintenance should be pre-cleaned to ensure
oxygen c~esnYiness. F&lure to comply
could result in fnjury to personnel and ds2nsge
to capsule.
3-‘L CXBINAIR ITTJXTVAEVEANDSNORKELVALVE
NOTE
The cabin air inlet valve and the snorkel valve
sre attached to the small pressure bulkhead with
partfallyeommonhsrdware. The airvslve can
be removed tithout remoting the snorkel valve.
The air valve must be removed ff the snorkel
valve is to be removed.
3-50 RemovaZ
@B!eFigure 3-2 for parts nomenclature.)
(4 Removeescape hatch.
(b) Removethe clamp that secures the s&t circuit duct hose to the
cabin air inlet valve duct and remove hose.
CONFIDENTIAL
MYDONNElL+Gbn ;iRTz ;
VISED
ST.
LOUIS
8,MlSSOURl MODEL 133
P VISED CONFIDENTIAL
(Cl Disconnect the cabin valve pyrotechnic electrieal connector f'rem

the bracket mounted reeep$ade, located on the sms3l pressure
b*ead adjacent to valve.
(a> Disconnect e&in valve electrical connector.
6) Removec.?levis pin that attaches the cabin valve manual control

cable to the valve. (Cotter pin secures clevis pin.)
(f) Removethe bolts that attach the cabin valve to the small pressure
bulkhead, The valve will come free.
k) If necesssq the valve canbe separated f'rom the adapter by mere-

ly removing the attaching bolts.
(h) Removebolt that secures snorkel valve ease to the bracket on
r- capsule structure.
w Removethe three bolts attaching snorkel valve to small pressure

bulkbead,
CAUTION
Exercise caution 3.9.handling snorkel valve
to prevent aamsge to the wire screen.
Cl> Removethe small structural support (45-32003-159) which obstructs

valve. Valve will. thenbe free.
NWFE
Use sea&d thinner to loosen valve or srxzkel
spacers which stfck to capaxle structure.
3-6. Installation
(a) Attach adapter to cabin air inlet valve. (See Figure 3-2.)
CAU!i!ION
Mske certln that seals, seal washers, and flat
AC 231 CM (10 MAR. 58) CONFIDENTIAL

MTE 15 December1959 MtDONNELL
6 & e PAGE 3-18
u
LEVISED SEDR 108
lEVISED 133
CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
L SNotiKEL VALVE (45-83700-99) 1% Lo;i&a;6;;-;;;) ii)’

j. SP*C.tER (45.83021-5) 15 SPACER (45.83020 -5)
FIGIJRE3-2 CABIN AIR INLEl VALVE AND ZNORK VALVE INSTALLATION MC14.5-16
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December 1959 MfDoNNELL ' &&&- PAGE 3-19
Qc%
REVISED REPORT SI3DR108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
washers are assembled in the sequence shown.

(b) Torque nuts 20 to 25 inch pounds.
(c) Clean mating surfaces of snorkel valve spacer and capsule
structure with NMS-401Metal Cleaning Solvent.

NOTE
The contoured side of the spacer is placed
against the structure.
(d) Coat cleaned mating surfaces with X&O04 Primer followed by
RYJ-90 Silicone Sealer.
(e) ALign the snorkel valve and spacer with the holes in the struc-
ture,and install the three (3) attaching bolts; Torque bolts
eo-25 inch pounlis.
NOTE
Apply Permacel P-211 Tape SUicone Glass Cloth
to both sides of spacer prior to spacer installa-
tion,
(f) Clean and coat mating surfaces of air inlet valve spacer and
structure with the materials previously mentioned.
kf Align the inlet valve adapter, seal, spacer, structure and the
snorkel valve and spacer, and install the seven (7) attaching
bolts, Torque all bolts to 20-25 inch pounds.
NOTE
Apply Permacel P-211 Tape Silicone Glass Cloth
to contoured siae of spacer,
(h) Install the bolt attaching the snorkel valve to the bracket on
capsule structure. Torque to 20-25 inch pounds.
CONFIDENTIAL
&/ G &&&q PAGE 3-20
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOUuI REPORT SEDR108

I-- /
ml-\,,cel\
KFVIJELJ
CONTi’Tll’F!NTT
--- .- ----. ----- AT, Mnnm
*,aw---
133
(i) Install the structural support (45-32003~159) immediately adja-

cent to the snorkel valve.
(5) Connect capsule electrical connector to ‘cabin valve.
(k) ,Connect msnual control cable tg csbin valve with clevis pin and
secure clevis pin with cotter pin.
(1) Attach the suit efrcuit hose to the cabin vent duct with clamp.
Firmly tighten clsmp. (See Figure 3-2.)
(m) Install pyrotechnic to bracket provided on cabin air inlet valve.
NO?T
Refer to Section VIII for pyrotechnic instslla-
tion.
(n) Do not connect pyrotechnic electrical connector at this time.
(0) Perform air valve functional and capsule leakage checks. (Refer
to SEDR80.)
3-70 CABINAIR OUTFLOW
VALVEAND Sl!$ORKJ?L
VALVE
NOTE
The cabin air outflaw valve and snorkel valve
are attached to the small pressure bulkhead'
withpartiallyeommonhardware. The air valve
can be removed without remodng the snorkel
valve D The air valve must be removed before
removing the snorkel valve.
3-8. Removal
(See Figure 3-3 for p&s nomenclature.)
-(a) Removeescape hatch.
(b) Disconnect the cabin valve pyrotechnic electrical cotiector fram
CONFIDENTIAL
,g$‘+/ G e PAGE 3-21
REVISED SEDR 108

133
MANUAL CONTROL CABLE
L PRE5SURE BULKHEAD
CAPSULE STRUCTURE(REF
I. NUT(hN364-,032 (2) 9,BOLT(NAS673-VII) (7) I~.F’YHOTECHNIC(~~.‘/~O~~-I)
2,WASUER(AN960DIOL (2) IO. CABlN AIR OUTFLOW VALVE I7.COTTER PlN(A~380-2-I) (2)
3.BOLT(NR5673-V2 [45- 83700-i9) IB.CLE”15 PIN(M520392-I-13) (2)
4. SNORKEL “AL”E(W83700-101) I I, Bo~T(NA5673 -V4) (3) 19.BU5HlNG(4M46-3-8)
5, SPACER(45-83021-3) ,ZLINK(4>83044-II) 2O.BOLT(NAS673-V6)
A 6. SPACER(45-83020-31 I~.WA~HER(AN~C.OCIO) P,.COTTER PIN(AN380-Z-2)
7. SEAL WASHER (04-0859-10) (10) 14. A&&,(45- 83044 - 9) 22CLWIS PIN(M520392-Z-3)
8 WASHER(AN960.DIO) (IO) 15. WASHER(AN960C4) 23. BEAL (45-83016-I)
-I
FIGURE 3-3 CABIN AIR OUTFLOW VALVE
AND SNORKEL VALVE INSTALLAl-ION
MH45-a
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE I5 mx?&er 1959
MfDONNELL
&/ G &&&q PAGE 3-22
Y

/ REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
the bracket mounted receptade, located on the small pressure

bulkhead.
(c) Removeclevis pin that attaches cabin valve manual control cable
to valve. (Cotter pin secures clevis pin.)
(a) Removebolts that attach cabin valve to the sm&l pressure bulk-
head.
(e) Remove snorkel valve> if necessary, by removing the 3 bolts
attaching valve to structure and the short structural support
which obstructs the valve. Also remwe bolt that secures snorkel
valve case to capsule structure.
CAUTION
Exercise care in handling valve to prevent
&unaging wire screen.
NOTE
Use seslent thinner to loosen valve or snorkel
spacers which stick to capsule structure.
3-9. InsKUation
(a) Clean mating surfaces of snorkel valve, spacer, and structure
with MiW-401 Metal Clesning Solvent.
NOTE
The contoured side of the spacer is placed
against the structure.
(b) Coat the cleaned mating surfaces with X&O04 Primer followed by
RTV-90 Silicone.
(c) Align the snorkel valve ana spacer%ith the holes in the structure
and. install the three (3) attaching bolts. Torque to 20-25 inch
CONFIDENTIAL
_
DATE ?;5 DeeuDbw 19% ,&‘+/ G

MtDONNELL e PAGE 3-23 ~
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEDR 108
pounds. (See Figure 3-3B)

NOT!??
Apply Permacel P-2l.l Tap& Silicone Glass Cloth
j 'i
to both sides of spacer prior to spacer 'L@xl.la-
tion.
(4 Clean s&3 coat the mating surfaces of outflow valve spacer and
structure with the materials pretiously mentioned.
(e> Align the outflow valve, seal, spacer and structure and the
snorkel valve and spacer, and install the seven (7) attaching
bolts.. l33rque to 20-25 inch polnnas.
NOTJZ
Apply Permace P-2Xi. Tape Silicone Glass Cloth
to contoured sfde of spacer.
Install the bolt attaehfng the snorkel valve case to the bracket
on capsule structure. Torque to ho-25 inch prmnds.
Inst& the structural support (&-32003-159) immediately adja-
cent to the snorkel valve.
(h) Connect manual contr& cable to cabin valve tith clevis pin and
cotter pin. (See Figure 3-3*)
(f) Instd pyrotefzhdc tq bracket provided on valve.

NOTE
Refer to E&&ion VIII for pyrotechnfc instsl&ation.
Do not connect pyroteehn~e electrica& connector at this time.
Perform afr valve fumtional and capsule leakage cheeks. (Refer
-\
to EZDR80,)
”
-
MACWI
CM(10MAR5is) CONFIDENTIAL
i-1 I
DATE .15 December1959 ,&+ & 6
MfDONNELL PAGE 3-24
SEDR 108 \
REVISED sT.LOUIS. MISSOURI REPORT
133
DETAIL A
ATTACHMENT OF 45-83019 ARM
TO LAUNCH OXYGEN VALVE
4. 45-83015 ARM
5. AN 960DiOL WASHER (2 REQ’D.)
6. MS 20592 -2 -9 CLEVIS PIN
f. AN 381-Z-8 COTTER PIN
8. AN 6290-6 “0” RING
9. AN 6291-6 RETAINING RING
10. AN 62BQD6 JAM NUT
VALVE MOUNTING BOLTS

FIGURE 3-4 LAUNCH OXYGEN VALVE INSTALLATION I I MH45-25
-_ _.. -----.. .--- ---
CONFIDENTIAL
PAGE 3-25 ___

3-10. li#UJNCH
OXYGEN
VALVE
(w.Figu~e 3-4 fop parts nomenclatures)
3-u. Removal .
(a> Removethe cletis pin and washer that secures thezlaunch oxygen
valve manual control cable to the valve shaft BTP~. (Cotter pin
reta3.ns clevis pin.)
_,
(b)
_.
Dfsconneet the launch oxygen supply Lfne at the launch oxygen
valve.
CAUTION
Ascertafn aKL pressure has been reliev& in
the oxygen system,
cc> Removethe bolts that secure the valve to the capsule structural
^ _ web.
(a> Removelaunch oxygen valve.
74 Removeelbow fitting Prcnnthe launch oxygen valve.
If, Removevalve shaft armfr~~thevalve. (Cotter pfn retains
_-
a?m to shaft*)
3-12. Instsllatfon
(See Ffgure 3-k)
(a) lhstaflvalve shaft armonval~~ shaft and secure armwith a
cotter pin.
(b) Install elbow fitting assembly ("O'* ring, washer, nut) into
^ _
&mnch oxygen valve, ad keep Jsm nut tupning with-? fitting
untfl "0" ping contacts the boss of the valve (noted by acrease
in torque).
CONFIDENTIAL
MSDONNELL
Q G e ,aAGE
15 December 1959 3-26
iTE
SEDR 108
:VISED ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI REPORT
133
WISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
f-
FIGURE3-5 SUIT PRESSURE REGULATOR INSTALLATION MH45-23
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 DecP3ibe-P 1959 MFDONNELL
,&‘+ (-$ & PAGE 1-27 -
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SE!DR 108
P --. ..--- PnitTl7lnl7N'PTAT .,--rm l??
NOTE
Apply mgen Anti-Seize Compound(MIL-T-55&B) to
elbow f-fttiug ppior to fitting instsllation.
6,
,._ Put a wrench on the jerm nut (to prevent nut turning) and thread
fitting fn a* tuPns,
(a> Place launch owgen valve below honeyea& shelf, outboard of the
suit efrctit attach duets, sad adjacent to web structure.
(e) Install attach bolts and washers through web structur& into the
__
valve attach holes.
(f) Torque bolts 20 to 25 inch pounas.
Id Attach manual release cable swaged temdnal end to the launch

_.
f-‘ valve shaft srmtith a elevispfia, and seem-e elevis pinwith
washer aud?cotter pin.
th) Alignthelaunchoxygen supp~ylinewiththe launchvalve elbows

_ ^
fitting.
NOTE
If fitting does not aUgu tith the supply l&e,
hold fitting jtlm nut fnn place aud turn fftting
in not more than one turn to align fitting with
supply line,
(i) Hold elbow fftting and turn jmn nut down tightly sgafnst valve
_
boss.
(3) Connect launch oxygen supply line coupUng nut to valve elbow
fitldng, and ffmly tighten coupling nut.
r
Nm
Applyoxygen systemAntS-Seize andSeal%ng Ccmpound
MACzs, CM (10 MAR581

CONFIDENTIAL
‘\‘I
DATE
15 Demtiber
1959 MiDONNELL
& &&&q PAGE 3-28
FG
REVISED REPORT sEm108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
(MIL-T-5542 B) to elbow f%tting :. .' "

" >:.:,. .. 1, :, ..)
3-13. SUITPRESSUREREGULh~R
3-14. Removal
(+e Figure 3-5 for parts nomenclature.)
CAUTIOI'T
pplor to the remoti of the suit pressure regu-
lator, ensure that no pressure fs present in
the suit efreuit,
(a) Discmnect the capsule oxygen srppply line from the suit pressure
regulator inlet (lower) fittfng,
(b) Removethe two screws that retdn the regulator outlet (upper)
fftting to the suit circuit supply Line coq@.ng. (!&ese screws
are located in the suit circuit supply line coupling.)
(c) Removethe bolts that attach the pressure regulator mount&g 'bracket
to the capsule vertical web,
(a) Remove suit presserpe regulator bracket assepibly by moving regula-
tor down away from supply line coupUng. (This is slip-type joint.)
(e) Removebolts that attach regulator to bracket.
3-x?* Instdlation
(See Figure 3-5.)
(a) Ensure that suit pressure regulator fittings and capsule supply
Unes attach fft-tfngs are cfesn.
(b) InstaU "0" ring onto pressure regulator outlet (upper) fitting.
(p‘O" ring is inserted in the ffr,st (top) groove on fitting.)
MAC 23, CM (10 M*\R 88)

CONFIDENTIAL
\
\t
DATE 15 IkBXbber 19% ,&‘+/ g
MiDONNELL &a$& PAGE &9 -
NOTE
Apply.Oxygeu System A&L-Seize Co~~ouud

(MIX-T-55&R) to "0" ring.
(Cl Attach regulator

.. to bracket with boXts. ?&Q&y tighten bolts.
idi
__
Engage the presmre regulator outlet (upper) fitting with the
stit efrcuft sup@ly line coupling fitt%ug.
(@I AUgn the suit pressure regulator bracket
- _ the attach holes in capsule vertical web.
attachment, holes w+th
w Attach
- ^ vertical
suit pressure regulator bracket assenibly to capsule
web wifth bc&ts and washers.
IWTE
PP~OPto installing at%ach bolts, insert

Pamfuated Shim between regulator attach
flange end capstie vertical web. (Attach
bolts,also attach rshfmto web.)
,Tarque attach bolts 20 to 25 inch pornads.
Cimnectthe capsule oxygen supplyliue,totbe suit pressure
regulator fnlet (X05&) fitting.
Ppfor to fSttfng eonnectfon, apply oxygen system

manta-Se%ze antI SeUng Ccmpound (MST-554=) to
fitting,
Torque rsupply Une coup%ing nut 40 to 65 fnch pounds.
(jj Perform a capsule su%t circuit leakage check. (Re?er to SEDR80.)
MAC231CM(10MAR58) CONFIDENTIAL
\ I
DATE 15 December 1959 M:DONNELL
,f&+ (-‘+, e PAGE 3-30
REPORT
SEDR 108
REVISED ST,LOUIS. MISSOURI
133
,F-
CAPSULE VERTICAL
CAPSULE VERTICAL 5U,T HEAT EXCHANGER

SECT 1ON”A-A”
SUIT CIRCUIT
-SUIT CIRCUIT DUCT(REF.)
FIGURE 31-6 CO, AND ODOR ABSORBER INSTALLATION bin 45 42

~~~ --
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 DeeeSber l.959 MfDoNNELL ' &&$& PAGE 3-3'
L/G
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT am 108
3-16, Cf& ANDODOR&#ORBER

3-17. Removal
(&eHgure3-6 forpccts nomenchture.)
(a) Dieeonueet the two retafnfng straps that retain the absorber.
(bj RemoveMarman C~.EBQ
that connects the suit c&tit duct to the
_
absorber f&let flange.
(e) Removethe absorber mounting flanges attach bolts.
(dj Remove co2 aa oaar Absorber,
NOTE!
To enable removal of the absorber, the absorber
must be moved horizontally toward the suit com-
P. pressor outlet duct to enable dLseng8gemen-tof
the absorber out9let fitting from the suit heat
exchanger fnlet duct. (This is a slip-type Joint.)
3-18. InstaU.atfon
(See-Figure 3-6.)
(a> Place "0" ring se?& %n the groove provL&ed fn thesbsorber outlet
duct.
NOTE
Apply Oxygen System Anti-kkiefze Compound
(M?&T+5&B) to "0" ring;,
(b> Posftion the etbsorber between the capsule vertical webs, so that
the absorber i&Let adi outlet ducts align with the stit compressor
outle-LduefqZaa?l-theat exchanger inlet duct,
M.&C PSI*CM (10 MAR 58)

CONFIDENTIAL
._..
DATE 15 lhxnib- 1959 MFDONNELL

&/ g &&f&q PAGE 3-32 -
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SSDR108

d-“l\hTE’TlIK’-WT’T’T A 1 ..^m-. 122
/ REVISED lA”.t\.r IUl!dJ.. I .Ltbiu MUUtL AdA
(e) Mope absorber horizontally toward the suit heat exchanger inlet
. ^
'&uct to engage the absorber outlet c@$ into the suit heat ex-
changer fnlet duet. (This fs a slLp-type joint.)
NOTE
To ensure a proper seaUng of the absorber-suit
heat exchanger ,Joint, check that the gap be-
tween the face of the absorber housing and the
face of the suit exchanger duct does not exceed
.22 inch. (See Figure 3-6,)
(a) Aafgn the absorber mount%ng flauges attach holes "th the holes
_
prodded in the capsule oxygen bottles container.
(e> Attach absorber to! oxygen container with bolts.
(fj Torque bolts 20 to 25 fnch pounds,
^_.
(g) Attach the-suit circuft duet to absorber inlet duct with Maman
. ^
clamp. (I$aU "0" ring on absorber f&Let duct.)
NOTE
Apply Oxygen System Antf-Seize Compound
(ME-T-5542B) to spO"ring.
(h) Torque clsmp nut 20 to 25 inch pound.%
(i> Attach the absorber retainzing straps,

id> Torque retafdng straps 20 to 25 inch pounds.
(kj Record CO2and absorber installation in capsule log book.
(1, Perf'orm suit cfrcuiti.le&age check, (Refer to SEDR80.)
3-19e CABIN PRFSSUREmm v&m
3-200 Remcmd.
(See Figure 3-T f'or p&s nomnc3.ature.)
CONFIDENTIAL
)ATE 15 December 1959 tiDo?i!iELL + gm PAGE 3-33
!EVISED REPORT
SEDR 108
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
133
!EVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
I. WASHER AN96OClOL (II)

2. CLEVIS PIN MS9eO%i4Z-Z-15
3. COTTER PIN A~.J 380-2 -I
4. BOLT NAS 653-V5 (3)
5. STAT-O- SEAL 040853 - 10 (IO)
6. SPACER 4p RZmZI -7
7. WASHER AN960DIO 3)
8. NUT FN 812 . 1092 (30J \
9. BOLT NAS 673 -Vb
IO. SPACER 45-83020-3
II. SE,AL 4.5 83016-I
12. CAWIN PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
RESSURE BULKHEAD (REF.)
TERMINAL END
CABLE ADJUSTMENT
ADJUST CABLE ASSEMBLY TERMINAL END UNTIL VALVE
ARM MECHANISM (‘Xl BOTTOMS AGAINST VALVE HOUS,,,
WITH THt’DECOMPRESS” T HANDLE, LOCATED ON THE LEFi
CONSOLE, PUSHED ht.,.
FIGURE 3-7 CABIN PRESSURE RELIEF AND DECOMPRESSION VALVE INSTALLATIO~,4,,9
CONFIDENTIAL
Dads 15 December 1959 MfDONNELL
,&“+ 4 &y&&q PAGE 3-34 -

f-1 REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
(a) Removeescape hatch.

(bj D-lsconneet the electrical connector fro3.u cabfn pressure relief
valve D
(c) Removedevis pin that attaches manual control cable to valve.

.-
(Cotter pin secure5 clevis pti.)
(a) Removethe attaching bolt%
NOTE
Bolts are accessible through tlEunpressurized
side of small. pressure bulkhead.
(e) Removecabin pressure relief" valve.
(f) Removebolts and nuts to remove spacer attached to the unpres-
/\ stieed side of small pressure bulkhead.
NOTE
Cabfn pressure relief valve spacers may adhere
to small pressure bulkhe& due to sealant used
awing installation. Apply thin& to remove
spacers.
3-21. InstUertion
(See Figure 3-7*)
(a) Clean mating surfaces of spacers and structure us%ng MMS-401
&leta.l Cleenbg Solvent.
(b) Coat ePeaned~&M.ng tiurfaces with XSkOO4~Primerand with RTV-90
silicone Seasber.
.,
(c) Align forward spacer (unpressurfzed aPea) with @=ucture and.
Lnsta3.l the three (3) attaching bolts. Torque to 20-25 inch
poun&. (See Figure 3-7*)
CONFIDENTIAL
ATE 1959M’;‘DONNELL
15 December Q & &&&q PAGE 3-35 -
iVlSED~ ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT am? 108
iVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
NOTE
Apply Permacel P-211 Tape Silicone Glass Cloth
to tiontoured side of spacer only prior to spacer
installation, Take care to assemble bolt, wa+e.rs,
and St.+=O-Seals in the sequence shown.
.(a) Clean ard coat mating surfaces of the'ialve spacer 61~3strycture
^ ^
using the materials previously mentioned.
',
(e) Align vaILye, seal, spacer Ml structure and install attaching
- ^
bolt&, Torque bolts t0~20-25 inch goek3.
-NOTE
Apply Permacel P-2.33 Tape Silicone Glass Cloth
to contoured sfde of space only prior to spacer
installation. Take care to assenible bolt, washer
and Stat-O-Seals fn the sequence shown.
(f) Connect the manual control cable to the valve arm.
NOTE
Prior to cable attachment ensure that cable
assembly is properly adjusted. (See Figure 3-7.
(g) Connect eLectrical connector to valve receptacle.
(h) Perform capsule leakage check. (Refer to SEDR80.)
3-22. CABINHfZATEXCH,4N~~ANDFANINSTALLATI6N
3-230 Remarral.
(See Figure 3-8 for parts nomenclature.,)
(a) Disconnect freon and water supply lines ~PQLU
heat exchanger
ffttings.
icw1 CM (10MAR88,
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
15member
1959 MtDONNE&& 3-36 -
FG & PAGE
REPORT @!:DR 108

f-- mm.,...-- f’fiNT7TT-bTi’N’l’TAT. l.CLnEl 133
-~lhsure all freon and water pressures qz

pelfeved prior to disconnecting lines.
(b) Removeclamp that attaches heat exchanger exhaust port with the
steem exhaust duct.
(c) Disconnect electrfcal connector from cabin fan recepptacle.
(dj Removethe web structure, mounted forward of the endironmental
system.
NOTE
The web structure is located below rstronautqa
support couch and aft of Peg supports.
(e) Tilt web structure forward and remove bolts attaching cabin
r
heat exchanger to web structure. (Support exchanger during re-
moval, )
NOTE
During heat ex&anger removal, exchanger must
be moved horizontaLLy sway from steam exhaust
duct to enable cabin fan to pass through
capsule vertical web.

(f) Removeclamp that attaches eab%nfan to heat exchanger.
3-24. InstaPlatfon
(gee &gure 3-8. )
(a) Install cabin fan to cabfn heat exchanger with claq. Torque
clamp 20 to 25 inch pouds.
(b) Tilt top of web structure forward.

(cj Posftion heat esrchanger 80 that cabin fan emerges through hole
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December 1959 MfDONNELL
&/ ($ m PAGE 3-37
REPORT
SEDR 108
133
REVISED CONtlDENTlAL MODEL
45-83700 - 255 CLAMP
CABIN HEAT EXCHANGER
L 45. 83700- 83 CABIN FAN
WATER SUPPLY L\NE
BIN HEAT EYCHANfiER
EON SUPPLY LINE
6 ,-- CABIN FAN
,,- ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR

i
FIGURE 3-8 CABIN HEAT EXCHANGER AND FAN INSTALLATION MUIW.
CONFIDENTIAL
J
..
DATE15 December 1959 M%ONNELL
& #G ola;Eibn PAGE 3-38 __
REVISED REPORT SEQR108
.f-
..
protided in. capsule vertical web. (Exchanger duct also fits

through vertical web. >
(cl) Attach heat exch-er to web structure,
(ej Torque bolts 20 to 25 inch ~OLUI~S.
if> Place web structure fnto position against capsule vertical web
. ^
structure and attach web to vertfcal webs with bolts.
(g) Torque bolts 20 to 25 inch p0~tci8.
(hj Attach water supply line to inlet fitting.

^ _
NOTE
Use "0" ring on this Joint connection.
(i) l&tall freon check valve tit0 inlet fitting. (Do not torque
-. ^
i
P. check valve. )
(j) Connect qeon supply line to, freon check valve.
" _
NOTE
Apply oxygen systems Ant&Seize and Sealing Cumpound
@IL-T-55&B) to water supply and freon check valve
inlet fittings ppfor to connecrtion of supply lines.
(k) Connect electrical connection to cabin fan.

(lj Connect steam exhaust duct to cabti heat exchanger duct with
damp. (Se Mtgure 3-8, )
NOTE
Insert "0" ring between flanges of steam ex-
haust duct anal heat exchauger duct.
(m) Torque clamp nut 20 to 25 inch pounds.
r (n> Perform cabin fan operatfonal check. (Refer SEDR80.)
CONFIDENTIAL
.- .._. ..;
,TE15 December1959 MfDONNELL

G (-$ &&&q PAGE S-39 -
VISED REPORT @3DR108

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
ry VISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
.
3-24, SUIT COMPRESSOR

NOTE
The normal (#l) and stendby (#2) suit canpreasors
are interchangeable and their installation in the
riuit,circtit is the same, except that the #l suit
compressor Es intercormectea to the suit compressors
differential.pressure tit& with a pressurb line.
"I
Procedures coatained herein w3kl. refer to #l'suit
ccmpressor.
3-25e RenwVal
(See Figure 3-g for perts nomenclature.)
(a) Disconnect electrical. connector Fpcxnthe suft ccmpressor
receptacle.
(b) Disconnect pressure I.ines (2) frcnn the reducer on the suit com-
&essor and the elbow fit&& on compressor itiet duct.
To enable removal of suit cmressor, the pressure

'<
lfnes to t.he'dffferentUl. pressupe SWitch, may
have to be removed.
(e) Removethe ckmps (2) that secure the compressor to the suit
circuit inlet and outlet duets.
_-
(Cl) Renurvesuit compressor from sui3 circuit.
(e) Removereducer fitting from suit compressor.
3-26. Installation
P
(a) Install "0" ring and reducer fitting to suit compressor. (Apply
Oxygen System Anti-Se&e Conpound FL-T-55423 to "0" ring and
BATE 15 December1959 MFDONNELL
& G -
e PAGE 3-40
u ’
LEVISED REPORT SEDR 108
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
133
IEVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR (REFJ
COMPRESSOROUTLET DUCT
SUIT PRESSURE
DIFFERENTIAL SWITCH (REE)
PRESSURE L\NE (REF.)
NOTE:
ILLUSTRATION DEPICTS INSTALLATION
OF *\ SU\T COMPRESSOR
FIGURE 3-9 SUIT COMPRESSOR \NSTALLATION M!A4+-32
CONFIDENTIAL
.,.
DATE15 Ikceniber 1959 MiDONNELL
&/ & &&.& PAGE 3-41
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT aim 108
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL i-d‘
fittlngo) See Figure 3-g.

NOTE
Refiucer shouMbe turned in on the suit com-
presrqorbosses until the reducer contacts the
compressor boss.
(b) Position suit compressor between Stiet and outlet ducts.
_
NOT!3
Insert "0" rfngs between ccaupressor inlet
duet and suit compressor, ana between stit
compressor ana compressor outlet duct,
(Apply Oxygen System Anti-Seize comp~~a
IklX!-554a to "0" ringsa) See Figure 3-g.
(c) Secure compressor to Wet and'outlet auOtswith cbmpsand
torque amps 20 to 25 h2.h p0maf3.
(a) Connect pressure Pines, from differential pressure switch, to the
- _ ---
elbow fLtteng on the inlet duct and the reducer on the suit com-
pressor. (See Ffgure j-9.)
NOTE
Apply Oxygen System .fktf-Seize Compound
(m-T-5542B) to the elbow ana reducer
fittings p~for to pressure lines connections.
(e) Torque pressure line fittings 20 to 25 inch pounds.
if> Connect eileetrisal connector to suit compressor receptacle. (See
FW-== 3-9. %
(g) Perform a s&t circuit %e&age check aa stit. ccmpressor operational
cQecS (Refer to SEDR80.)
M.&C 231 CM (10 MAR B8)

CONFIDENTIAL \
DATE15 December 1959 &‘+ g
MDONNELL &&$&q PAGE ‘3-42
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT EBDR108
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 1.33
3-27. EMERGENCY
02 RATEVALVE
3-28, Removd
(-Se Ffgure 3-10 for parts~nomenclature.)
(a) Disconnekt electrieal~connector from the oxygen rate valve.
(b) Removeektis pins (2) that attaches the two Control cables to
^
rate valve shaft arm.
NOTE
The emergency oxygen rate valve and the E&r-
gency and Purge Oxygen Pressure Regulator
,.
Assembly (45-83700-121) sre flo'w dalibrated to-
gether.. merefore, replacement of the emergency
02 rate valve requires a flow calibration with
the Eknergency snd Purge Oxygen Pressure Regulator.
(Refer to SEDR79 for flow ealibratfon procedure.)
(c) Disconnect the two lines fram the 02 rate valve.
^ ,.
(a) Removethe bolts that secure the 02 rate valve:mounting bracket
. _
to the capsule vertical web, and remove 02 rate valve -bracket
assembly.
(e) Disassedb'l,e 02 rate va&ve frombracket by removing attach bolts.
(f) Removecotter pin that secures 02 rate valve shsft arm to valve
body, an&remove shaft-azm.

(g) Removeffttings from the valve body.
Z-29. liinitallation
(a) I~sta%l "0" rings and nnhn fitting fnto vake boss. (Apply Oxy-
Qen System Anti-Seize CompoundMIX-T-55&B to "0" ring ana fitting.)
See Figare 3-10.
MAC 291 CM (10 MAR 581

CONFIDENTIAL
iTE 15 December1959 MtDONNELL
Q G e PAGE 3-43
REPORT SEDR 108

WISED sT.LOUIS. MISSOURI
133
WISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
MH45-22
FIGURE 3-10 EMEGG,ENCY 02 RATE VALVE INSTALLAT\ON
CONFIDENTIAL
- _
I
DATE15 December1959 &‘+ (-$ cie4zzh
MiDONNELL PAGE 3-44 --
REVISED REPORT SEDB108

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
r REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
NOTE
Union fitting should be turned into valve
boss 'until the union fitting flxtnge contacts
valve boss.
(b) Install "0" rfng and elbow fftting inte valve boss, (Apply Oxygen
System Anti-S&e CompoundMIL-T-5542B to "0" pfng end fitting.)
See Figure J-10.
NoTEi
Threed elbow fIt.ting into valve (jam nut turning
with fittfng) u&f% "0" ping contacts the valve
boss (indicated by an increase in torque). Fut
a wrench on Jam nut (to prevent nut turning) and
thread fitting fn 1s m&e turns.
(c) Install valve shaft 63-monto valve shaft and secure with
elevis pin, washer, and cotter pin+ (See Figure 3dO.)
(a) Attach valve to mounting bracket with bolts snd torque bolts
20 to 25 i'nch pounds: (Eke Fjigwe 3-10.)
(a) Attach valve mounting bracket to cap&l.e vertical web wWh
b@Ws. Torque.,b.?$ts +25 inch pounds.
(f) Apply Oxygen System Antf-Seize Compound(MIL&?$$@B) Co:,u&on
ad;.O~ibo~ fittings.
(g) Connect the two oxygen p3xtrXbing lines to the 02 rate valve union
and elbow fittings.
NOTE
Pf the plumbing Pine does not align with the
elbow fitting, hold the elbow fittfng Jsm nut
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 Decermber1959 PAGE 3-45 -
with a wrench, and turn fitting in not more

than 1 turn to align fitting with plumbing
line.
(h) Hold elbow fitting an& tighten jem nut firmly against valve: boss.
(i) Torque plumbing line f"ittings 40 to 65 inch pounds.
(j) Connect ePectr2ca.l connector to valve receptacle.
3-30. A&stment
( a > Connect the rate valve control cables to valve shaft erm and secure with
cletis pin and cotter pin. (See Figure 3-10.)
NOTE
Prior to connecting cable, from ri&t console
to the 02 rate valve shaft arm, place EMEB02
control henCUe to NORMAL

position so that the
control handle body is parallel to the right
console forward panel within + 2' e Also ensure
that 02 rate valve is in the closed positio? (noted
by alignment of arrow on end of valve shaft to
CLOSEDon valve body plat?),
(b) If the control cable (fram right console) terminal end does not
eXgn with 02 rate valve shaft exm, back off terminal end jam
nut and adjust (thread) terminal end. Firmly tighten jam nut.
(Eke FQure 3~10~)
(c) Check the control cable from Suit Circuit Shutoff Valve (45-83700-45
for proper djustment. (Refer to Suit Circuit Shutoff Valve.)
(a) Perform a suit circuit leakege check en& 02 rate valve operational
check, (Refer to SBDR80, >
‘Lx MAC 23, CM (10 MAR 88)

CONFIDENTIAL
. .
,--
ATE 15 December 1959 MFDONNELL&($ &&j$& PAGE 3-46 -
EVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT B3DR108

EVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL l33
3-31. SUIT CIRCUIT SRUTOFF

VALVE
3-320 Removal
(See Figure 3-U for psrts nomenclature.)
(a) Place EMERG02 control handle (right console) to the NORMAL
position
(b) Disconnect electrical tionnector from the shutoff valve receptacle.

(ej Remove control esble frm the shutoff valve through the slot pro-
vided in the shutoff valve qua&x&bearing.
(a) Removethe bolts that secure the control cable guide bracket to
the shutoff valve.
(e) Rem&e the 2 clamps that secure the shutoff valve to the suit cir-
cuit ducts, and remove shutoff valve.
3-33. Installation
(a) Place suit circuit shutoff valve between suit circuit ducts and
secure valve to ducts with cJampS. (Pnstall. "0" rings between
duets end shutoff valve.) See Figure 3-IL
Coat "0" rings with Oxygen System Anti-Seize

CompoundM?'&T-55&B. Shutoff valve may have
to be rotaied to enable clamps installation.
(b) Torque elsmps 20 to 25 inch pounds.
(c) Install control cable, from oxygen rate valve, through slot pro-
tided in shutoff valve‘quadrant bearing. (See Figure 3-L)
NOTE
Prior to control cable attachment to.shutoff
valve, place shutoff valve control 82131
to the
open (bat&eCe) position. ThiS enables ease of
CONFIDENTIAL
,&+ &, e PAGE 3-47

ST.LOUlS. MISSOURI
133
45-83700-273 “d’WNG
SUIT CIRCUIT DUCT
45-83700-257 CLAMP
45-83700-45 SUIT CIRCUJT

SHUTOFF VALVE
BEARING
CONTROL MANUAL CONTROL AN515-8R-6
CABLE CABLE SCREW
ADJUSTMENT
CABLE GUIDE
/- CABLE
--._ ._-GUIDE
.- -_--_
,N
NASlOZl
NUT -
FIGURE 3-l I SUIT CIRCUIT SHUTOFF VALVE INSTALLATION

M!i45-‘26
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
i5 ;;ie; 1959 ,f”+ (-$ &&&-
MfDONNELL PAGE 3a3

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
cable installation into shutoff valve quadrant

,besHng.
(a) Cheek EMERG02 eontrolhsdle is in NORMAL
position. (With con-
trolhandlle fn this position, emergency oxygen rate valve should
t
be closed.)
(e) Adjust control cable terminal end fitting so that shutoff valve
quadrant bearing is firm against stop. (Backoff terminal end
jam m&adjust the cable adjustment nut, then tighten jam nut.)
(f) Conueet electrical connector to shutoff valve receptacle.
(gj Perform a suit circuit leakage cheek and a suit c?ircuit shutoff
valve operation cheek. (Refer to SEZDR
80.)
3-34. NO& OXYGEN

PRESSURE
REGULATOR
ASSEMBLY
NOTE
The Normal Oxygen%ressure Regulator Assembly
(45-83700~l.l9) and the Emergency and Purge
Oxygen Pressuxe Regulator Assembly (45-83700-121)
are basically the sme, and their installation
to capsule are the same. The emergency oxygen
ra%e valve am3 the &nergency ard Purge Oxygen
Pressure Regulator Assembly (45-83700-121) sre
flow calibrated together. Thexefoxe, replacement
of the emergency 02 rate valve requixea a flow
calibration with the l&nergency and Purge Oxygen

Pressure Regulator. (Refer to SEDR79 for flow
caPfbratfon:proeedur~.) Procedures contained
herein will refer to the NormaP Oxygen Pressure
MAC251 CM CloMARm)
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December 1959 MFDONNELL
,&+, (‘+ & PAGE 3-49
SEDR 108
133
ALIGN THE OXYGEN PRESSURE REGULATOR ASSEMBLY MOUNTING

HOLES@) WITH THE MOUNTlN‘ BRACKET ATTACHED TO CAPSULE
OXYGEN BOTTLES CONTAINER.
El- INSTALL PRESSURE REGULATOR ASSEMBLY ATTACH BOLTS
TOROUE BOLT5 2OTO 25 lNCH POUNDS.

BAND NUTS. -NOTE-
AWLY OXYGEN SYSTEM ANTI-SELZE COM-
-POUND (ML-T-55420) To PRESSURE
REGULATOR FITTINGS. (3)
m- CONNECT THE PRESSURE REGULATOR OUTLET SUPPLY LINE TO
THE PRESSURE REGULATOR.
5 TORQUE SUPPLY LINE F\TTlNG 40 TO 65 NCH POUNDS.
o-
6 CONNECT PRESSURE WARNING SWITC” SUPPLY LlNE FlTTlNG TO
o- PRESSURE REGULATOR ASSEMBLY OUTLET FITTING.
c-h
U-TORQUE PRE5SURE WkRNlNG SWITCH SUPPLY C\NE FITT,NG 45
TO55 INCH POUNDS.
-
CLAMP FREON SUPPLY LINE TO PRESStiRE REGULATOR ASSWBL,
BRACKET WITH BOLTS AND NUTS.
-
u CONNECT PRESSURE LINE FITTINGS TO PRESSURE REGULATOR ASSEM
-WY ,NLET ELBOW FlTTlNG AND TO THE NORMAL OXYGEN BOTTLE
ELBOW FITTING DOWNSTREAM OF SHUTOFF VALVE (APPLY OXYGEN
SYSTEM ANTI-SEIZE COMWUND(MLL-T-55420) TO NORMAL OXYGEN
_ BOTTLE SUPPLY LIME ELBOW FITT\NS.)
11 II
TORQUE PRESSURE CiNE FlTTLNGS135 TO 150 \NCH POUNDS.
CHECK FOR LLNE CONNECTION LEAKAGE BY OPENlNG NORMAL OYYGE

BOTTLE SHUTOFF VALVE AND APPLYING SHERWOOD LEAK DETK.T\ON
SOLUTION AROUND ALL FITTINGS CONNECTED DURING PRh5SURE
REGULATOR ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION.
- NOTL-
NORMAL OXYGEN BOTTLE MUST BE PARTLALLY
SERVICED (AT LEAST 300~51~) TO ENABLE
LEAKAGECHECK. (REFER TO SEDR 82)
CLOSE NORMAL OXYGEN BOTTLE SHUTOFF VALVE.
El
SHUTOFF VALVE (REE)
,- SUPPLY UNE (WC)
NAS653 VII BOLT (4)

NA5 673”3BOLT(2)
AM%?OlOLwAS+,ER(Z)
FREON SUPPLY UN
21919-4 CLAMP (i
FIGURE 3-12 OXYGEN PRESSURE REDUCER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION

MU45 - 89
CONFIDENTIAL
ATE 15 Decmfber 1959 MFDONNEI,$‘+4 &&‘&eq PAGE 3f50
iVISED REPORT Sf3DR108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
iVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
Regulator Assdfy.
3-35. Removal
(See Figure 3-12 for parts nomenclature.)
:'(a) Cl ose the normal and emergency oxygen bottles shutoff valves.
' (b) Bleed off pressures in the suit circuit by placing the E&ERG.02
control handle (right console) to the EMERG.positfon.

NOTE
Suit circuit inlet (to pressure suit) duct
should be uncovered to enable pressure bleed off.
(c) Repositfon EMERG02 control handle to NORMA&
(a) Cover suit circuit:. inlet duct.

(e) Di sconnect pressure line fittings at normal pressure regulator
sssenibly inlet elbow fftting and at the normal oxygeh bottle
outlet elbow fitting (downstream of shutoff valve) and remove
pressure lines.
(f) Disconnect the pressure regulator assenibly outlet supply line
fitting,
(g) Disconnec_t the supply line (to pressure warning switch) fitting
-: from the pressure regulator assembly.
(h) Removethe screws (2) that sttaeh the freon supply line clamps
to the pressure regulator assenibly bracket.
(i) RFmove.bolts and nuts (4 each). that attach the pressure regulator
assembly to the bracket mounted.,on espsu&e oxygen bottles con-
tainer, and remuve pressure regul&or assembly.
3-3de Install&ltion
(See Figure 3-12 for oxygen pressure regulator assenitdy instsXLation.)
AC251CM(10MAR
681 CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December 1959 MSDoNNELL PAGE --- 3-51
REVISED REPORT SFZIR108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL I33
3-37. CABIN PRESSURE

CONTROL
VALVE
(See Figure 3-13 for parts nomenclature.)
iid) Di sconnect the menu&. control cable from the cabin pressure con-
trol valve by removing cfevis pfn that attaches control cable to
:valves .
(b) Discwnect oxygen supply Une (to cabin valve) fftting from
_
cabin valve tee f"fttfng,
(e) Disconnect pressure. pfne fitting at csbfn valve tee fitting.
<dj Remove cabin pressure eontrolvalve and brac%et assembly by re-
_ .
moving the three bolts that attach bracket to condensate tan%.
(e) Removethe fitting from cabin pressure control valve.
(fj Removebolts that secure cabin pressure control valve to mounting
:
br&%et.
(g) R&ove valve shaft arm frcun valve shaft.
d-39* InSteUation
(9) Ins~aKl. FsOftting and tee flt$+g into cabin pressure control
valve bos$, (Apply Oxygen System Anti-Seize CompoundMIX-T-5&B
to "'0" sing and tee fitting threads. (See Figure 3-13.)
NOTE
Thpeaif elbow fitting +nto valve (,;iam. nut turnfng
witi fitting), m'bfl "0" ring contacts valve boss
(noted by fncrease fn torque). Put wrench on ,jem nut
(to prevent Jam nut turning) and thread elbow littfng
fn Z.L+more turns.
(b) A-&e& cabbenvalve to mopting brae%ettith Volta ana torque bolts
20 to 25 inch pm&. (See Figure 3-13.)
MP.C231 CM (10 MARse> CONFIDENTIAL

BATE 15 December1959 MtDONNELL
& oza2ibn
PAGE 3-52
fEVISED
IG
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI REPORT 5EDR 108
tEVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
,’ --Y
-45-830\5-5
ANq64DIOL WASUEe (3)
VANUAL CON-t-ROL CABLE
FIGURE 3-13 CABlN PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE \NSTACLATION l.w.#-m

CONFIDENTIAL
l5 Decembep
DATE 19%MtDONNELL
,+&++(-‘+&&& PAGE 3-53
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
(c) Attach cabin valve c&trol arm to c&bin valve shaft and secure
with cotter pin. (See Figure 3-13.)
(a) Attach cabin valve - mounting bracket assedly to condensate tank
with b&t&. (See Figure 3-13.)
NOTE
One of the bolts used to attach valve to con-
densate tank is an allen head bolt. This en-
ables installation of bolt. (See Figure 3-13.)
(e) Connect suit circuit pressure lines to cabin valve tee fittings
"
and torque line fittings 45 to 55 inch pounds. (Apply Oxygen
System Anti-Seize CompaundMIL-T-55&l3 to tee fitting threads.
'-L ,'.i jEp.the:.efrent 't& fgttitig B&s~ f&lali& wkth- 'i-.;.j

pressure lines, place a wrench on jem nut (to
prevent its turning) and turn fitting into
valveboss not more than 1 turn to align tee
fitting with pressure lines.
(If) Bold fitting and tighten jsm nut firmly against valve boss.
(g) Place valve shaft control arm to closed.
(h) Place capsule &-PRESSUR%E "T" Eandle to the in position.
(i) If cabin pressure control valve manuel control cabin terminal end
does not align with cabin valve cod&l srm, adjust cabin termin-
al end.
(j) Secure cable to cabin valve shaft arm with clevis pin.
(k) Open &ergency oxygen bottle shutoff valve sncl check for leakage
^
by-applying SherwOodLeek Detection Solution around fittings con-
MAC PSI CM (10 M/\R 58)

CONFIDENTIAL
&a&& PAGE 3-54
REVISED ST. LOUIS, M~SOURI REPORT SEDR108
r- REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
nected during cabin valve installation.
The emergency rate valve, suit circuit ground

test shutoff valve must be closed and emergency
.oxygen bottle partially servfced to enable
leakage cheek. (Refer to SEDR82 for se&icing
proceaures.)
(1) Open @;rouna test shutoff valve and emergency oxygen rate-valve.
(m) Close emergency oxygen bottle shutoff valve.
3-40. WATERSEPARATOR
3-41. Removel
?- (See Figure 3-14 for parts nomenclature.)
(a) Disconnect water separator drsin line from the top of the water
. "
separator.
Suit circuit ducting (outboard of capsule

vertfcal web an& forward of water sepsxator)
snd cabin fan must be removed to enable access
to water sepsrator. Also remove bracket that
supports lower end of condensate tank to
capsule vertical web.
(b) Removeoxygen suppl'y line that is connected to the water separator
inlet fitting ana the cabti pressure control valve tee fitting.
(c) Disconnect oxygen supply line (interconnected with water separator
solenoid valve)
: from the water Mparator inlet fitting‘ (located
at base of separator.)
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December1959 MFDONNELL
&/ ($, e PAGE 3-55

ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
133
P
GASKET/ “‘+-+j (
\-45.83700-59WATER
SEPARATOR
AN96010L WASHER (20)
OXYGEN LINE (REF)

A ,
,- I
VIEW A-A
FIGURE 3-14 WATER SEPARATOR MH45-34
CONFIDENTIAL
”
DATE 15 DecembeP 1959 MtDONNELL

&/ & &&& PAGE 3-56
I

REVISED
..- ._-- CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 1317
(a) Removedrain lfne connected to condensate tank and condensate

tank removal valve (attached to caps&e vertical. web outboard of
launch oxygen purge valve).
(e) Removeclaqp that attaches the water separator outlet to suit cir-
cuit duct.
(f) Removebolts that attach the water separator inlet flange to

< capsule vertical web.
NOTE
Bolts that attach water separator to capsule
web ere snchored in +&e outlet flange of suit
circuit heat exchanger. ThereTore, support
suit circuit heat exchanger d&ing water
separator removal.
3-42. 'Installation
'(a) Attach water separator inlet flange to capsule vertical web with
_
bolts. (See Figure 3-14.)
NOTE
Water separator attach bolts must be inserted

thrcn@ capsule vertical web and threaded into
suit circuit heat exchanger outlet flange.
Therefore heat exchanger must be aligned with
+ater separator attach holes, during water
separator insi&ll,ation.
(b) Connect water separator outlet duct to suit circuit duct with "0"
._
ring and clsmp. (Apply Oxygen E$stem Anti-Seize Compound
&EL-T-55&B to separator fittfng.) Se& Figure 3-14.
CONFIDENTIAL
._.~
DATE is D=eceniber 1959 MfDONNEU

&/ & e PAGE 3-57 -
REPORT SEDR 108
(c) Torque ~lsmp 20 to 25 inch pounds.
(d) Connect water sepsrator drain line to fitting located at the top of
separator. (Apply Oxygen System Anti+eize CompoundMIL-T-554=
to separator fitting.) See Figure 3-14,
(e) Torque drain line fitting 45 to 55 inch pounds.
(f) Connect oxygen supply line fittings to cabin pressure control
valves tee fitting and water separator inlet fitting. Apply Oxygen
System Anti-Seize CompoundMIL-T-55&B to supply 1itie:fittings.
See Figure 3-14.
(g) .Torque fittings 45 to 55 inch pounds.
(h) Connect oagen supply line (from water separator solenoid valve)
fitting to elbow fitting located at the base of w+ter separator.;
Apply Oxygen System Anti-Seize CompoundMIL-T-5542B to elbuw
fitting. (See Figure 3-14.)
NOTE
If the elbow fitting does not align with supply
line, place wrench on elbow fitting jsm nut
(to prevent jsmnut turning) and thread elbow
fitting with supply Line. IIold fitting and
firmly tighten ;iam nut.
(i) Torque supply line fitting 20 to 30 in& pounds.
(J) Install hasdware that was removed to enable accessibility for
water separator replacement.
(k) Perform a suit circuit leakage check snd water separator opera-
tional check, (Refer to S!ZDR80.)
3-43. SERVlCING
3-44. WATEXCOOLINGTAEK
(See Figure 3-15 for water cooling tank servicing,)
3-45. OXYGENSUPPLY
3-46. servicing set-up
(a) Obtain the following:
(1) High Pressure Oxygen Servicing Unit (MDE459OOOl-1)
(2) 02 Purge Equipment (FE%8X20-285-4763)
-
MAC 23, CM (IO MAR Eid)
CONFIDENTIAL
-
I
DATE
&/ & & PAGE 3-58
SEDR 108
-ALmCm-F.I-I * I ..enc, 133
REVISED LUNI- IUCN I IAL m”Y=L
SEUYI‘,NG UNlT VEPJT LlNETO

CAPSULE WATER TANK’VENT”POPT bEE DETAILI
A,!2 PPESSUPE SOUPCE TO

UNIT LNLET FITTING. (SEE DETAILI
,, VALVE
.., ;
._ -
Cc+P,SULE
WATEP TAN(c. -I DETAI L‘i;
FIGURE 3-15 WATER COOLING TANK SERVICING MHdS-I‘
CONFIDENTIAL
\TE
MtDONNELL
& &Q&& PAGE 3-59 -
Lf+G
VISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEDR 108
VISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL I33
(b) Manually open the eapstie periscope door.

(e) install instrumentation fuse block in capsule.
(a) Cozrneet gxourdl w6bilical plug to capsule mibilical receptacle,
and apply 24 V d-e power to capsule.
MOTE
!Qxis servziefng set-up is fdentie&L for all
oxygen sdeing operatfons.
3-47. Servicing Procedure
3-48. Launch Oxygen Bottle :' I; " ;,
CAUTION
Personnel must be fuUy acquaintedwith
the operation of the Righ Pressure O2
Seticing Unit (MDE.@90001-1)priok to

attempM.ng sti@fng of the capsule launch
oxygen bottle,
(a) Connect sereieing uniti static ground wire to ground.
(b) Remwe the dust cap fkcan the capsule Launch oxygenbottle service
valve a
(c) Ensure that launch oxygen bottle shutoff valve is &se&
WARNING
Ensure that capsule lauueh oxygen service
valse adthe serv-kingunit s~plyU.ne
attach fLtting &rf+;.2re&frr3n grease, dirt,
o&.1 or 2?ilma
(a) Connect the serv+bg u&t stlpsly line to the capsule launch
oqqen bottle service valve,
6.c 281 CM (10 MAR 58)

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 1959 MFDONNELL
15Deeember & 3-60
REVISED
I+& &&$z&- PAGE
REPORT icEoR 108

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
,
mr.,l..rh
K(c”IDC”
PfiNPTl-bli’NTT
UVJ..IIUU.L. XILXY
AT .,fimra
M”“EL
122
-JJ
(e) Connect sepsfefrig lpnit eleetrfcal cable to a source'of 220 Volt,

60 cycle 3 phase a-cpower.
(f) Operate servLe%ng unit to senrfce capsule launch oxygembottle
to 3000 psig pressure,
NOTE
During oxygen servicing, snibfenttemper-
ature ana oxygentempePature shouldbe
observed, and pressmpe to the launch oxygen
bottle should be regulated fn accordance
tith the pressure vf&2es specffTed.on the
cowersion charts for a given temperature.
(6) When the senrleing 7322-kpressure gege sfkbibflizes (3000 pfig at
70* F)) stop serv%dzg operattim.
(h) Slowly bleed o%Ystiefng un%t supply line excess pressure and
dis@onne@tsrnpsly line f'ratp the launch orrygen bottle.service
valve.
(i) Secme servkdng unit.
(J) Replace dust cap on launch oxygen bottle service valve.
3-$9.. Normal Oxygen Bottle
CAWTl-.OE
Persagnelmustbe fuUyaequ&nte~with
the aperation & the Hfgh Pressure Q
Setiefng TJn3.t(HDE~~9OOOL-1)
prior to
attempting serv%efng of the capsule n0nBal
oxygenbottle,
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15
-fiteniber
19% PAGE 1-61
REVISED REPORT gEDR108

ST. LOUIS, M~SOURI
133
(a) Comae& the servking unit stat3.c ground wire to ground.

(b) Removethe dust eap Sram the capsule normal oxygen bottle
servke valve.
(e) E&sure that normal oxygen bottle shutoff valve is closed.
WARRIRG
Ekwure that the capsule norm&L oxygen bottle
servfee vslve andthe serticing unit supply
line attach fittfng are free frfna grease, dirt,
oil, or film.
(d) Connect the high pressure oxygen seruking unit supply line
to the capsule normal oxygen bottle service valve,
(4 Connect senrieing unit electrfeal cable to a source of 220

Volrts, 60: cycY.ele,three-phase a-c power.
(f) Operate servicing un%t to service capsule oxygenbottle to 3000
psig pressure.
NOTE,
During oxygen servicfng, anibient temperature
end oxygen temperature should be observed,
snd pressure to the no&l. oxygenbottle should
be regulated in accordance vii21 the pressure
valve specified in the eonversfon chsrt for a
given temperature.
(g) During oxygen servicing comparethe capsule OXYGRRQUAR!iTTY
fndicator value tith the oxygen quantity instrument&ion value.
(Refer to SEDR65. &
+.iA\C 231 CM (10 MAR 58)

CONFIDENTIAL
.
19%MtDONNELL
DATE&%x?mber
3.5
&
FG e PAGE 3-62 -
sEx3lo8
/‘ REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL b
Valtxes shouldbew$thAn 5$of each other,

(h) When the capsule OXYGEIV
QUAIVTIT imdfcator indicates 100% and
the ser73f.cing ani% pressure gage stsbilizes (3ooO psig at 7OoF),
st6p service operations0
(i.) Slowly bEeed sff serdefng uni% supply Unes excess pressure and
dfse~ect supply line from norm&L CaryQesbottle eervfee v&e.
(3) Stywre servicing 'kit,
(k) Replaee dust esps a nw qxygenbott+e serdee valve.
(1)' Replace capsule i~tr~~%a%~~ fuse block tith &qmy instru-
men%atfon fuse block.
(m) Remuveground umbiLie@dl‘plug from the capsule umbilical receptacle.
(n) Manually okxe perfseopz :&ier.
j-50. ctRE%@M
-TOR CSGiWJICIl'SG
3-.5l. servic* set-m
NOTE
FoZl.k~Lng procedures perta%lrasTV servicing
of a crfzwmsnsimulator not installed Ph the
aapsale, i?Zerdc procedure for a capsule
bastall.ed sbmlator wOUSAbe s&~Uar, Emlap
%hat precau%%ssnswould have to be taken,%tien
ptzxg* the stiuXa%~~.,water eon%akxer, so
%ha%wa%er woal&'r~c& be sp%SlLe&Lnsfde the
(a) ObtainCthe fo.XL&ng:

k&Water coo%ing Tank i+=dc%ng Unit (~3~~4583005-1)
tiMI\c231 CM (10 MRRse, CONFIDENTIAL

DATE-7 ’
7959 M’DoNNEFLie4 & PAGE 3-63 -
REPORT
SEDf,I108
Carbon DLoxiBe Servicing Adapter (MDE4583022-1)

(b) Come& the Water Cool&g hen% Setic~ Unit (MDE4583005-1)
supply,lSqe to the cqewmansimulator &O FIX& valve port.
(c) Cbnect an external air prefpure source to .seppfcing unit.
(d) Check-that stitito~&O sha%offvalve adH20FlXLvalxe
Bpe closed,
(e) peck that 6l.l simulator switches are OFF.
(f) Check that all simulator vents a&l ports Bpe capped.
(g) Remove simulator EXHAUSTfitt%ng da& cap.
(h) Cheek that C@ .XW?Tvalve is closed,
:yg. Serviciing Proee&xre

- . Water Container
(a) Disconneet'sfnulator water seqpra3yII&e at the sI.ml.ato~ heater
cm&ent,
NOTE
Water supply line f-8 tW&omeeted to enabfe
gaster purgfiag of simlator H20 oontafn~, in
the ever&. H20 co&d.ner stKll. contained a
p&t&& slrpgly of water. If the H20 eonta%ner
%a known mat to contain my water, it is not

neeesaa-iy to afseonnect SugpXy kfia, as air in
j... ;the'.contalner can be easily purged thpough the
heater ecrmp&at,
(b) &meet 24 V d-e eleetrfcal pcmer to sWator.
(c) Open HpO shtatoff valire..
(a) Tarn C% VALVEswitch to'ON position.
MAC 291 CM (10 MAR 58)

CONFIDENTIAL
PAGE 3-64
SEDR 108
(e ) Turn CO, VALVE switch to OFF, when water stops flctwing fb3n
the dfsconnected sfmulator water smp3y line.
If water supply line %s not disccsuu&ed, and

air is believed to be in q0 oqntainer, turn
CO2VALVE!switch to OFFwhen afr pressure

stops flowf.ng ficenthe simulator EXKAWST
fitting,
(f) Close Hz0 shutoff valve,
(g) theap the C+ VEm PORT,
(h) Open the RzO FILL valve,
(i) Apply afr pressure to water ts& sextieing u&t end service the
simulator water container w5.a approximately 7 pints of distilled
water.
moTE!
Water t&k serd.efi%g unit till regulate water
to simulator at a 5 psig pressure.
(3) When s%nnLLatorcontsiner if fX&ly seticed, &lose off external
air presswre to,servicing u&t &.close sfmulator QO FILL valve.
(k) Msconneet servicing unit sllpply line from erewmsn simulator and
seeme sex=vic* unztt.
(1) Connect simulator water supply l%ne to heater compeent.
(m) Cap all simulator vents ani3 ports.
(n) Disconnect electr%cxLL power Fran sS.mulator.
3-5$. CO2 Container
/;: -._
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 heember 19%
,&‘+ G
MDONNELL &,&& PAGE 3-65 -
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEZX 108

nrl,lCr.. t--~NBTl-bli’NTTAT. .l~l-.CI 122
(a) Removedepleted Co;Zcontafne~ .fram the crewman simulator.
(b) Connect the Carbon Dfoxfde Servicing Adapter (MDE4583022-1) to

the Co;! container.
(c) Check that adapter shutoff valve is closed.

(a) Connect a low pressure source of CO2to the CO2 adapter.
(e) Open the CQ adapter shutoff valve.

.,:;.,. .,( ,,
” ” . ,~,. .. . . . . . .._
(f) Apply low pressure source of Co2 to the adapter and service the
CO2container until CO2 adapter pressure gage stabilfzes at
2000 psig pressure. (Conttier eontent is 2.6 ~bs.)
(g) Close adapter shutoff valve an& &sconnect CQIJsource from the
adapter.
(b') Disconnect CQ;I adapter from the 6% contdner.

(i>' Install servfced CQ2container into crewman sfnulator.
(3) Secure service adapter.
MAC 231 CM (10 t.m\R 581

CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL 4-l
sicmm Iv
STABILIZATION CONTROL
SYSTEMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION PAGE
AUTOMATIC STABILIZATION
CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
TROUBLE SHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
.:::::::::::::
.:::::::::::
...” ....” . . .-
,...................... . . ..“.~
:::ii:l~~iiir=+r
::tii7+:~:~..........~
,......................
.znn:iii...
::::::zz::::::~;Q~~;g;~~&
::::::::i::::::.....
::::::::::::
::::i:., .. ^
. . . . ^_
I.....
iitiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT... 4-47
:::::::::::::::::::::::::u~:~~:
:::::z::::::::::::::::::“::::z%l
.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::”~
.:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::zxy.
.............” .“.” .....-.
.
z:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::z::::.
. HORIZON SCANNER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
................,...“-
.::::::::::::::::::i~~~~~~~~~.~~~. .“..
,liIlliiiiiiiiitltii:::::::;:::-:-m::n~. TROUBLE SHOOTING , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::;:;:
...........” .:::::::::::::
.............:::::::7z:;y.
. . .. .
,.:::.
:iiiiiilit.iitiiill.::::::::::;::::::::~:::::::-..
,...............................................
::::::::::::::::::::::i. . . .. I.(
_...”
:::::::::::::::::::::::
. . . . .
.:::::::::::::::::::::. . .:::::::::::::
. . .. . . . ::::::::::c:^:::
. .
.::::::::::::::::::::iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii~~
. . .
1..................::
.::::::::::::::::::: .. . . . . .
:I::i:::::::, . REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT . . . 4-66
..~....,..........................,.........
:::::::::::::::::::‘::::::::
...--.---..“‘: . . . .. . . . . . 2::::::::
. . . . . .
::::::: . .
::::::
:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::....::::::::::
.,_,,.,...,..,.,.......... ......:::::::::::::: .
.............:::::::::::::::::::ii.
.:::::::::::::::::.
.EC:::::::::::::
.. REACTION CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
:::::::::::::::::::::::::
::::::::::::::::::::::;+
.::::::::::::::::::::::
. ...::::::::::::::::::::::::::
:::::::::::::::::::::::::::
. . . .
:::::::::::::::::::::::::::
. . . :::::::::::::::::,
::::::
::::::::::::::::::::::::
.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
.
,,,,,,_,,,,,,,,,,,,,.,.. . . . . . .
..
... . . . . . . . . . ..~.....~~~~
. .
............::::::::iit;L,
.:::::::::::::::::::::::i::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~:~:~~~~~~~
,............................:::
::::::::::::::::::::::,:.: .,......
.:::::::::
TROUBLE SHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
::::::::::::::::::::::.:::::::
.::: .-..-...-: _..................................
.:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ...............:y.
.....:::::::::::::::
.,.,..,..........................:::::::~~~,~,~~~~,~,.,,.
..::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
..........................:i:::::::::::::::::::::::
.....:::::::::::::
........,...,.,.............................
..._._....................
.::::::
..:::::z::::::::::
......~~.........
.:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
. . . .....?. REPLACEMENT
..,..,, AND ADJUSTMENT... 4-80
::.:_
.:.“:::iiiiiiiiiii:iii~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
2::..:. ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::’
iiiiiiiiiiiiili’:illiiiiii!iiiii’:iiiii:
SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
.::_ :::::::::::::::::::::.................
_._....,,,.._._...,,,,,:::::::::::::::::
“:iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~:’
,iii:iiiiiiiiiiiiii:.iiliiiliilii:’
::::: .::: :::::.
CONFIDENTIAL
- --- -
._..
DATE 13 December 1939 MtDoNNELL &I & &&&j PAGE , 4-2 ^, -
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL e
Iv* STABILIZATIONCOI'WROL
SYSTESIS
4-n. GliBERAL
Section 4 provides procedures, diag&ms, fllustratfons akd charts to

facilitate system trotile shooting and component repiacement and adjust-
ment, It is noted that all system components are not necessarily
covered tithin the.Replacement and Adjustment areas, Im the absence
of such procedure ii &ay be assumed that the psxtfcular procedure
involved is obvious and a0es not warrant a detsiled explanation or
-. I
illustration.
4-2, '-AUT&TIC STABILIZATIONCONTROL
SYSTEN
c
4-5 TROUBLESEIOOTIRG
:\,,
f-‘\ The foXlowing trouble shooti,ug charts concerdng the ASCSsystem sre
to be utilized in conjue&on with the sinqlified w&fng diagraq
appearing in Figures 4-l %&ugh 4-8, In general, melfunctions
may be traced tb one of three probable causes: ($) component f&lure,
(2) wiring qrror or failure, <4) operator error, -The follcrwfng
\ .
‘\
snd provlsde a method of loca%fng a malfunction to a replaceeble

*
wmponent or a faulty seftion aL w3.ring, "
4-4, It is.noted'%hat the importa& fac%or of reliability fs pz0portional
,(-to a aegree) to the amount of component dfsassembly, electrical
.
disconnection, and Caps+e "in ar$ OU%~%m.ffic after fnitial component
installation. In view of this fact a thorough investigation of all
obvious causes should be csrried out prior.to m?re extensive trouble
-\
shoo%ing. As an example: (1) aspect the component Snvofved for
.*
obvious &amsge, (2) check to see that all accessible electrical
!. :I
MAC231 CM (10 MAR 58)

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 Ih33aber 19% PAGE 4-3 -
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEBR..108

REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133 *
corinections are secure and free of ob$ous damage, (3) re-run test
to eliminate possibility of operator error.
4-5. The simptified wiring diagrams 4-1 through 4-8 are all basically
-303 assemblies. Differences existing between these (-303) and
-305 ass&lies are as noted on aiagr~s. The following table
shows capsule effectivity vs assembly rumibers.
Capsule No. Assembly No.
._
2 305
3 through 20 303
MAC 291 CM (10 M/\R 58)

CONFIDENTIAL
I
-- _ .-
DATE 15 Deeember
-.
1959 MiDONNELL
& d ,PAGE
4-4
#G
”
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEEB 108

REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL. 133
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE PAGE 4-5 -
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT -
CQNFIDENTIAL
& PAGE 4-6 -
REVISED REPORT
EZDR 108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
Kt”13tV MUVtL 4:
CONFIDENTIAL
D&E 15 %%d.l’$r 1959 M!DONNELl.,
& & PAGE 4-7 __
FG
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORTsR>Ra
nr*,ICrm PCLNl7lTll7lYT~T A1 ..---. 122
MODEL -a~
(a) I&seomee% v&tifca31 gyro If wgCsP;e is come&., pro-
tfon fai%uxue Conn~C%QPand. check fQP 13 eeed %o prdbaXle carPtieNo, 2,
VACbetmen gins
I8sxw.h Tes%er (Gyro If voE-a.ge Ps 440%presenty
spfrl mo%o.ria%ce, proceed %d step (b), "
(b > Cheek co*inui%y be%ween Wirfrig &e&s aomal. - ,ml-

gpk-3 ~Q~e~tQ~ p$aassL9 PI2 fuxwbion is in hmp-,ca m-if%.
K aad 4-C%& come&or P4 Fiemciveand repa& OP repPace
pins T, c and it respee%iPrely
(2) Defec%Lve GSE DPscomet 6~h (fear of tie- ; If pifcil fnaica%oP Peaairkg
Tipa& Tes%er),, Ckrmect a -#-ad- reqimias to fb-c. input, PPCJ:
able AC source to, pins D &E of eeed to probstble cause No.3.
If pitch riai.ca%oP fails eo
respond, mslfmction is
wf%hin PPe-Launch Tester.
Re?er to Ppe-Launch Tester
MsAn%ensnceI$anus,l for COP-
rectfve ac%ion,
Disconnect capsuLe unbilkal con- If pitch indicator res$iii

responds to h-C input, :~PCI-
teed to probable cause No.4.
-1
.,:
&&& PAGE 4-9 -
REVISED REPORT qm 108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
r REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
CONFID.EN;TIAL
DATE
15 ~@eIIfber
1959
MDONNELL & &&f&q PAGE -_ 4-m
b+G SEDR 108
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT .,
r ..r.,,..r,.. C’~Nli’Tl-bli!NTTAT. unnc,

,“l”YLL
127
- . .
,r‘.
CONFIDENTIAL
PAGE 4-= ,-
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT i3D-B 108

--. ..--- C*ANli’lT-hTi’N’T’T
tA”I.1’ IUUI. AT
I1.rxJ.A ..n,.c, -I??
RtVlStD
/--
t.4P.C 2.3, CM (10 t.mR 581

CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
! ‘j ‘)
Direct+al Gyro (1% Sy-ntio exeita- (a> Disconnect Direetfonal gy'ro If voltage is correct, pro-
roll synchro Gutput tfon failures connector and check for 13 eeed to probable cause Blo,2,
fnoperati=ue at Pre- V, A-C between pins M & L,
Lmnch Tester (Gyro If voltage is not present,
proeeed to step (b),
(b) Check continuity between Wiring checks nbrmal - mal-

gyro connector pfns L, M, functPon is in Amp-Cal unit.
K ad Amp-Cal co~~~ector P3 Removeand reptir or replace
Disconnect 6~4 (zcea~eof Be-

Launch Tester). Connect s vat%-
able AC source to pins F & Ii of
dP4, Vsry A-G source from zero
to 10 V. A-C. Check rUZtindi&a-
tor on Pre-L&nch Tester for
to Pre-Launch Te@tePMain-
tenance Manual for corrective
'e' > -,,.:. action. I
(3) Defective GSE Disconnect capsule umbilical con- If ~033. indicator fails to
equipment (Cap- nector. Connect a variable source respond, a msJJ?unction exists
sule to Trailer of A-C to pins 30 & 3L Vary A-C in capsule to trailer cabling 1
cabling) source from zero to 10 V. A-C. Repair wiring as necessy.
Check r0l-I: indicator on Pre-
Launch Tester for korrespoding
change in indication.
"
-
DATE 15 Deeember J.& MFDoNNEF&, 4 @J&& PAGE 4-14
REVISED REPORT qEDR 108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 kC=beP 19% MtDONNELL
&/ G &&$&q PAGE 4i5 -
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT w
CONFIDENTIAL
REVISED ST.LOUIS,M;SSOURI REPORT SEXX 108
CONFIDENTIAL
P3* Jumper 115 V. A-C to grounfied lead is between
>3P. (Voltage present at Gyro connector and Amp-Cal
connector P3, Repair wiring
If malfunction still exists,

ppxeed to step (e>.
(c) Recobect P3 to Amp-Cal unit. If voltmeter indicates zero,

Disconnect Amp-Cal connector proceed to st+ (a>'*
Connect an, A-C volt-
fl on Amp-Cal unit. Observe function still exists, mal-
voltmeter for voltage prev- function is in Amp-Cal unit,
fously ind%cated by Spin Remove and repair.or replace
Motor fndicator on Pre- Amp-Cal. unit.
I,aunch Tester,
(cl) Disconnect capsule unibilical Codntity check normal. -

cunnector. Continuity check mtiction is in GSEtrailer
Amp-Cal connector l?jb to tocqpsnle cablingorPre-
ground for infinite resist- Launch tester. Repail' as
antn8e.-Also check p7n to (for necessary.
possible short) all other t
(r
., pins fn P70 Continuity check abnormal -
repair as necessary,
-
DATE P5 Decertiber 19
59MtDONNECL
&/ (-&, ,pf&&& PAGE 4-18 /1
REPORT SFiDR 108
c-nnrt7Tnx7NwT AT ..~~I-, 171
M.&C 23, CM (10 MAR 58)

CONFIDENTIAL
.DATE 15 December 1959 MFDONNELL&'+ 4-19
REPORT SEDR 108

REVISSD ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
133
FIGURE4-l ATTITUDE GYRO WIRING DIAGRAM
CONFIDENTIAL
WISED . ST. LOUIS, MiSSOUR REPORT a
iVISED CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
REVISED ST.LOUIS,M&SOUII REPORT isEDR 108
CONFIDENTIAL
DATF 3m5 %CenibeP 1959 M’DoNNELL G g &&&- P&E -‘~!;,~

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
--.*.-mm C*~NK’ll-hli’NTTAT. Il~c%lzI 12?
KtVIStU
I--
CONFIDENTIAL
iVISED ST,LOUIS,
M;SSOURI REPORT am m
/-- WSED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 139
-
\c 231 CM (10 MAR 58)
CONFIDENTIAL
Dabs 15 Decedm- 1959 MFDONNELL&/($ &.-&& P*GE‘...gi&:
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
I$December
my&MDONNELL
&/ 4 &+&& PAGE
~$&iq&i,
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SDR 108

--. ..--- t-nNl7lnl7N’PT AT IlheCI 1?-?
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 3.5 &%3?&eP &; M’DoNNELL &I 4 &.&c& PAGE ;..i~$#$&$p.,
ii
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEFDR108
P DE\,IClxt d-!fiNTi’TT-bl7NTTAT. IlAr.CE 112
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 1s Pwembar 1959 MtDONNELL & G & PAGE 4-20
v
?EVISED REPORT SEDR 108
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
PEVISED 133
CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
FICURE4-2 RATE GYRO WIRING DIAGRAM-

MH45-I I
CONFIDENTIAL
9;; MtDONNELL
DATE15 December 1 Q G
& PAGE j&$&j ‘ I:,
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SERR108

~~..~_-- #-‘l\hTl7TTXli’N’l’T AT ..--.-I -I??
P REVISED
-
b
DATE 5; MiDONNELL
15 Deeeniber19 & & P*GE,” ‘qqpj ...*
I&
REPORT !?qDR 238
~f-bNli’Tl-bli’.NTT AT.
‘CONFIDENTIAL
-.
M3NNNELL
&
I _.. Î.-4e--. - ~ ,. ~
.- ,
DATE .A- &j&q PAGE ~z-.-.-

FG
REVISED REPORT .sy 108
ST, LOUIS, MISSOURI i
REVISED j CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 13%
CONFIDENTIAL
REVISED MODEL ‘-33
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December1959 M!DONNELL
@ a & PAGE 4-33
SEDR 108
133
P
ATTITUDE-RATE INDICATOR
(MAININST.PANEL)
r-l
YAW ATT. ROLL ATT.
9) 7;
I
I I
I I I I I
j F G H M L N C D E BA
1 MAIN INST. PANEL

d e ;ih L Fa. b Y Y ELECTRICAL DISC.
C----~--I-~-----c--I--I-----C-C
TB-R
A
/
ATTITUDE REPEATERS
AMPLIFIER- CALIBRATOR
REFERENCEPRINTS
ASCS - 45-79090
~wc4~-c~9165-2 (SHEET 5)
C4165-2 (SHEET6
C9165-2 k3lEET7 I
C9185-6
POWER SYSTEM - 45-78081
CONTROLRELhY PANEL
ATTITUDE RATE - 45-81721
INDKATOR
FIGURE 4-3 ATTITUDE. AND RATE INCKATOR WIRINGDIAGRAM MHIS-45

.”
CONFIDE-klTIAL
DATE 1959MiDONNELL
15 %aiber
&
FG &&&.& PAGE -
.&j&.
REVISED REPORT SET 108

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
nrl,lCCll FlClNli’Tn’lilNTTAT. AAnnE, 133
CONFIl3ENTIAL
Fuse switch 0% ActuCe Cep-. correctly from capsule .05G
switch, proceed to step (b).
If .05G coxmuanadoes not-
operate correctly from .05G
sw&tch, proceed to probable
cause"X0. 2.
(b) DLsconnect Amp-Cal connector If ground is present, proceed

Pk. Check &r ground at P&k, to probable cause No. 2.
If groitna is.nM.present,
Capsule must be positioned proceed to step (c)=
loo @a) up petch from
'horizontal sn$ Retro Package
separation simulated froni'
sequential tester (checkout
trailer), These cxmditions
are'necesssry to srm and
actuate the .05G Accelera-
tion m4itch.a
If ground is present, mal-

Panel electrical connec$or, functfon is ind.icated in ASCS
Jumper pins 3 anCtk of Us- Relay Panel. (Acceleration
congected cable, Check for Arm Relay).
ground at &pdXL P4k.
JY ground is not present,
proceed to step (a),
(a) Disconnect .05G Acceleration Continuity check ndrmal -
Switch electrical connector. wiring malfunction between
check for continuity between .05G Acceleration Switch and
pins A & B of witch with Cap-'Amp-Cal unit. Check per
sule positioned as in step (b).Figure 4-4.
’ DATE 15 Decemberl9i9 MfDONNELL
Q G e PAGE 4-36

ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
133
-2ZQOIO
-
.ZZQO63
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 &cab= 1959. MDONNELL
&/ & &&f&q PAGE
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT LEDR 108
MAC 23, iM (10 MAR 88,

COVFIDENTIAL
DATE %cj &@embeP 1959 M’DoNNELL * &c&&q PAGE
L/G
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT S@R 108
rBe,,,Pen ~fiNl-i’TT\Ti’N’I’PT AT 1.^__. 132
MVUtL -JJ
&-+ & e PAGE 4-39

ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
133
-
REVISEP CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
FIGURE 4 -5 ASCS EXTERNAL SEQUPNCE(TSANDTS+5COM~D) HH45-12
CONFIDENTIAL
.
DATE15 December 1959 MtDONNELL
& ~ PAGE =~~~;~~,~~
A+&
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT iER 108
/‘
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODE; 133
REVISED REPORT SELiR 108
ST. l.aJIs, M&SOURI
-...,,..rm 4-‘CINK’TnTi’NTTA7. AAc.r%CI =I-22
&/ & & PAGE 4-42

Sf.LOUIS. MISSOURI
133
/‘-
.-
FIGURE 4-6 ASCS EXTERNAL SEQUENCING(TRCOMMAND) M”45-13
CONFIDENTIAL
”
REVISED ST. LOUIS. MISSOURI REPORT S&JR IL08
CONFIDENTIAL
/
/
Q & & PAGE 4-44

ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
133
,/-
FIGURE 4-7 ASCS EXTERNAL SEQUENCING (+A.+ AND ~~~ COMMANDS) MH45-I4
CONFIDENTIAL
~ .~~.\
PAGE
+#+&Jf;
DATE 1959M’DOthELL
$5&c@-ib= &
FG
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT s&R no8
CONFEDENTIAL ,’
DATE 15 December 1959 4-46 _
Y
REVISED ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEDR 108
/-‘
SCREW BlND HEAD

6-32NC-2AX -44 STEEL
473628-4 (26 REQD)
AVING BOARDASSEMBLY
‘AD479462
TYPICAL BOTH SIDES
FIGURE 4-8 AMPLIFIER CALIBRATOR DISASSEMBLY
CONFIDENTIAL
.I
DATE 15 ~~enibe~ 1.959
MDONNELL
& &.g&& PAGE 4z.q$y-
FG
Figures 4-g through 4-U are effective

capsties 2 through 6.
The AmpI4ifier CaUbrator fs locate& on the bottcnn aheX', outboard of the

lef% vertical web snd imadiately fnboerd of the Capsule inner w&. See
Figure 4-9, Uni+qmoun%ing is a~~om~.li&d by two horizo@l bars that
--, "
extend across the forwad en& of the equipment and s&txe to the C&&e
structure.
4-8. RqovaIl
(a). The fo%Eowing equipment must be removed for access prfo~ to'actual
II
ztxsmrti of %he AqILifier @d~b,bra%or,
(l.) Main IDS%PUIU~~%
P~~~I'(~~-~Iooo-.zL) Ref. &XL 2.
(2) SatellL%e Periseape (45-867'0'01-3)Ref. Sec. IQ-
;(3) Tape Recorder (45-88~0~) Ref, Sec. ~3~
(b) RemoveBsneP Asseslb~ (45=87'700-3) for access by remoting the
two suppor% moun%I.ngbol%s,
*ins; %he Panel Asse9ib~ asii3e anti secure to Capsule structure.
(a) Diseomect the Amplifier Ca.Ebra%orre&xtrfcal connectors (5).
Pr?%ec%elec%rical ctmr~ec%mswiti plas%ic bags.
.*
(e) Removemoun%ing nu%s From be%%;ecrm
hold-onbar an13remove bar,.
(f) Remme moun%ing nuts from top hol&on bar.
(g) Removeboth upper an& %ower (zLzIb~ar~3
side) hokon brackets.
=.. 1
ITOTE
Step (g) is necessary to aKl.13~front end of
CONFIDENTIAL
--
VISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL a%
AtupEffer Calfbrator Lo swing inboar&,

-,
<a, AE 960 DPOL washers

(4) .ms 677 boux
(1) EoliGona bEcP. ana ?Q~%~~ rwts
(2) EoTlikm brackets
4=5L Jhs%ana%~on
see FigtIre 4-90
4-IL0%o,ALJw,tien%
Thfs %fn%ormatfon%wiXl be se%ppsBed’whea avai.%EebibTe.
4-U. Directi0m.l Gym
T& D$reetiomIl Gyro is located on tie bo%%omshelf outboard of' the

F% mtifc~ web amI immedLa%e%y
Lriboerd of the Capsule freer wall.
See Figure 4-&l- The Dkree%Eom&Gro is secure8 to a mounting bracket
by three screws tba% at%acb@m.z%pla%es on %he moun%&g bracket.
4-E?, RemopraP
(a) The foUmLng eqtipmen% m& be remwecl $0~ amess p&X to actual
remoya% of the MrecL%oad Gyro.
(1) &kin Iiwtm.ment IM.VXL {~~-~zKKXI-%) ~ef, SW, 2.
(2) Mtitfplexer ~45-8~~~~~4~~ We%* Sec. 13,.
(b) Dlseome'e% the Dfree%io&L Gym?eZLec%rfesXeonnector~

I
CONFIDENTIAL
&‘+ g & PAGE 4-49
REVISED REPORT
SEDR 108
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
133
P
INSTALLATION
I POSITIONUN\T CORRECTLY
ON SHELF
0
m ASCERTAlN THAT ALIGNMENT PlNS MATE WITH HOLES
u- IN AMP-CAL UNIT 'il /WI I
ASCERTA\N THAT SERRATED BRkCKET MATES PROPERLY
INSTALL UPPER AND LOWER (INBOARD)HOLD-ON BRACKETS
JNSTALL UPPER AND LOWER HOLD-ON BARS
~CONNECTELECTRICAL CONNECTORS
/-‘
APART 0F MOUNTING HA
AUXILIARY PACKAGEAD4
FIGURE 4-9 AMPLIFIER CALIBRATOR INSTALLATION MH45-2.9
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE- MFDONNELL’ ~ P*GEp.%@J:
LlG
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT =FI 108
,cc-
(c) Protect %he end of %he elect~fcal coqneetdr with a plastic bag,
(d) Removethe three AN 5~5~8~~6 marinating screws $PCBIthe m~t+Hng
-I
(3) fq5ab5c8Fa6,+ws
(3) AN 96008%,washem
4,i3* lkst.allatfor%
See JXgure 4-10,
4-14. AdJas*ent
(3) $~LE~P to etiemtipmer source (208'~~ 60 cps),

>'
(4) Trailer afnd Capsule to common earth grOunao
(c) Connect the ASCSTes% 3?cLx%mto external power source, 28 V. D-C,

1x5 vs 400 C.PS, ma 220 v, 6~ qw
(a) Positfon the CapskL.e$0 zero Roll. and Pftch as indicated by the
Test Pixturpe Attitude fixlisators.
(e) Apply exterm.l power to Capsule ana energfae the ASCSsystem.
(Gyzros CAGEL)
(f) AiLlow 63%xm.&m%ewarm-q7 paerfod.
I
MAC 2.9, CM (10 M*R E.8)
CONFIDENTIAL
ASC3 ILLS, b1XIUKk
MDE4%61001-I
NOTES
n USE AS REQUIREDTO OBTAIN ALIGNMENT TOLERANCE
/& ALIGN GYRO IN ROLL AND PITCHr’2’
A ALIGN GYRO IN YAW i2’
h ALIGN GYRO IN YAW t4S’
A TORQUE SCREWS TO 25 INCH POUNDS
E
E
i GYROALIGNMENT ---
TEST SET-UP
1
REVISED REPORT &DR 108

ST. LOUIS,., _____--
MISSOURI-...
f- REVISED CONFII )ENTIAL MODEL ‘33
(g) Check Gym spin motors stsbflizeed as indicated by the spin motor
monitors on the tie-Launch tester,
(h) Cycle the ASCSTest F%tiwe through the ,attftudes indicated by
the fol.lowing table 4-L In each instatxe note the gyro output
on the Pre-Launch Tes%er.
Table 4-l prcrddes a method of checking Gyro

Gligment e As an exsmpl&, if the Capsule is
rotated in the POLL pILtie, mfstiignmen% of the
- -.
Dfrectfonal Gyro fn the X anii Y axes beqmes a
i
furnctfon of yaw0 Co~e~uentIL,y, %hemisalignment
/-
(if sny) wt.32 be fwCizLcatedby the .kre-Launch
-- -
Tester Yaw fntiea%or , In We event 2m~Ou%-Of-
to%ersnce con&i%%on%
e.xistgj the Gyro mq.be
realigned by shLmmlng of" the znountia screws.
See Figure 440~
&WC 29, CM (10 MAR SSI

CONFIDENTIAL
._ .. ._i.
DATE 15 ~~~@~i~~ M%ONNELL& &&$& PAGE &53’-
FG
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEDR1.08
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL =3%
(f) RemoveCapsule.from %heASCS Test Pixtwe,

-,
(J> Secplpe etu. GSE equQmea%e
L
4-l.5. VestSeal Gyzw
The Vertfcal Gyro %a Pocated aii~aee13t to the large pressure bulkhead on
the bo%%omshelf$, fmnea%a%elyou%boapdof %he left vexMeal web. '

See fig11.1~2440, T&e Vez=t&xii Gyro %e.rmtmted iiiPectly on* shelf by
%hree moun%ing screws that at%a& to *e&Led. sleeves qisaa,a within
%h&%Melsness of the sheaf.
(a) The foJ.Zkmhg egu%?men%

mps%be nxno+ for access p~for to actual
~emmd of * Ve~%fed Gyro.
(1) N&a Xns%pumegt
I Pane% Q45-8.~000-1) Ref, Sec. 2.
(2) Ekk.e$Efte J?&h&pe (@-86"yO.L3) Ref. Sec. Xi?@
(3) AmpUifer C&brator (45-8mOO-19) Reef, See. 4,
(c) l?ro%ec?%
%he em3 o$ %he e%ec%rCxCLcomector with a plastic 'bag0
(ii] Removethe three AE5~5C8Rl6mounting sdrews.
(e > _Reye Gyro fzrom cap= lea
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
15 Deeper
I.959 MtDONNELL
& ozaz;b?t PAGE .c$Jg$i~.
FG
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT m 108
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL I.?.3
I
4-l& AdJusWnt
. ,-
(a) Install Capsule fn the ASCSTest Fixture (MDE45-@OOP-1).
(>) Make %he following elcy%r&s%cal.
connections between the Capsule and
the MDE45-00007-1 Checkou%Trafler.
(1) lkbi%fcd Cable (Trailer to Capsule).
(2) ASCSGSEcabling to AMP-CA&comect~rs XL and J2 (Tmfle?? to
Capsule through Hatch)e
(3) ~p+,ler to externd pmr~r~source (208 V. 60 CPS)~
(4) Trailer am3 Capsule to commonearth grdund.
(c) Comnect the ASCSTest F&+ure to external power source, ,28 V. D-C,
115 v. 400 cps, 220 V; 60 czps.
(a) Posit&m the Capsule to zero RoP$ sn3 Pitch as indicated by the Test
" _
Ffxtwe attitude irdicat~rs~
(e) Apply external power %o &psUae and energize the ASCSsystem.
(Gyros CAGED,)
(fJ AICLm six m-hute wsam-w per&o&
(g) Che&gbypo sp%nmotors stabilized as W3icated by spfn motor mod-
.tors,_om.%Qe..Pre-kum& Tes%er (Checkout Wailer) e
(h) Cy$Le the A?.33 Test Fix%ure through %he attftuaes indicatedby
the foU.owing Table 4-2. .T.meach instance note the Gyro output
on the tie-Launch Tester,
EOTE
Table 4-2 provides a metho& of checking gyro
al9gmmenta As an exmsple, ff the capstie is
rotated fn the roLlI plane, misa%fgnment of the
Vertfcal Gyro im %he y arki z axes becomes a
\ MAC 23, CM (10 MAR 881

CONFIDENTIAL.
REVISED ST’. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEXIR108
/-- ~-. .._-- d--nnTl7lnl7N’PTAT .I--rm =l2)Q
ftmctfon of pitch0 Consequen%ly, the mis-

alignment (if any) tillbe indIcatedby the
We-Launczh Tes%er Pitch inclica%or, En the
event an ou%-of-tolersamce condit%on exists,
the Gyro maybe re&%fgneaby shWning of the
mounting screws, See Figure 4-100
Rotatfond Pf%Ch Directional

LM% EldfC&tTOn Roll
%D% 1 (TOLL in Deg.) Indication
(Tolo in Deg. ]
ROLL + 30 Y +30
,/- PITCH $ 30 + 30
I
* This informatfo2x w%Ube s %%edwhen awtilablebe.
(f) &ncme Capsule from ASCSTest Fixture.
cs, secure all GSEequipmen%.

k-19. Rate Gyros
The ra%e was are'mourted ou%boad of the left vertical web, between
;
the two bot%om shelves, 14%the ti@kxL%y of %h? AmpUffer Calibrator,
See Fiwe 4-la. AXI three gyms employ simpib four point mounting.
The yaw an& pitch gyros a%%ach$0 %hrea&d sleeves embeddedti%hin the
%hfckness of the mounting shelf". The Rol.l'$&o, due to its otientation,
, i’ is attachei to a mounting bracket, which in turn is secured to the

mountfng shelf0
4-20. RemWaIL- Yaw
/- (a) Prior to actual remo+al of khe ,yaw :sk?;'gyr

eqtipment must be removea for access.
(1) Ampl.if~er-Cs.Ub$f'bra%,~
458~00-19. Ref, Sec%fon 4. ,
CONFIDENTIAL
,&+- ($ & PAGE 4-56

ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
133
MOTES
m TORQUE TO 12-15 IWU POUNDS
ALIGN GYRO IN ROLL.PITCH,ANDY&W+~”
Slob f 812-8 5LEEVE (4)

PI06 E&O PLUG (4)
l_l_
-...........
- - ~ -
~ ~
cl2
1 D
m
SCREW AN515+3Rl6(4)
WASUER ANQtODGL(4)
TYPICAL ATT1 ACU MENT FOd

45-87700-11 RATE <iYR0 (YAW) AND
DAN515-8Rl6 XREW(4) 45-81700-7 RATE GURO(PITCH)
- ~AN96008LWASHER(4)
NA5lOZIC08 NUT(4)
15-87010 CONNECTOR
vlOUNT A55EMBLY
TYPICAL INSTALLATION
.NIWDIJVLDLILT(O)
..___^..^ -a 1 ORIENT GYRO PROPERLY ON MOUNT-
cl ING SHELF
AN9&ODIOLWASHER(4)
2 ATTACU GYRO TOSHELF OR MOUNTING
cl mmw WITU AMOUNTING 5cREws
cl 3 ATTACH ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
PERFORM TURUST LOGIC TESTPER

SEDR 69
FlGURE4-II RATE GYRO INSTALLATION MHPS-II7
CONFIDENTIAL
(b) Disconnect the gyz~ ePec%aPfcalL
eonne&o~. EVoteci the electzfca3.
connector tith a phstfc bag0
.a (c) Removethe %otn mounting sc~"ewsthat attach unit to shelf0

(II) Remove~0 fzvm fXips?ile.
PI073
Accm% for the fo hsr~ware upon
ZL.eavbg Capsu%e,
(4) &@%58~%6sorews
(4) Ai$OD8E w&hers
;’
4-21. InstaIkat~on - Yaw
4-22. Removal - Roll

(a) PP~oP to ae%ual removaLof %he roll rate QYPO,the folkndng
^'
i .
:.,
equipmen%must be remove& fox= aeeess,
(I) Pm% Assembly 457%093-L Ref. Section 4,
_
(bb) D&come& the gyp0 e~eRc%dxsl eonnee%op. &otect the electdcal
comec%or tith a pabastic bag,
(~3 Removethe fog mouxkLng scx~s that secure unft to mounti&
bPEK&E%,
(a) Remove 0 frd Capsi%%eO
EO91E
kxomt for %he fo%$ti& hsdwme upon leaving
capsule,
- (4) .&x515-8~x6 screws
(4) Al&OD8L washers

(4) ms ILO2%CcJ3
nu%s
Dads 15 December 1959 M’;‘DONNELL
&/ & e PAGE
b-:..a”“..
REVISED REPORT EXDR108

ST. LOUIS, &SOW
b-23. I- Irlstallatfon - &u.

See l?Lgare 4-L
4-24. Removal - Pitch
(a) Prior to act+.al remc~@ of the pitch rate gyro, the follawlng
equ@ment
-, must be removed for access.
(1) Panel Akenibly 4578090-11..Ref, Section 4.
(b) Msconnect the gyro electrical connector, Protect the eiectrical
connector wfth a plastic bag0
(c) Removethe four rnounteng screws that.secure Lmft to mounting shelf.
<a) Removegyro 'from Capsule.
NwrE
Account for tie folloting hardware upon
leaving Capsule, ~
(41 An5158R16S@PewS
(4) AlTg6OD8Lwashers
k-25. Installa@on - Pitch
See FSg.tme4-.lL
CONFIDENTIAL
_ ,.
1959 MiDONNELL
J-5 kxmber
DATE & 4-59+
REVISED
14 ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
& PAGE
REPORT SEm 108
The follar~ trouble shooting &arts sre to be utilized in coqjunction

with Figure kl'2, Horizon Scanner WirLng Dfs&& Figure 4-12 is
basfcaUy a -303 a&eniblykth -305 deviations noted. Assembly
effectivity vs caps&e nutder is as fol.low$:
_.
Capsule MO, Assembly No,
2 305
3 throl.lgh 20 303
Ppiop to commencing the more detaile& trouble shootfng procedures,
the foILloving items should be checPre&
(1) Check sll accessible eLeetr%cal. connectors secure and free of
- .
obtious damsge,
(2) Oheelsthe suspected maxponent for obdous damage.
(33: Re-run test to prevent the possibLl%ty of operator error.
(4) Verify thit GSEequipment is operating correctly.!
CONFIDENTIAL
REVISED REPORT SEm
., 1, 108
ST. LOUIS, MkOURI
/- . ..r\.,..r.. C*~N&‘TT-bTiYNTTAT. r,nnc, 122
-
DATE 15 Dece3hbe 1959 MFDONNELL
&/ 6 &&$&q PAGE wz -
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT tiR108

..-.-.,.-..
KtVIDtU
PfiNli’ll-hl7N’l’T A1 L.-m-l
M”“l3.
'I??
*-JJ
_a-
DATE 19%MDONNELL
15DeCxmb?x’ &
FG &&& PAGE &.fa -’
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT @JRno8

REVliED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
f!j-Cdt?Z-
%m ’ MtDONNELL
,.g$‘+ G &&!& PAGE
--. ..--- rnnTT?Tnl7itTwT
uvJ..r 1Yllrl.
A 1
I J.ll.u
..^__.
KtVIStU . MVVtL &-)a
MIDONNELL
& :..
DATE 15-hw3Iib= 1959 e&f&q PAGE -- Qq+-
FG
REVISED REPORT t$EDR 108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
P ^-.*a^-- rd-lnTlYTnl7nTmT. T
KtVIDtU
MODEL 2%----m-
CONFIDENTIAL
,&-+ G & PAGE 4-65

ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
r- p=“lSED
.-_ .--- rnhlrlnerlsm A I ..nnlY, 133
m”UCL
CONFIDENTIAL
-__
v
I- REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
4-28, REPI&- AND BDSUSIMEMT
4$9, Pi%& - seaara%P .
The I?%%& &mne~ is loca%ed %n the forward e&i of %he Antenna F+S.ng
A&enKly (r&h% side as viewed by the As%raut). Bracket type mounting

is emp~0y-A. The pf9x.h Semer is aecessfbfe %hrmgh the Antenna Pairing
front
end only2 requW%ng removal of the *on% cover assembly. See
.
. F3&&.re 4-13 0
4-3Oa Remewal
(a) Remove%he four moun%fngbolts %hat secwe the De-S%&fLfzing flap
I,( -
to the Antenna Faialp%ng%B;.
(bb) Removethe four mounting screws from the Drogue Shoot cover.
(=j Remom %he 24 screws %-ha%
encircle the outer edge of %he Antenna
Fs,Q%Hng
fPon% cover assemb~o
(a) RemoveAn%ennaF&r&g fron% cover assenitdy~
(e) DPscormect %he Pitch .Zkxmnere%ec%rfcal coineetor,
(f> Remove%he s%x motr~%~ngbc&ts tba% seetire the scanner to the
mounding braeke%.
(g) RemoveScme~ from h%ema Fairing.
4-31, iis%auatiron
See FQure 4-13
4-32s R0l.li5kxumeP
-
The Roll SC-r fs loca%e& In the %3ammcden& of the An%ennaFairing
Assembly (%oi x3&1% side as =&eve8 by tie As%ranaut). Bracke% type
mounting 3.8 em@oyeCL The IRoLL 2Ikmmer is accessfble %hrough the
Antenna Fe&c=% frpornl edi &z&y, requidng removal of the ~ZPQII%
cover
asseIrib&y. See Figure 4-ILzo
.‘
MAC 251 CM (10 MAR 98)
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 &cember 19%
,&‘+ ($
MtDONNELL &&&q PAGE

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
--... _-- cvhnTx--rnmnTv-TAT
c4”I.I’ .Ll.fI!JL. 1 lnlr
..---.
MVVtL
921
-44
KtVIStU
4-5 Remodl
(a) Remme the four mounting bolts ‘$wt secwe the De-Stabilfzfge flap
to the AntelunaFairLng.
'(b> Removethe four mounting swews from the Drogue Shoot, cover.
(c> Remove the 24 screws that encircle the outer edge of the &t&nna
Fairin@; front ccnrer.
(a> Remove&&ema F&ring front'dover~assemb3y.
(e) Df scomect the RoLLIScanner electrical connector.
(f) Removethe sfx mounting belts that secure the scanner to the
mourrtfzg bracket.
(g) Remove Scanner fmm hterma Faking.
4-34. InstL.lation
See Ffgure 4-L3O
CONFIDENTIAL
,&+ g d PAGE 4-68
SEDR 108
$EVISED ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI REPORT
AA.I~IAFl.l-rl *I .annbz, 133
0 1 POSlTlON SCANNER IN MOUNTING BRACKET

0
5 INSTALL COVEP A5SEMELY 45-31028
2 MhTE SCANNER ALIGNMENT P\NS WlTH BRACKET 6 PERFORM HORIZON SCANNER CHECKS. SEDR 69
0 ALIGNMENT HOLES 0
El
SECURE SCANNER TO MOUNTlN‘ BRACKET WITH (6) NOTES
MOUNTING BOLTS
aI TORQUE 15 TO 25 IN. L85.
4 CONNECT ELECTPlCPIL CONNECTORS
cl n 2 TORQUE TO 6lN. OUNCES
FIGURE 4-13 HORIZON SCANNER INSTALLATION h#4e9!
CONFIDENTIAL
- - -__ -~~
Y
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT ami 108
4-35e REiACTION
CONTROL
ms!mM
4-36. TROUBLE SBOOTIRG
The folkmIng tro&le shooting charts are to be utilized in conjunction

tith the simplified tidng diagrams shown in Figures 4-14 and 4-15.
CALFION
In some~instsmes, trouble shooting of the

RCS system involves lisn$lAng ~~,O$~kmc%j,t$oned"
lines and cxmponents, In such m event, the
precautions and hancXL%ng
procedures listed in
Paragraph 4-37’ should be observed.
CONFIDENTIAL
ance between pins A srd C of
transducer (r( OhpLs). Ascer- Resistance check &norm&l. -
tain that some resistance remove and replace transducer.
other than infinity exists
between pins B-C snd B-A of
trsnsducer.
(b) Connect-varf@$te pressure Resistance check normal - @rrc,

source to trsisducer. Vary teed to probable cause X0.2.
remove ma replace transducer.
(29 LOSSof excfta- (a) Disconnect tra&aucer efect- ,Voltage check nomaX - proceed
tion to +xans- rfcal'comector. vii% teti- to probable cause I!&+ 3e
etry power on> check for 3 8.
D-C between pins C and A of
disconnected cable.
tween transducer and Iustru- function inaicated in Instru-

mentrzPackage"A"* See Fiy me& Pack&ge "A". Refer to
4-14. Se&tion.5l$j for coqxtive
action.
Contfnuity check abnormal -
repair,wiriw 'as necemxiry.
DATE 15 &wmberl959 MYDONNELL
Q G e PAGE 4-71
SEDR 108
133
L.H.CONSOCE PANEL
i
PRE
NOTE: THIS DRHWIUG

FIRM FOR CAQSUCE
NO 2 ONLY.
-62
INSTRUMENT PACKAGE ‘A”
AUTOMATIC R.C
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
PRESSURE TPWSDUCCR
FTGURE 4-14 RCS GAS QUANTITY JNDICATOR WIRING DIAGRAM Mu‘%-44
CONFIDENTIAL
~_:-
DATE ;; MfDONNELL
15Deoebber
X9 & &&& PAGEfi?%
REVISED
I& REPORT SEDR108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
--. ..a--
KtVlbtU
PnNl7Tnl7N~FT AT ..,.mr. 131
CONFIDENTIAL .‘\
..
..
DATEE Eecaber 1959 MtDONNELL
& o&&&q PAGE
~~‘y.’
FG
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEm 108
r.c\,Iccm d-‘fiNli’Tl-bli’NTFT A1 ..---. 133
_.
15 December 19k9 MFDONNELL
DATE Q 4 & PAGE 4-74
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT eR108
F- REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
CONFIDENTIAL
~, .1.
,:.&m$
DATE 15 &P?f?&&.~~ M!DONNELL
Q (-$ e PAGE 4-73.
--.,...r-
KtVIXL’
C’fiNl-i’Tl-hli-NT1 AT rrrrne, I??
CONFIDENTIAL
1959MFDONNELL/&
DATFDecenber
I5
14 fi?+kah PAGE -4-76-
REPORT 9 108
sr.,.IC-
KtVl3tU
CnN’FTnli!NTTAl,
YY.L .A ---- . - ---- MmTFl
. ..---- 113
CONFIDENTIAL
-‘.. ‘....
DATE15 Decdber 1959 & A@&I e

MtDONNELL PAGE
REVISED ST. LOUIS, An~SOUifl REPORT f?DR108
?I-’ REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL l33
,I--!
CONFIDENTIAL
MtDONNELL
& .,i-’
15 h%?&er
DATE .1%9 &.&.c&PAGE
gg$y
REVISED
FG SHlR 108
REPORT
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 1% :
CONFIDENTIAL
.
DATE 15 December 1959 M’;‘DONNELL
A ozazibn PAGE e--&&k-
FG
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT S!ZlJR108
4-38, General
C&e removal and Installation of various components in the RCSsystem is

a rela;tiveSy simple process once the proper access has been accompli.shed.
In general, detailed removsl and installatPon procedures are omitted in
Ileu of abrief outline in con&n&ion with illustrations, Major com-
ponents of the RCS syktem sre broken up fnto four basic &ou$, accord-
fig to their Tocation in the Capsule: components mounted on the large
pressure bulkhead, Pressurization (heEum system) components located
between the large and small pressure bulkhead on the Capsule inner wall,
thrust chsdbers, and those components molted. in the recovery compart-
ment, between the imner wall and shfngles, These areas are covered fn
Figures 4-16 through 4-20,
b-39* Although the actual mechsnica% process involved $ring removal and
instabla%ion of componezts is relatek3y simple, the special handling
-,
technfques and precautions kvokve& s.re qui%e the oppdsite. ,lke ,n&es-
sity of "cleanliness" while hand.Ung components cannot be over-empha-
sized, It is to be noted %ha%a single dirty thunibprint contains the
potent%al of rendering a con@e%e system non-useable and may cause
many hours of delay whUe .%hecause of excessive deosx&)osition is lo-
cate& The following Parsgraph, 4-40,. spk%fies the mir&um pre-
,’ 1
cautionary measures to be taken when remodng, handling, and installing
RCS system components.
4-40, Standard Practick an6 Precautfons
(a) Exerc%se ex%remecare sga%ns%con%amina%%ng
wetted &rfaces duping
remiwal and ins-tallation,
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 1959MDONNELL
15&CenibeP &&.& PAGE
4&3x;.
..
P REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 1%
NOTE
A nwetted. surfaceg' is one that is NbJecteSe
to H$12 when insiaed iri the system. Exemple:
rbnside of a valve or line.

(b) Weap s%erilLzed tibbez= gl,oTveswhen hadUng H& coqonents.
(c> Wash a$$ tools used on E$Q co&ponents fn Nacconal detergent

::
soZLutfon, dry thorQugh%y an& place on tray coverea tith clean
aluminum fofb.
(a) Tools of non-compatible ma%erials such as Ied or brass must not
be used on Hz02 cou&onen%s*
(e) Cover aU ports, fit&fags anCitube assemblies with &Lumlnumfoil
01" peroxide condi%ioned caps of con&atZ.ble mate&L fmmediately'
upon dfsconneet to prevent possible contsmination of wetted
surfaces o
(f) Lubricate aILl threaded. fittings aandgaskets.wi%b Fluorolube FS
light gra6e 0i.l.
(g) Torque all nuts, bo$%s snd %%ttfngs per respective Torque Tables
udess o+?nerwLesspeeiffed. See Tables 4-3 throu& 4-7*
(h) Extreme care should be exercise8 to mLnimize app.lded torqtPe loads
and be&fig moments to we.M Joe&s and:-;ope&ketApg.when&ns+z&U.ing
system components.
(f) Tube fitbgs should not be tightened more the+, "finger tight"
u&i1 both ends of the line sn3 all interconnecting lines are in
positionp Refer to t&Ses 4-3 and 4-4 unless otherwise specified,
(3) Extreme care should be exercise& to'prevent damsge to inst&led
MAC 231 CM (10 MAR 88)

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 &%ZXiber 19% MFDONNELL
&/ &, &i&&q PAGE 4-82
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT CZJX 108
/--\ CONFIDENTIAL 133
REVISED MODEL
lines snd hardware during subsequent installation or removal of

components,
CAUTPON
Whenwoyking in srea commonto Explosive
jettfson'valves, remove valve electrical
connector ant install shorting plug.
4-41. Conditioning of Contaminated Components
In the event a component is~suspected of being contaminated due to
mishandling or accidental contact with surfaces incompatible with
H2&, the following procedure shall be used to determine the degree
of conk&nation.
Degree of contsmination,
(a) UsLng passivated tongs, wash suspected part in Nacconal detergent
-.
solution0
(b) Rinse 5.n distilled fi20 a minimum of three times.
(c) Place suspected part fn a clear glass eontiner of 90s IF& for .
a mLnimumperiod of two hours. Xn case of functional. components,
cWi@ynormally wetter surfaces ~shaXLbe subjected to H$&
.
NOTIS
If"trYer&'%6 no evolutfon o$ gas during this
period, the part may be considered compatible
'1 s3aLtierefore iatisf&Lory for use with 90%
~202~ If there is evolution of bubbles dura
this surveillance perfod, the component shall

be p&-treated and reconditioned per Paragraphs
4-k and 4-43.
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 &%‘Z&J~~ 19.
i9 M’;‘DONNELL
& e PAGE
4$
-- FG
NOTE
In general, the mpe comp%Zcatedcomponents with
va~fous working part& should be replaced and
reti&efi to the +end.or for rePecod.ltfoning.
4-42, FYetPeatment ‘,
Pretreatment$efers to the cILea&ng of p&s by degreasing and treat-
ment with alka3.i s&/or acid to remove all surface impweities which
will affect comat%bflity with 90% H$Q~ Pretreatment instructions
are given for the various material types used in the system as follows:
Al.uminum - Uhtreated
(a) -Vapor clegrease to x=emuresurfede oil, and &Lx% f!Uow psr-t to dpy.
Handle with clean, &y gloves,
(b) Immerse part fn solution of 0.4$ sodium hydrotide (by weight) in
dfstill$ed water for 60 minutes at room temperature.
worn
If machined or lapped tiurfaces are on the
component, immerse for fiye minutes or&y,
(c) !l!horoughIly rinse in potable (drinking) water only, Shake off excess
+&&& ~.
(cl) Bmnerse psrt in a ClQute nLtric2 acQl solution (equal parts earn-
mercial 80s nitrle add. and disti$Ped water) for .cmehour at
room temperature,
(e) Fib-se thmough3.y in dIstilled water,
(f, Blow dry with ziXLtere& (oil aM water free);nitrogen.
(g) Packsge in polyet,hylene bag until. resay for conditioning.
_
MAC 23, CM (10 MARBm

CONFIDENTIAL
-~-- ---
-
DATE15 Deceniber
_
1959 MDONNELJ&‘+& &&&q PAGE
j&&,
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT i&c~i 108

A
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL ua
(b] Wash, tith agitatfoq in q=mdmate4Jr I.$ Paaccanal.ao%ution at

loo0 - 3.20" for 20 m%snre$es,
(c) Rinse thorou@%ay in dfstiued water,
‘{a] Blow diry with filtmed (oil ma water free) titrogen,
(e) Package fm po@ethylene bag mtfb% reaCiy for condftionfng.

CAWXOK
Caustfe or ada soG%lons shou$canever
coae fn contac% tith moaizea ok hs+d@ted _
St&faces y
Stainless S%eel - Cast aa wdaei ~K+.s
(a) Vapor aegrease to remove ai% a& grease.
(b) AEkw %o a%r &q,
(e) Immerse %a O&cite alkaline cleaner for f&e minutes at 1800 F.
L
(h) R&se in distilled waker.

ii> Bbw &=y with %KLterea (oil and water free) aitrogenO
CONFIDENTIAL
MVIONNELL
&
_ -_-
&&y-g .__.
DATE _15Dece&er 1959 & PAGE
FG
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEDR'108
/-- REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133. -
NOTE
If cast*s con%&.nmachined surfaces (lapped
_.
seats), then treat aecordf~ to procedme for
non-weldea and mdd.nea pasts.
Stainless. Steel - Non-Welded and Machined Parts
fa) Vapor aegrease to remove oil and grease.
(b) AILlow to air &y.
(c) Im&erse in Oakite alka~tie cleaner for five minutes at 180° F.
(a) Rinse thoroughly in potable (dunking) water. Handle witp clean
-' "
gloves,
(e) Immerse in concentrated ni%rie acid (commercial 70%by weigh%) for
r 7
- ^
.Yf&e hours-
(f) Rinse thoroughly in dfs%%%led,wa%er,
(g) Blow dry with filtered (oil and water free) nitrogen.
(h) Package In poIl.yethylene bag u&Al ready for conditioning.
Plastics
AU. plastfc materials sxe washer3with agitation in a 1% (appkoxima%e)
solution of Nacconal .lXRa% llO0 - 3200 F for 10 minutes. Handle tith
-'
clean tongs or clean rubber gloves ant3 rfnse thoroughly in distilled
water- Shake excess water fra surface and blow dry with clean,
filtered nitrogen.
4-43a Condi%ionizlg
Conditioning refers to the exposure of pre%rea%ed parts to $.lute and
_'
concentrated Hydrogen Peroxide. Ekpos* Lo dilh-2 (35s) peroxide
--;
determS.n& the reliabiPity of %hepretrea%men%process ana will Lx&-

:
eate whe%her the part is sa%isfac%ory for further~exposure to coti-
CONFIDENTIAL
~.‘.-
DATE 15 Deeekber 19 & MtDONNELL
+ (-‘+&&r&& PAGE "y6
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEDR. 3.08
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL n33
centrated (90$> H2Q+
35% Hz02 ConB%tfoming
!!Jhepretreated p&&s wfU be exposed to 35%+% in specfal polyethylene

or pyrex containers or trays, The-p&r-+x willbe arranged En such a
manner that a lnenimumof 13 inches rema%nsbetkeen each part, The
trays till then be covered with s&tinm fo%h or polyethylene sheeting
to prevkt d&& ard dust from falLfig into peroxide. Except fog
periodic inspection aud rem&dL of faiEe& parts, the condftionfng
baths wKll not be disturbed for 24 hours.
(aj Fpll eleentray with 35% %02 sufficfent to cover parts at least
3 inch, Check to see that no forefgn matter is fn tray to came

..
decomposition.
-(b> Removepretreated part from polyethylene bsg wfth clean tongs
..~i
or clean, rnbber gloves and lower part fnto the H2@0
NOTE
!&e.re w%ll be ~JI ftitiall. period of gassing s&l
b&ba$ng when p~t.s are f&s-k wettea by H$+
(6) Cover tray with dean aXu&zvzn foi% or polyethylene sheet.

(a> A% the end of‘4540 mimte perio& exambe parts without removing
them frcun soLIutfon+ 1% 1s petissible to %o&" the paPt tifth
clean tongs to release aecundkted gas bubbles, Note whether
"streamers(r of gas sre forming from the psxt. If no stresmeq
appeti, parts will be checked approx&nate.l$ once an hour for ffrs$
5 to 6 hours. Ii streamers appear &ring first hour, the part
shoreid be cl.osely w&de& ShouLd streaming continue from a
CONFIDENTIAL
M:DONNELL
,&‘+ (-$ o-24zzh PAGE 4-87 --

/-‘
nwetted" surface or increase &uring second hour, the part should

be removed for inspection and reprocessing. If streamers stop
during the second hour, the part need not be removed. Strong
gassing from an “mwetted” surface wfll be grounds to remove a
part so as not to contaminate the H202 sncl spoil the conditioning
of other parts. Conaitionfng in 354 II202 shall last 24 hours.
(e) Parts which have successfully passed conditioning in the 35%

H202 will then be conditioned fn 90% H202. Handle the part with
clean tongs or clean rubber gloves, flush in distilled water
and shake excess water from psrt.
NOTE
Rot more than one houp should elapse between re-
moval of part from 35% H202 conditioning and
plac3ng them 9n 90% H202. If more than one hour
must elapse between operations, psxts must be

completely dpied by blowing tith elesn, dry
filtered nitrogen sn6 package& in polyethylene
bags.
90% H202 Condftioning
Pasts will be conEtioned separately fn 90% H202. Snail components may

be placed in fnclitidual beakers or polyethylene trays.
(a) Place the part in 90% XX202using clean tongs or clean rubber
gl6ves. Cover eontafner tith aluminum foil or clean polyethylene

sheet.
CONFIDENTIAL
_
DATE 15 December X9.959 M'DoNNELL &&$& PAGE ---

REPORT
iXDR 108
/--- REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
There will. be an inftial reaction which may

last for approximately 30 minutes.
(b) Once fnitiaX gassfng ceases, the H202 will remain calm except for
sn occasional. bubble. Streamers or excessive gassing should not
appear, Removeany psrt whfeh does not calm down after one hour.,
(c) Conditioning in 90s H202 will last for 24 hours.
(a) At the end of 24 hour perfod, remove part and flush thoroughly
with fresh, distibled water.
(e) Blow &ry with clean, filtered nitrogen.
(f) Package in polyethy.Ti&e bag-
/- 4-44. Thrust Chaibers
T&e Pitch and Yaw thrust &&hers +re mounted In the forward end of
the Capsule cySSndrica1 section, ana are positioned such that the
desirea reaction is obtained upon nozzle firing. See Figure 4-d.
The ROLLthrust chasnbers are mounted on eaeh side of the Capsule coni-
cal section, adjacent to the heat shield0 Simple clamp and bracket
type mounting is employed. Although the actual removal an& installation
procedure fs rel.atfve%y simple, the precautions involved in handling
H202 components must be observed. See Paragraph 4-37.
4-45* Removal
!&e fopla procedure fs a brief outline to be use& in conjunction
tith Figure 4-1G
(a) Ascertain that the RCS system is "dpy".

(b) Removethe appl&Xble shLngILe. Reference Section 2.
MAC PS, CM (10 M.4R 581

CONFIDENTIAL
Q G & PAGE 4-09
REVISED SEDR 108

/- REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
_--..-I -. ..---.
CHAM~EP(MANUAL s’s) 4562042 CL~.W

nssv.wm)-/
FIGURE 4-16 RCS THRUST CHAMBER INSTALLATION mn45-37
CONFIDENTIAL
DATF 1959 MtDONNELL
15 December & &$&q PAGE
FG
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEDRl.08
(c) Removeclamp assembly, upstream end of thrust chamber.

(a) Removenoexfe mounting boadts that attach nozzle to the capsule
structure *
(e) Disconnect the thrust chsmber coupPing nut between the thrust
chamber and solenoid valve or H2% supply Une as applicable.
(f) Removethrust chwiber.

- _
CAUTPOPJ
Protect disconne&& en&3 of lines and

components with clean aluminum foil or
compatib.b%e
proteet%ve cap.
Typica% - RoU (Auto Sys.)
(g) Ascertafn that the RCS system is "dry",
(hj Removethe appZlieabbpf$shingle. Reference Section 2.
(ij Removethrust chsmber fns7xkition.
IiOTE
The one pusasix pourd noz&les are removed
asashfngleun.3.t.
(3) Removemounting screws that secure the nozzles to clsmp
aprSemb~y,
(k) Removethe mountfng bolt that attaches the downstream end of the
' thrust chsmber to the capsule structure.
(1) Disconnect both thrust ehd0nbe.rcoupling nuts between chader and
solenoid valve.
(m) Slfdethrustchember assemb3yframunder clsmp andremove from
_
Capsule.
CONFIDENTIAL
.
DATE 1959MFDONNELL
15December &
I& m PAGE
@?$
n I~.,ICC.. CV-bNBTl-hl?NTTAT. rrnnc, 133
Protect disconnected ends of lines and components

with clean alwninwn foil OP ccrmpatible protective
-P-
Typical - Roll (Manual Sys.)
(n) Ascertain that the RCS system is "dry".
(0) Removethe applicable shingle, Reference Section 2.
&d Remove thrust chsdber insulation.

&j Removemounting screws that attach nozzle to mounting bracket.
&j Remove mounting bolt that secures thrust chsmber to capsule
.
structure 0
P
(6) Disconnect coupling nut between thrust cuber aud H20, supply
^ .
line,
(t) Slide thrust chsmber free of slot in mounting bracket and remove
frcm Capsule.
CAUTION
Protect diseonneeted ends of lines and com-
panents with clean s&.ntknumfoil or compatible
protective cap0
4-46. Instsllation
See Figure 4-i& 2’
4-47. Fly-By-Wfre Lb&t Switches

l%e Fly-By-Wire Limit SwLtches are bracket motmted to the manual. con-
P
trol lblsage. See Figure 4-17. Due to the simple type of mounting
emplwea , detailed removal procedures sre not necj?sssxy, and may be
acxxxuplishedby referring to FSgure 4-17.
DATE I5 December 1959 ,&++ g e
M!DONNELL PAGE
4-92
Y
REPORT SEDR 108

133
A REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
l,--..-..l
M*LT SWITCH
44 SUPPORTASSY(RE AN5154R22 SCREW(4 QEQD)

AN%OD&LWAEHEQ(+ QEQD
UNDER SCREWHEM)
45-61045-S STRIKER AN960D4 WASHER‘(4 REQDUNDER
NuT)(4 RPD BETWEEN SW\TCHE!
b r NAS\OZ\AD4 NUT (4 QEQD)
4%bl045-7 SHIM T HIGHTNQUtT SWlTt

T WW IXRUST SWllt
LEFT ROLL-LOW
THRUSTSWITC
ST SW\TCd ,.@I
ROLL-LOW THRUST SWLTCH p?=i?fIGH THRUSTSWlTCH
YAW UMIT %kCtl INSTALLRTION

45-79713-29 (REF)
HIGH x;;: ?’
s20---+--+
by,“,“,” Ncdos_ c34oc*o 7 I
-Cc334820 -i-+--l
WIRING
__ DIAGRRM
- .-. ._..
A YAW LIMIT SWlTCHES
TYPICAL \NSTALLATIObJ
li7 MOUNT LLMIT SWITCH ON MOUNT\NG BRACKET
izi CONNECT ELECTRLCALWIQ\NG TO LIMIT SWITCH
PITCH L\M\-T SWITCHINSTALLLRTION INSTALL MM-45$1050-I PQOTRPlCTORON MAbJUkL CONTROL HANDLE
457W3-29 (4 REQD) CDNNECT MULTIMETER ACROSS APPL\GABLE LIM\T SWITCH CONTACTS
a RaTATE b.,%NUALCONTROL HANDLE IN THE APPLICABLE PLANE AND CHECK
SWITCH ACTUATION (CONTiNUITY ON MULTIMETER PEQTHE FOLLOWINGTA81
POT ELECTRKAL ‘ZQNNECTlCX% PER MAC PS 17410
% ROLL LIMIT SWITCHACTUATION

IS ADJUSTABLE BY SHIMMING.
OTHER LIMIT SWITCHESAQE
ADJUSTABLE BY COMPONENT
SELECTION ONLY.
FGURE 4-17 FLY-BY-WIRE LlMlT SW\TC!-l lNSTALLAT\ON Mli45-4

CONFIDENTIAL
_.‘,,
M!DONNELL& &&$& PAGE 4& -
kg
ST, LOUIS, MISSOURI
/- CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
REVISED
k-48. R-al.
See Figure 4-17
4-49. mtatfon
See Ffgerpe 4-9.
4-50io. RCSPreastiaatSon Components
The RCS qwtmn pressurf,&atfon ccmpomxtrs Bpe focatted on the Capsule
inner wall, left side, immediately behind the main f.nstRrment panel.
%e Hgtzre 4-18. AlI pressur~atfon ecnuponents are 3,ocated in this
area tit21 the exception of two helirpna relfef mlves and two jettison
moval procedures are mneeeasaq. IYingeneml, the area of ccxuponent

DATE !5.Dec+mber1959 MYDONNELL
,&“+, (-‘+ e PAGE
4-94
REVISED SEDR 108

L-.,’
FlGURE4-18 PRESSURlZATlON INSTALLATION MH45Y38
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 Decemb-r 1959 ,&‘+ &,
MYDONNELL & PAGE .-+$j$$v
I
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT = 108

A
REVISED
-
CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
become desirable to remove the applicab$e shingle such that a

particular part is accessible forboth sides. If desirable,
depending upon the particular part beirq removed, the main
instrument panel an& pepiscope may be removed for access. See
sections 2 and I?*
CAUTION
When removing and installing HP@ components
en& lines; observe all precautions specified in

Paragraph 4-37.
4-55. Instsllation
bee Figure 4-19.
4-56. Adjustment
Upon replacement of a Proportional Control Valve (Figure 4-19), the
follarlng adjustment should be performed to determine the correct
alignment of,the input ezm (bell crank) with the valve shaft at the
werational flow neutral valve position,
(a) With the input arm (b.ell crank) pssitionea on the valve shaft,
rotate the shaf% fn e%ther &Lreetion-untKL+.he motion is arrested
by the valve stop.
(b) Mask this point through the input arm devis hole.
(c) Rotate the shaft in the opposite direction fram that of step (a)
until further motion fs arrestedby the valve stop.
(a) Mark this point throu@ the input arm clevis hole.
NOT%
These points are reference fixes and represent
l., -
-.\;
“\.
MAC 291 CM (10 MAR 58)
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE !_5.DecFmber 1959 MtDONNELL
6 g pta2ibn PAGE 4-96
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 Ikmmhr 1959 MtDONNELL&/4 & PAGE !+& -
REPORT SEDR 108

REVISED
-. 122
‘.
the points of mtudmumrated flow through

the respective sides of the valve.
(e) Bisect the angle formed by the Yeference fixes and the center of
the valve shaft. TW.8 angle (6) should approximate 33.4 2 .2O.
(f) Rotate the valve shaft by means of the input arm until the clevis
hole center line coincides with the angle b5sector constructed
from the reference fix points.
Angle Bisector
Reference Fix
(Valve Limit)
(g) Tbe valve is now in a flow neutral as well. as a mechanically

neutral position with the input arm clevis hole directly over
the center of the de& band area.
(h) Connect a source of helium to the Capsule 1$02 fill drain discon-
-
nect.
(3.) Connect a bubbler device to the two ap$Ucable thrust chamber

nozzles.
G G e PAGE 4-98
Y
133
FIGURE 4-20 RC 5 COMPONENT INSTALLATION, LARGE PREsStiRE BUCKI-WD MH45-~*
CONFIDENTIAL
.i
15 Decerdber 1959 MtDONNELL
Dads & &&&q PAGE @&‘ -
I&
P REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL I33
(j) Place the Capsule manual. push-pull. valve in the PUSH-ONposition..

(k) Adjust the Helium source to 10 psig.
(1) Slowly rotate the input arm until bubbling starts. Mark this
point throughthe clevis hole center tine.
(m) Repeat step (1) for the opposite thrust chamber.
NOTE
Both of these points represent the limits
of the va3ve dead bend and should be equidistant
from the angle bisector constructed in step (e).
(n) Return the input arm to the position of step (f).-
(0) Check Astronaut's manual control handle in the "locked" position.
iP> Connect the Capsule mechanical linkege to the input arm.

(q) Repeat steps (1) and (m), utilizing the Astronautes msnual
_ _ I _
control handleto rotate the vaLve,
(r) Secure Helium source and bubbler device.
4-57. RCS Components - Large Fissure Bulkhead
The RCS components mounted on the lerge pressure bulkhead are shown
in Figuxe k-20.
4-58. Removal
Due to the relatively simple type of mounting utilized, detailed re-
moval and instellation procedures are unnecessary. The area of com-
ponent location is accessible only upon removal of the heat shield.
DetaKl.s involving the removal of the heat shield are covered in
Section 2.
CAUTION
When remoting and installing H202 components
. t”mC 231 CM (10 MAR 58)

CONFIDENTIAL
-Y&L- -
‘\
DATE15 mxaer 1959 MFDONNELL
,&‘+/ ($, & PAGE
l&&t.
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT 5’Jiim 108

/\
and lines, observe all precautions specified in

~Parwaph 4-37.
4-59. Installation
See Figure 4-20.
4-60. SERVICIMG
Detailed servicing procedures fox the reaction control system 8;pe
specif"ied in SEDR'73.
/-\
CONFIDENTIAL
TABLE 4-3
TORQUE
VALUESFORFLAREDTUBEFITTINGS
WRENCH TO&E FORTIGHTEN% AJd%8ti-(Iti. IBS.)
ALUMINUMAl&OYTUBINGHOSEENDFlXTlXGSFOR
DASH TUBING ALUkNUMALLOYTUBING (FLAREAND10078) HOSEASBB$UE; (IN. I&5.)
NOS. OD FLAREAND10061(SINGIE) STEELWING FORUSEIN -_
REF. INCHES OR~~~10078(DOUBLE)? FLfBE ~qmoo61 OXYGEN LINES ONLY m62g2
KTN. MAX. ^ '^ MIN. MAX. KIN.. ' MAX. MIX* MAX.
l/f3
--3 3/16 - - 90 100 - 70 100

-4 l/4 40 65 135 150 - 76 120
-5 5/16 60 80 180 200 100 ,125 85 180
3/8 75 3.25 270 300 - - 100 250

i -6
-8' l/2 150 250 450 500 - - 210 420
-10 518 200 350 650 700 - - 300 480

L.2 ..3/4 300 500 900 1000 - 500 850
.I
4x6 1 500 700 I200 1400 - 700 JJ-50
-A l-1/4 600 900
-24 l-112 6~x1 900
‘.* Dorible flares shall not be fsbricated on tubes that exceed l/2 inch OD.
I.
DATE 15 Dec&xr 1959 MtDONNELL
&/ G &&& PAGE 44.02
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT mx 108
/- REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL I33
BULKHl3AD-TYPETUBEFI'ITING
TUBE FIT?tWG TORQUELIMITS

SI!LFl q. sFm (IWH-POUNDS)
Mm. ax.
li?. . 5/16 - 24 40 50
3116 )‘ 3/8 - 24 ?O 80
l/4 7t.16 -fo llo 130

5/a l/2 - 20 140 160
3/8 g/16 220 250

l/2 3/4 270 320
5/8 7/8 350 450
I:“,\ / w/~ 1 q:?q
T&le$d+gi~es acceptable torque l%mAts fog routs and fittings

which require use of "0" rfnge or gasket-type sea+ Example;
of these Buts CLndfitkgs wx as follows: ~~814, 815, 832,
893, 894, grg, 924 and -.
.628g.
CONFIDENTIAL
_..I....
_,
DATE15 December1959 M’;‘DONNELL
Q &$ &&& PAGE 4-a3 i-.-e
REVISED - REPORT SDR 108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
TABLE4-5
TORQUEVALUES FOR STEEL NUT-BOLT (SZEW) CC&XfMTI~S-COARSE THRFADSERIFS
5/16 - 18 80 90 48 55
3/8 - 16 160 X8.85 95 llo
7/l6 -- 1;‘ 235 255 xiro 155
l/2 - 13 400 480 240 290
g/16 - 1.2 500 700 300 420
5/8 - I.I 700 900 ,,420 540
3/4 - 10 1150 1600 700 950
7/8 - 9 2200 3000 j 1300 1800
'1
1-8 3700 5000 2200 3000
l-1/8 - 8 5500 6500 ' 3300 4ooo
l-l/4 --8 -. -.6500 , -8000 -- : 4000, ,y&) .; ,
NOTE: Psrt numbers ilz parenthesis stiersede adjacent AM part numbers.
MAC 231 CM <IO M/\R 58)

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 lh%XBber a
MtDONNELL PAGE 4ak
ST. LOUIS, An;souRI
/- ' ..- ._--
TORQUE
VA%uESFOR STEn NUT-=BOLT
(SZPJ?N)C&BINATIONS~FINRTEREADfiZXIES
ITOTES: (e) NASl44 thp@ m~l~%$8e\nd RAE972have been superseded by

MS20094thmugb MS20024.
(b) EAS part mmif~ers in. ga-ced%esis supersede adjacent AN
&krt mi&emx fm de6Qn.
w*c 891 a4 (10 r.mRSB)

CONFIDENTIAL
_-.- -
DATE15 Dixember 1959 MtDONNELL
& & PAGE b&05 __
FG
._
TABLE 4-7
TORQUE
VALUESFORALUMINUMNUT-BOLT(SCREW)CoMBIJ!?ATIOI'?S
- FIXE THREADSFiRIEiS
ALUMI~ BOLTSANDSCfkWS
AI?3DD%hzxm&AN2ODD
@%E?DD
AN525D
NUTS
TENSION SBEAR
AN3EOD AN32OD
~1i365~(msxo21) AIi364D(NAS1022)
8 - 36 5 3 6
‘, ‘\
10 - 32 10 15 5 10
q4 - 28 30 45 15 30
5/16 - 24 40 65 25 40
3/8 - 24 75 Xl.0 45 70
7116 - 20 180 280 ll0 170
l/2 - 20 280 410 160 260
g/16 - 18 330 580 230 360
5/8 - 18 550 670 270 420

314 - l6 950 =5o 560 880
7/8 - ,14 1250 190 750 l200

’ l-14 1600 2iOO 950 1500
1-r/8 - 12 23Do 3200 =50 2000
l-%/4 - 12 3900 5600 2300 3650
NOTEI: Part mmibers %nparenthesfs supersede djacent

ANpart. nrmibers. I
C;PNFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL 5-l
SEQUENCE SYSTEM, LAUNCH

HROUGH RETROGRADE
OR ABORT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION PAGE
TROUBLE SHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 2
LAUNCH AND ORBIT RELAY BOX NO.1 5-7
MAXIMUM ALTITUDE SENOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
THRUST CUT-OFF SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
RETRO RELAY BOX NO.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
RETRO RELAY BOX NO.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
RETRO ROCKET BLANKET HEATERS . . . . . . 5-15
CONFIDENTIAL
REVISED REPORT sI?DR108
Section% provides procedures, diagrams and illustrations to facilitate

system trouble shooting end coqonent replacemnt and adjustment. It is
'! noted that all system components are no% necessarily covered within the
Replacement and Adjustment areas, In the absence of such procedure it
may be assumed tha% %hepar%icular procedure involved is obvious end does
not warrant a detailed explanation OP illustration,
52, TROUBIXSHOOTING
Trouble shooting of the sequence system may be partially accomplished by
uee of the sequence system tester, WD&?@OOl, (Refer to SEDR90-2,)
This tester will indicate the conponen%OP genera& area where the trouble
exis%s. To isolate the %rouble either refer to Nas%er Schematic Wiring
Diagram, .&%908&, or the following simplified componen%schematics:
(a) Jettison Rocke% Igniter Schematic (See Figure $I)
(b) I&cape Rocke%Igniter Scb.ema%ic(See Figure $2)
All sequence sys%emcomponents will be covered by sinplified schematics
at a lat%er dates
5-40 REPIAOEHENTAND
AlXUS!KQENT
5-4, Launch and Orbit Relay Boxes
There are four launch and orbi% relay boxes located eafthin the capsule's
pressurization section, See Figure $4 for exact location.
ONFEDENTEAL
&/ (‘$ e PAGE 5-3

ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
133
r-
7PIB-PP4AlO It
P6ZC 16 -T B-WI- 17
-LPI-6 2P2-B-A57420 ---3Pla 3PIA-Al6A22-+C
-4664GZ2 3PIA
A,,DZZ ---+ D3lOH317<- Al6D22
,,7C22-+ L+----+l7+---A16C22 TB-KI-8 AI6822
K&4-22
Al7822->02~Al7A22--Pl6~~I
464A22+D2M<-A’64520 -TB-N2-II
-AMEZO
f- TB-T3-ZI A170522 -<D2P <- Al70020
SPIF- P6IC16-15-,32-17-P6IA16-IPIU
SEE 5NkET ZOF 2

TOWER JETTI5ON
ROCKET
/--
FIGURE 5-l JETTISON ROCKET IGNITER SCUEMATIC (SUEET I OF2) M”45-,2~-,

-
CONFIDENTIAL
133
CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
-TB aAl 16.WI-17- P62C16
Al9lAl8
I
Al91618 ->.5-I,+-
.w905w3-> D~~+------AIQ~AI~ --4Pl= ~----+I
N 0 RELAY = NC RELAY <<= DISCONNECT

II=
COMPON /-..
= h1-r, I
IPI
2Pl
2P21
POWER SYSTEM
) LAUNCU(,ORBITAND
LAUNCH,ORBIT
CO NTROL
E5C APE
AND E5CAPE
PAUEL
F.H.m
F.H. Is)lAvl
/[I TOWER SEPARATION SENSOR RELAY 1
3PI LAUNCU.‘OR6lT RELAY BOX 3

4PI LAUNCU,ORBIT RELAY BOX 2 PTOBP-22-555X A TOWER SEPARATION CONTROL
5PI 5WITtl-l FU5E PANEL PTObP-18-32P TOWER RlNG LIMIT JWITCUES(RING GONE)
1 MAIN BATTERY 3000W-H F30181
A3 GROUND TEST UMBILICAL,PIN 55
1 MAIN BATTERY 3000 W-l-! 1801cI
EMERGENCY TOWER JETTISON
MA,&, ,NSTRUMENT PANEL PTOOP-22-215
MAIN INSTRUMENT PANEL PTOOP-22-215W GROUND TEST UMBILICAL PIN 53
$ TOWER JETTISON ROCKET
I DISCON N ECT5 I 7 GROUND TESTUMBILICAL,PIN52

DI PTOOP-22.ZlW(MAIN INSTRUMENT PANEL & Ks34-6 ENERGIZED ON SUEET 1 OF2
D 7. ~ PT07P-20-4I5,PTC!6-W41P(LH.FWD.PRE55 BUD.)
/‘- Q GROUND TE5T UMBILICAL PIN 103
D3 1 CAPSULE-TOWER DI5CONNECT
D4 [ JUNCTION BOX A lo GROUND TE3T UMBILICAL PIN 105
FIGURE 5-l JETTISON ROCKET
CONFIDENTIAL
- -
&/ & & PAGE 5-5

ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
133
__.- --- ...- -...... -. ~~-. --
I
-P62Al6 TB-WI-17 -P62Cl6 --ZPl-6~~PZ6,
KBd- 20 K&i-16
A.56 020
-TB-53-21
9PIB P9AlO -%T,,, --~pgc16

P9516
KBI-13
P58Al6
P6l Al6 TB-BZ-17 P6lCl6 5PIF-
KM-8
Al87Al5 4Pll-+ +---4PlB- A92A18
rL_<,M+----- AI575l8~>D3N>~Al57Cl+.-----<D4A<-
SEE SHEET 2OFZ ESCAPE ROCKET
C
Al57Dl5
Al56CI6----<MC<-Al86Dl8 I
I D3c<-A156B18-->D2~> Al56815 4PIL+]I
FIGURE 5-2 ESCAPE ROCKET IGNITER SCCIEMA-I-lC(5CIEET I OFZ) MH45-121-I
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
G & d PAGE 5-6
”
REPORT SEDR 108
moDEL 133
R EVISED CONFIDENTIAL
/!A K84-8
13
I2
Ld?P-- 2P2-3-A83AI8 4Plb-
-t---i f---4FPl BB
A193Cl8~~3N<--Al93BIB~> DZp+AlQ3Alt3
_ -7
i-
I D4A<~AlQ3DlE!
1 SEE 5ldEET 1 OF 2
E5CAPE ROCKET
-AAQ?.DIS
I+---4PlAA AlQ3Al&---+,2&---Al928l6->D3C>-AlQ2Cl8
-
NO RELAY =NCR\E-LAY <f= DISCONNECT

it= -It-
,-
COMPONENTS ’ GROUND-I-EST UMBILICAL PIN IO3
6Pl MAIN BATTERY 3000 W-H 1801
2 2 CAPSULE 5EPARATIOi.J CONTROL
MAIN BATTERY 3000 W-H m n
7PI
8PI
8PZ
IPI
MAIN
MAIN
POWER
IN5TRUMENT
IN5TRUMENTPANEL
SY5TEM
PANEL
CONTROL
PTOOP-22-215
PTOOP-22-21SW
PANEL
24
3
5
SEE FIGURE
ESCAPE SV5TEt.4
5-l FOR ENERGIZING
UATCH TEST DISCONNECT
CAPSOLE ADAPTER 5EP.R1WG LlMlT

CLRCUIT
(‘V”)
SWITCH>(RINGGONE)
PPI LAUNC!-l.ORBIT AND ESCAPE F.H. 1804 26 ESCAPE 5YSTEM UATC,, TEST DISCONNBCT @‘\)
2P2 LAUNC!-l.ORBITAND ESCAPE F.U. m n7 GROUNDTEST “MBILI=AL PIN 105
3PI LAUNC U AND ORBITRELAY BOX3 PTObP-24-615W
EMERGENCY TOWER JETT150t.l
IO PI LAUNCU,ORBIT AN0 ESCAPE RELAY BOY I
LAUNCU AND ORBIT RELAY E%2 PTO6P-22-555X n9 5EE 5UEgT 2OF2 FOR MAIN BATTERY POWERCIRCUIT
4PI
TO ESCAPE ROCKET
QPI ISOLATED BATTERY 15OOW-U
n 10 GROUND TEST UMBLLlChL PIN 56
RELAYS
K81-13 SQUIB ARM RELAY DISCONNECTS
K34-16 ORBIT ATTITUDE RELAY +ti t DZ I L.U. FORWARD PRESSURE BULKUEAD
I
K&b20 CAPSULE JEPARATION SEN50R RELAY”1 D3 CAP3ULE TOWER
K&-I GROUND TEST UMBILICAL RELAY D4 JUNCTION BOX
KAA-3 ESCAPE ROCKET FIRE RELAY D5 PRt55URE BULK,,EAD PTO7P.22-55 P, PTObP-22-556
K84-221 TOWER SEPARATION SENSOR RELAY*i D6 1 PREJSURE BULKHEAD PTObP-24-615W, PTO7P-22.6lpW
FIGURE 5-2 ESCAPE ROCKET IGNITER SCUEMATIC (5UEETZOFZ) MU45-IZI-
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE ti T)e@aber 1959
MtDONNELL
&/ & o&f&q PAGE $7; -
REVISED ST, LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT ‘= lo8

/‘
5-5. Launch and Qrbit Relay Box No. 1

Relay box No, 1 consists of the following relays:
(a) Ground CommandAbort Signal - ~84-40,
(b) Posigrade Rocket Fire - 1184-Z.
(c) Emerg. Posigrade Rocket Fire - K84-3.
(d) Ground Test Umbilical - ~84-1,
To-bench test relay box refer to sheet 3 B -17 wire assembly9 on 45-78084
and record results on Test Data Sheet of SEIR 89, Note that relay ~84-40
is of the latching type, therefore, when testing is ccnrplete power must
be applied to pin A in order to reset the relay-
5-6. Installation -
r (a) Access must be gained by removing the 1500 W-H Battery located on
, ^
the L-X side. Refer to Section X for battery removsl.
(b) Disconnect the one electrical plug from relay box and remove the
,. _
four NBS 673~16~ bolts,
(c) Instalireplacement relay box using sams bolts and &?96oI&o~
,_
washers.
I (d) Reconnect capsule plug (PT&P-ZQ$~) to box receptacle and safety
_
with NC 32 lo&wire.
5-7. Launch and Orbit Relay Box No, 2
Relay box No. 2 consists of the following relays:
(a) Tower Separation Bolts Power - K844.
(b) Rnerg, Tower Separation Bolts Power - ~84-5.
(c) JettisonRocket Fire - K84-6,
,,-
(d) Emerg. Jettison Rocket Fire - K81&-7.
(e) Escape Rocket Fire - K8L-8,
.~
MACP31 CM (toMAR
CONFIDENTIAL
&. G e PAGE 5-a
REVISED REPORT 5EDR 108

S+.LOUIS. &SOUR,
133
AEVISED CONFIDENTIAL.~--..--
____---__. ____
MODEL
LAUNCH AND ORBIT

RETRO-RELAY RELAY BOX *I. 45-78084-I
EFFECTIVE ON CAPSULES 2,3 $4
LAUNCH AN0 ORBIT

RELAY 00X 4’2.
45-78084-3 EFFECTIVE ON
RETRO - RELAY CAPSULES 2,3 C 4
BOX * 2 45-78085-301
EFFECTIVE ON CAPSULES
MAYIMUM ALTITUDE
SENSOR 45-87708-3
EFFECT\VE ON ALL
b5-78084-7 EFFEC
ON CAPSULE% 2,34
L LARGE PRESSURE BULKHEAD (REF.)
FIGURE 5-3 SEQUENTIAL COMPONENTS LOCATION MH45-6
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December 19.59 PAGE -!kL-
REPORT SEIR 108

(f) Emerg, Escape Rocket Fire - K84-=9,

(g) capsule Separation Bolts Power - ~84-10.
(h) Emerg. Capsule Separation Bolts Power - ~84-11.
(i) Booster Engine Separation Sensor - ~84-12.
(3) Sustainer Cut-off - K84-13.
(k) Booster Engine Cut-off - ~84-1~4,
(1) Thrust cut-off Time Delay - ~84-15.
To bench test relay box refer to sheet 3> -19 wire assembly, on 45-78084
and record results on Test Data Sheet in SEDR89, Note that relays
K84-13 and ~84-14 are latching relays and therefore must be reset after
testing. Both relays must be reset by applying power to points V or g
on receptacle PTo2P-22-SSPW.
5-8* Installation
(a) Access must be gained by removing the 1500 W-H battery located on
_
the L-X side, Refer to Section X for battery removal.
(b) L&s&&e&the two electrical disconnect plugs, PTO~P-~~&SX and
-. -
PTo6P-22-5~SW, and remove the five Nlls673Vl6H volts.
(o) Instsll new relay box using samebolts and AN96ODlOLwashers.
(d) Connect both electrical plugs to receptacles PTO~P~~-$PK and
r .
PTO~P-=-55~~.
5-9 0 Launch and Orbit Rely Box No, 3
Relay box No, 3 consists of the following relays:
I (a) No, 1 Orbit Attitude - ~84-16.
(b) No. 2 Orbit Attitude - 1~84-17.
(c) No. 3 Orbit Attitude - ~84-18.
(d) Time Zero - ~84-19,
CONFIDENTIAL
DATEX5 December IL959 MDONNELL
&/ (-$ & PAGE -c-- !.a0
REVISED REPORT
SEIB 108
ST, LOUIS, MISSOURI
/-‘ ..mm.,,..rm
K~“1X”
f-‘~NBTl-hTiYNTT
UVI .I I_uu.L.
AT.
I -iill-
AAnnE, x32!
,V\“YLl.
(e) No, 1 Capsale Separation Sensor - K8M0,

(f) No, 2 Capsule Separation Sensor - K8br-Z~.
(g) No, 1 Tower Separation - ~8422.
(h) No, 2 Tower Separation Sensor - 984-O.
(2) No, 3 Tower Separation Sensor - ~84-24,
(3) No, I Heyday Aa&%n- K8425,
&) No. 2 Msyday Alarm - K84-S
(1) No, 3 Mayday Alarm - K842%,
To'bench %es%rel& refer to sheet 3 p -21 wire assembly, on 45-78084 and
record results on Test Data Sheet of SEDR89, Note that relays ~84-16
through K84-21 %re latching relays,, After completing a test these relays
must be reset by applying power to either pin b or ce
f -
$10. Ins%allation
Access must be gained by removing the bottom l!!&O W-H battery lo-
(7)
ca%ed on the R-X side, Refer to Section X for battery removal.,
*r,
(b) Disconnec% the two electrical plugs PTO6P-24~&SWand PTo~P-~G~~s,
and remove the four NAS 6‘j'JV2OHbolts.
(c) Install new relay box using same bolts and AN96ODlOLwashers.
(d) Reconnectthetwo plugs to receptacles PTo~P-~~-~I.PWend
~~o6~-.24-6~‘,
(e) Ssfety wi%h NC.32lockwireo

-!&XL, Launch and Orbit Relay Dox Moo 4
Relay box No. 4 consists of the following relays:
(a) Booster Cut-off 10 Second Time Delay - ~84-28
/‘ (b) Booster Abort Signal Disarm - K84-29
(c) gapsule Adapter Disconnect Squib Fire - ~84-30
(d) Danping Signal - K84-31
i
DATE15 December1959 kKDONNELL&“+
G &&&& p*t&7&i&i~
REPORT SRDR108
REVISED lA”I.1’J.YU.l.. A IrLU M”“EL --
-
(e) Orbit Orient - K84-32

(f) Dalrping Signal 5 Second Bme Delay - 884-33
(g) warning Lfght 2 Second Time Delay - ~84-34
(h) Tower Jettison Warning Light - K84-35
(i) Orbit 5 Rirnite Time Delay - x84-36
(3) No. 1 Catastrophic Fail - K84-37
(k) No. 2 Catastrophic Fail - x84-38
(1) No. 1 Tower Separation Abort Interlock - K84-39
(m) Abort Rate Danping - K84-4l
To bench test the reley box refer to sheet 3, -23 wire assembly, on
45-78084, and record results on fe$t Data Sheet of SEDR89. Rote that
relays K84-29, K84-32 and 984-39 are latching relays. After testing is
complete these relays must be reset by applying power to pin u.
$12, Installation
(a) Access must be gained by removing the bottom 1500 W-R battery lo-
cated on the R-X side, Refer to Section X for battery removal,.
(b) Disconnect the PTO6F-22-55'Splug and remove the four NAS 673V20H
bolts,'
(c) Install the new relay box using same bolts andAB6ODlOL washers.
(d) Connect the electrical plug to the P‘!&32P-22&@ receptacle and
safety with NC32 lockwire,
s-13* MaximumAltitude Sensor
5-14, Installation
The sensor is bracket mounted to the structure directly above the switch
fuse panel on the L-X side,
(a) Disconnect the PTO6P-14-15s electrical plug and remove the four
NAS 673V4 bolts.,
-,
,
PAGE -.-ih%?L-
REPORT
SEDR108
(b) Ins&l new sensor using same bolts and AN96oDlOLWaSherS.

(c) Refer to SEDR90 for post installation checkout. Capsule identifi-
cation No, will determine dash NO. of SEDR,
$15. Thrust Cut-off Sensor
$16. Installation
(a) Access must be gained by removing the top 1500 W-H battery located on
the R-X side, Refer to Section X for battery removal,
(b) Disconnect the p~06~-l&=l9~ electric&i plug and remove the four
I& 673V3Hbolts,
(c) Install new sensor using samebolts andAN960DlOL washers.
(d) Safety w&h NC32 lockwire,
,^ $17. Retrograde Relay Boxes

Two retrograde relay boxes are located within the capsules pressurization
section, See Figure 5-3 for exact location.
5-18. Retro Relsy Box No. 1
Relay box No. 1 consists of the following relays: '\.
(a) Retro Rocket Assembly Separation No. 1 - KS!!+1
(b] Retro Rocket Assembly Separation No, 2 - K8$2
(c) Retro Fire Signsl Disengage - K85-8
(d) Retro Rocket Sequential Fire - K85'-9
(e) No. 3 Retro Rocket No,Fire Warning Light - K85-10
(f) No, 2 Retro Rocket No Fire Warning Light - K8%11
(g] No. 1 Retro Rocket No Fire Warning Light - K8!&12
(h) Retro Rocket No Fire Warning - K8!tk=l3
/-- (i) Retro Rocket Assembly Jettison - K85-19
(3) Jettison Retro Warning Light - K8.520
(k) No, 1 Retro Fire - K85-5
MAC
211CM(10MAR58) CONFIDENTIAL
REVISED
!; -- --_-- - 121
‘. \ REVISED CONFIDENTlAL MODEL &”
(1). Emergency No, 1 Retro Fire - ~85-4

[m) Retro Assembly Jettison - K85=-5
(n) Emergency Retro Rocket Assembly Over-ride - K85-6
(o) Retro Rocket Assembly Umbilical Separation - K85-7
(p) No, 3 Retro Rocket Fire - K8S-14
(q) Emergency No, 3 Retro Rocket Fire - K85-15
(r) No. 2 Retro Rocket Fire - K85-16
(s) Emergency No, 2 Retro Rocket Fire - K85-17
To-bench test relsy box refer to shee,t 2, -13 wiring assembly, on
45-78085, and record results on Test Data Sheet of SEDR89. Note that
relays K8&1, K85'-2 and K85-6 are latcfrlng relays andmust be reset
after completing test. To reset, apply power to pin HH of receptacle
PTO2P=.22-$Px,
$19, Installation
The No. 1 relay box is installed on the large pressure bulkhead at an
R-X location, See Figure 5-3 for exact location.
(a) Disccmnect the-three eLectrical plugs and remove the two NAS 673V31
dolts and SPSFR812- 1032 nuts.
(b) Removerelay box and replace, installing the new box tith samebolts
and nuts and fourAR960DlOL washers.
(ci Reconnect the three electrical pILugs,
520. Retro Relay Box No. 2
Relay box No. 2 consists of the follow.@ relays:
(a) Retro Fire Sfgti - K85-2%
[b) Retro CommandNo, 1 - K85-22
(e) Start Retro Attitude CommandNo, 3. - K85-23
(d) Start Retro Attitude CommandNo, 2 - K85-24
-^-l----mT--. 1
MAC 231 CM (10 MAR. 58) GtJNJ!‘llJJ5N’l’lAL

-
DATE15 December1959
ST. LOUIS, MlSSOURl
,_. REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
(e) G.C. Attitude Permission By--Pass - ~8.5-26

(f) Attitude Permission ijy-Pass No, 1 - 1~85-27
(g) Attitude Permission By-Pass No. 2 - K8528
(h) Emergency Retro Fire - ~85-29
(i) Retro Fire Signal - K85-30
(j) Retro Attitude Command- K85-31
(k) Retro CommandNo. 2 - K85-32
(1) Retro CommandNo, 3 - ~85-34
(m) Attitude Permission No. 1 - X85-34

(n) Attitude Permission No, 2 -. K8.5'-35
(0) #3 Retro Rocket Gone No, 1 - ~85.~36
(p) #3 Retro Rocket Gone No. 2-- K8$37

(q) #3 Retro Rocket Gone No, 3 - K85;-38
(r) #2 Retro Rocket Gone No, 1 - K8.L39
(s) #2 Retro Rocket Gone No. 2 - K8.$&G
(t) #2 Retro Rocket Gone No. 3 - ~85-41

(u) #l Retro Rocket Gone No, 3 - ~8.5-42
(v) #l Retro Rocket Gone No. 2 - ~85.~43
(w) #l Retro Rocket Gone No, 1 - K85-44

To bench test relay box refer to sheet 2 , -15 wiring assembly, on W-78085
and record results on Test Data Sheet of SEBR 89. Note that relays
A
K35El, K85-23 through K85-29 and K85-33 are latching relays. After test
is complete reset all latching relays by applying powr to pin q of
receptacle FTO2P-22-~~PZ.
Installation
(a) Access must be gained by removing the Instrumentation Package B,
refer to Section 13 for removal, (See Figure $3.)
MAC 231 CM (10 MAR. 58) CONFIDENTIAL

DATE15 December 1959 MfDONNELL&/g & PAGEG.&g
“-
REVISED WUIS. MISSOURI REPORT SEDR 108
REVISED FIilENTIAL MODEL 133
(b) Disconnect the twJ electrical plugs and remove the four
5&S673V19b%?s:
(c) Removerelay box and replace, installing the new box with seme
bolts and four ANP&DlOL washers.
(d) Reconnect the two electrical plugs.
5 22 . Retro Rocket Heaters

Installation
See Figure 5-4.
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
15 December1959 MfDONNELL
,&+ G e PAGE 5-16
SEDR 108
133
INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
I DETERMINE THE BEST POSITION IN RELATION TO MOUNTING
Ll
-
5~~05 AND HOLE FOR ROCKET INSTALLATION.
INSTALL BOTH BLANKET HEATERS WlrHOUT CEMENT AND
DETERMINE THElR BE5T LOCATION IN RELATION TO ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS.
El PREPARE ROCKET
BY BLANKET
SURFACE
HEATER5
WHICH IS TO BE COVERED
BY CLEANING WlTH A STANDARD
-4.1
1
TYPE SOLVENT. AREA MUST BE CLEAN AMD OIL-FREE
APPLYING
CEMENT
CEMENT.
BLANKET HEATERS 7-O ROCKET
BEFORE
FACE AND BODY

“s,NB MIL-C-4003 (E.C. 847) CEMENT.
TO \ \ /-PTO6P-IZ-8P PLUG
D WIRE DIAGRAM AND SCHEMATIC

RETRO-ROCKET JETTISON
THERMOSTAT A5SEMBLY
r
HEATER COIL
DISCONNECT
F IGURE5-4 RETRO-ROCKET BLANKET HEATERS
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL 6-l
ESCAPE AND JETTISON ROCKET

SYSTEMS
TAEiLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION PAGE
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
TROUBLE SHOOTING ..a........................... 6-2
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
ESCAPE ROCKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
ESCAPE ROCKET IGNITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
PYLON JETTISON ROCKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
PYLON JETTISON ROCKET IGNITER . . . . . 6-4
IGNITER REMOVAL . . . . . . . . ..a................. 6-6
CONFIDENTIAL
DATEJ$ Bmmber I=959 MfDONNELL
L/ 6 &,a$& PAGE &2

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
r..
Section& provides procedures and illustrations which facilitate com-

ponent replacement. It till be noted that not all system components are
covered within the Replacement and,Adjustnent areas. In the absence of
such procedures,it may be assumed that the procedurec, is obvious and does
not warrant a detailed explanation or illustration.
6-2. TROlMAt SHOOTING
Trouble shooting the rocket firing circuits and their sequencing is
covered in SEDR90. Any remaining trouble shooting would consist of
nothing more than continuity tests af the wiring between the rockets and
P
the capsule electricail disconnect,
6-3, RZPIACRMRRT
ANRAl?JUSTMENT
6-4, Escape Rocket
6-5. Installation
See Figure 6-1, The installation procedure assumes that the necessary
physical and electrical checks on the rocket and igniter have already
been performed,
5-6. Removal
Removsl of the Escape Rocket is the reverse of the installation procedure.
6-7. Escape Rocket Igniter
6-8, Installation
CWTION
A Do not install igniter until authorized

by Capsule Configuration Engineer,
M/\C 1st CM 00 MAR 88)

CONFIDENTIAL
--
DATE 15 December1959 ,f-+ g
MYDONNELL & PAGE 6 -3
REVISED ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI REPORT SEDR 108

- - - _-_- -- ~-. .^^
1J.i
REVISED
CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
FIGUREG-I ESCAPE ROCKET INSTL’!LLA’ --‘-.’

I IUN Mli45- 93
CONFIDENTIAL
DATEI.!$ December l.959 MtDONNELL
&/ G e PAGE 64
REVISED REPORT SEC%~

108
ST. LOUIS. MlSSOURl
CONFIIiENTIAL MODEL 133
/ISED
To install the escape rocket igniter proceed as follows:

(a) Lubricate head cap, igniter threads and O-ring with Gredag No. 62
grease.
(b) Screw head cap into place and tighten with a spenoer wrench.
(Orand Central Rocket #477-81300). Check that head cap bottoms out
on its seat, metal to metal,
(e) Do not connect electrical leads unless authorizedby Capsule
Configuration Engineer, Leave shorting clips installed.
CAUTION
Prior to connecting electrical leads,
perform a stray voltage check on
associated wiring,using ~~~4572008-1
Squib Simulator endMDE&%lOlO Squib
Tester.
6-9. Pylon Jettison Rocket
6-10, Instsliation
See Figure 6-2, Ihe installation procedure on Figure 6-2 assumes that
the necessary physical and electrical checks on the rocket and igniter
have been performed.
6-11. Removal
Rsmoval of the jettison rocket is the reverse ofthe installation pro-
6912. Pylon Jettison Rocket Igniter

6-13. Installation
CAUTION
Do not install igniter until authorized
by Capsule Configuration Engineer.
MIC28,CM(10"AR58) CONFIDENTIAL
,&‘+ G d PAGE 6-5

ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
133
INSTALLATION
A ~5LTPP;OLIC INSULATOR TO ESCAPE ROCKET WITH 51X BOLTS
B E&LTS;P$; JETTISON ROCKET TO INSULATOR WITH SIX BOLTS
c CONNECT ELECTRICAL LEADS TO VEHICLE WIRING IF REOUIRED.
CAUTION
BEFORE CONNECTING ELECTRICAL LEADS,
A STRAY VOLTAGE CHECK StiOULD
BE ACCOMPLLSHED USlNG MOE -
4572008-l SQUtB SIMULATOR.
FIGURE 6- 2 3ETTISON ROCKET INSTALLATION
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
I.5Decentber
lpsfj MtDoNNELL ’ p&f&& PAGE 66
L/G
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEBR 108
(a) Unscrew plastic shipping cap in head end of rockets

(b) Screw igniter into head end, threading it tightly against its
gasket by applying a hook spanner wrench in the holes provided in
the igniter body.
(e) Remove the shorting plug from the igniter lead connector and, with
a testing device producing not more than .OSO amp current, measure
the resistance of .the igniter circuit, Resistance should be
ohms,
(d) Replace the igniter shorting plug.
(e) Removethe weather seal from the nozzle and install the jettison
rocket in the escape rocket. (See Figure 6-2.)
(f) Just prior to connecting the igniter leads into the vehicle
circuitry, re-check igniter resistance sgsin using a test current of
not more than .020 smps,
CBUTI'ON
Do not connect any‘electrical leads until
authorized by Capsule Configuration
Engineer.
6-14. Igniter Removal
Removal of the igniter is the reverse of the installation procedure.
WrE
Install shorting clips on squibs immedi-
ately after removal,
MAC231 CM (IOMARS8)
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL 7-l
SECTION VII
POSIGRADE AND RETROGRADE

ROCKET SYSTEMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION PAGE
GENERAL ............................................ 7-2
TROUBLE SHOOTING ......................... 7-2
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT ...... 7- 2
POSIGRADE ROCKETS.. ...................... 7-2
RETROGRADE ROCKETS.. .................... 7-2
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 DeeembeP1959 MDONNELL
&/ & e PAGE 7-2 -
REVISED REPORT SEm 108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
MkOURI
,c- --. ..^__ PfiNl7lnl7NTT AT Alr\l-.CI 129
VIL POSIGRADE
&JD FJZ?I!ROGRBDE:
ROClCETS
7-L GEiRERAL
SectionFT1Sprovfds proae&2res ard CLlustrations which facflftate

eompanenn-&
replacement e It wfll be noted that not all
sys$temeom-
.
ponents are eovered tithin the Replawnerxt en& Ad.justment areas.
Yh %he absence of such proaedure, it may be assumed that the proce-
dure fo obtious a& &oes not warrant a detaf%eil expl.enatfon or fllua-
%PatlLon,
7-2, TRomm SHQoTrnG
Wotibk shc30~9n@;
the rocket f"faefn@;efmtnf%s and theti sequencfng is
cowxeati SEDR9Qe Any z=emahLngtrouble shooting would consfst
/-. of nothiang more then eorrtfnuity %ests of %hetiring between the
7-S ~~~~~
7-4* POSPGRADE
ROCKET
7-50 T.nstaUation. see m.glEp&7-L
7-6, Removal
Removal of %he Posi-Rocket 1s the reverse of the insttitian procelluPe,
7-70 RJB'RCXXADEROCXET
7-8. rn&*%is,, (Rei. Figure 7-2.)
The f"sU&ng: steps ou~lkne the procedure for ins'tmng the retro-
ro&e%s, ammmhg tiat the necessary phys%cal au& e%ectPfcal cheeks on
rocket am3 igaiter have eLrea&ybeerp. performed,
(a> Inane%aU
blanke% heaters on retro-rockets ppior to rocket in&alla-
%bn, (Ref, Se&ion V-1
DATE
+ G ‘,.g$& PAGE 7-3

S+.LOUIS. MISSOURI
-- _ _-_- -- --- . ..a
Id.3
/-- REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
INSTALLATION
NOTE
1 PLACE POSIGRADE ROCKETS ON MOUNTING BRACKET.

Cl
0 2 SECURE ROCKET TO BRACKET. TORQUE WLTS TO 20.25lN.LBS.
3 CONNECT ELECTRICAL PLUGS TO RECEPTACLE%.

0
CAUTION
Do NOT MAKE ANY ELECTRlCAC CONN -
-ECTIONS UNTIL A 5TRAY VOLTAGE
CHECK HAS BEEN ACCOMPLISHED C)N
ASSOCIATED WIPING.
FIGURE’I- I POSIGRADE ROCKET INSTALLATION

PM43-92
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December1959 ,&-+ ($,
MfDONNELL & PAGE 7-4
SEDR 108
133
P,
BLANKET
RECEPTACLE (VP)
45 -5oa-2
RETROGRADE .ET
ROCK
COVER \
ASSEMBLY
45-50702-I BLAN KET
UEATER A5SEMt 8L-f
45-50702-7 BLANKET
NEATER A5SEMBLY
RETROGRADE
ROCKET
NOTE 2935 NUT 6~5~

D TORQUE NUT5 TO 50-70 IM.LBS. a 52L!-!2935-048
sECTi,< Tl,Ri RETRO-

ROCKET ATTACUMENT AN960D416 WASHER
(TYPICAL 4 PLACE?,) (A5 REQ. FOR ALI‘M MEW)
FIGURE 7-2 RETROGRADE ROCKET INSTALLATION MH45-91
CONFIDENTIAL
v
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT =f:DR m3
(c) Place
_. . rocket f-n pos%tfon over attad bolts ard secure. (Ref.
Detab A, Figure 7-2.)
CAUTION
Ensure shotifng clips sre installed on sqdb
leads before %ns%Uation,
(a) Insert igniter into rocket motor using igniter insertim tool
CAUTION
Do not instell fgmiter T.&XL authotise& by
Cqmile Configuration Engineer.
j (e) Align rockets per SEDR93. '
<fj Secure mckets to dome amen&by, %orqueiug attachkg.nut 50-70
kch-pmuds.
(g) fp5tall COvePassenibly.
(h) Do not connect e%ectr%caXpkags to connectors on dcme assy. until
autho~fzed by CapmILe Codiguratfon E!ngfneer. (Ref. Figure 7-2.)
CAUTUJN
Beforekconne&ing electrifeal leads, a stray voltage
;check of associate8 wiring shodk be aceomp%fshed.
7-9. RemoVa%
To fpemoveRetro-Rocket proeeer3 as f‘o3Zkws:
(a) Weconnect electtic& connections,
v
CAUTION
Imme&Late%yupon afsconnectfon, shortfng plugs
must be fnstalpE& on all comectors.
(b) Removei&ter using speaf;i% tool, f
(c) Remov$nuts atik&9xg rocket to dome assenibfy au& remove rocket.
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL 8-l
c
SECTION VIII
MISCELLANEOUS PYROTECHNICS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION PAGE
GENERAL .......................................................... 8-3

TROUBLE SHOOTING ....................................... 8-3
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT.. ....................... 8-3
CLAMP RING EXPLOSIVE BOLTS .................. .8-3
RETROGRADE PACKAGE EXPLOSIVE BOLT....8- 7
ANTENNA FAIRING EJECTOR ........................ 8-8
ELECTRICAL UMBILICAL DISCONNECT.. ......... .8-9
CABIN AIR INLET VALVE ............................... 8-10
CABIN AIR OUTLET VALUE ........................... 8-11
FLOTATION BAG VENT VALVES .................... 8-12
DROGUE MORTAR
....................................... 8-12
PILOT CHUTE DEPLOYMENT GUN .................. .8-13
MAIN AND RESERVE, CHUTE DISCONNECTS.. .8-14
PARACHUTE REEFING CUTTERS.. ................... .8-15
PARACHUTE EJECTOR GAS GENERATOR.. ... ..8-15
BALLOON ANTENNA ASSEMBLY.. ................ .8-16
HYDROGEN PYROXIDE JETTISON VALVE.. .. ,.8-l 7
i -
SOFAR BOMBS ,...................,........................ 8-17
CONFIDENTIAL
L EXPLOSIVE BOLT 13. ANTENNA EJECTOR
2. POSIGRADE ROCKET (3) . 14. FORCE SENSORDISCONNECT
3. EXPLOSIVE BOLT IS EXPLOSIVEBOLT (3)
4. RETROGRADEROCKET (3) 16. DROGUECHUTE CARTRIDGE
5. E.XRLOSlVEELECTRICAL DISCONNECT IZ CHUTE DISCONNECTS
6. XM4l CARTRIDGE INITIATORS 18. BALLOONANTENNA ASSEMBLY
7. CABIN AIR INLET VALVE I9 PILOT CHUTE DEPLOYMENTGUN
8. SOFAR BOMBS 20 ESCAPEROCKET4IGNITER
9. GAS GENERATOR(RESERVE CHUTE) 21. JETTISON ROCKETSIGNITER
IO. GAS GENERATOR (MAiN CHUTE) 22.CABlN AIR OUTLET VALVE
Il. HzOz JETTISON VALVE 23. HELIUM JETTISON VALVES
12. FLOTATION BAG INFLATION VALVES
DATE 15 December lY59 MtDONNELL
&/ 4 &&&&- PAGE L3

’ ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
/-’ m-.,.ew-
KtVl3tU
l-‘fiNTi’TThTi’N’l’TAT.
“V.!..I LYUI. .a 11=- .lr\hU
,Vl”YL. u3
VIII, plIsCELlANEauSPYROTECRNICS
.'
8-1, GENERAL
SectLon VIII provides procedures and illustrations which facilitate
component replacement. It will be noted that not all system components
are covered within the Replacement and Adjustment areas* In the absence
of said procedure, it may be assumed that the procedure is obvious and
does not wsrrent a detailed explanation 01" illustration,
8-2, TROTTRLE
.C1*“y. SHCX3TTNG
I .CUI
Tronble Shooting the rocket firing circuits and their sequencing is

covered in SEXR90. Any remaining troub_le shooting would consist of
” nothing more than continuity tests of the wiring between the rockets and
/-‘,
the capsule electrical disconnect.,
89 c, RemovaJ..and~.RepTaeement,,
t’ A.11 installation procedures in this section assume that the electric&i
and physical integrity Qf the pyrotechnic devices has already been
checked. (Ref, SEDR112 for checkout procedures.,)
8-4o Clamp Ring Explosive Bolts
S-50 Installation
The following procedure is applicable to the explosive bolts used in both
the tower-to-capsule clamp ring nd the capsule-to-adapter clamp ring. An
explosive bolt holding tool (MDE&Yoo~~-1) is supplied to assist in in-
s-killing the bolts. This tool prevents the bolt from turning while the
rqued. Prior to installing the bolts, lubricate the
compatible lubricant (suppliedby Convair) and lubricate
the spherical seat washer with anti-seize compound @IL.-T-5544).
+.wc=iS8~ ,
CONFIDENTIAL
,&+ (‘$ e PAGE 8-4

ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
133
D REF. PARAGRAPH 8-3

FOR TORQUE DATA.
D LUBRICATE WITH MIL-

T- 5544 ANTI-SE\ZE
COMPOUND UPON
INSTALLATION.
,,- CLAMP RING

CONNECTOR
(45-72500)
- -- - _..-,
\DE45-90036-I) CLAMP RING EXPLOSIVE BOLT
RECEPTACLE
UMBILICAL DISCONNECT u
FIGURE 8-Z MISCELLANEOUS PYROTEcHNIC5, INSTALLATION

PROCEDURES. (SHEET 1 OF 3)
MHA5-119
CONFIDENTIAL
Q 4 e PAGE 8-5
REPORT 5;DR 108

REVISED
,?
CLEVIS PIN
WROTECHN IC
(4579013)
(45-83044-3)
CABIN AIR INLET VALVE CABIN AIR OUTLET VALVE

-?
GA5 FlRlNG
MECHAN I+.‘,
(\0\070-II)
PILOT CHUTE
PILOT CHUTE DEPLOYMENT GUN
FIGURE 8-2 MISCELLANEOUS PYROTECHNICS - INSTALLATION

PROCEDURES. (SHEET 2OF3)
MH45-lf9
CONFIDENTIAL
-
DATE
15 December1959 ,&-+ &, &
MFDONNELL PAGE 8-6
SEDR 108
133
MODEL
‘A
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL
DISCONNECT ARM
(4%72OOl-47) SHEAR PIN
._
CARTRIDGE
STRUCTURE (REF.)
CONNECTOR
MAIN AND RESERVE CHUTE DISCONNECTS
PNEUMATIC
CONNECTOR
Hz.02 JETTISON
VALVE
PNEUMATIC
CONNECTOR
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
. I
5QUIB
CAFZT’RIDG
‘,
WAS HER
Hz02 JETTISON VALVE
AN960 D 10
FIGURE 8-2 MISCELLANEOUS PYROTECHNICS, INSTALLATION

PR0CEDURE.S. SHEET 30F 3 MH45-H9-3
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December 1959 ,&‘+ (-‘+oza;E;bn
MiDONNELL PAGE 8-7
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT sa8 108
r REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL ‘33
(a) Torque nuts to approhnately 320 in.-lbs, tap ring segments along
their length tith a mallet, 'then torque nuts to 775 2 20 in.-lbs.
(b) Tap ring segments again and retorque to 775 + 20 in,-lbs. Repeat
until torque remains cons&ant at 775 2 20 in.-lbs.
NOTE .
Distance from end of nut to end of bolt
Ast be equal within 2 .06 inn, for al.1
bolts, Safety attach nuts with lockwire
@32099!351;1),
(e) Ascertain'that explosive bolt electrical. leads are of proper length

and are equipped with proper eonnect~rs~
(d) Install pneumatic l&e (when applicable), containing initiator,
A
between clamp ring bolt. and capsule fi%ting, Note fit of line.
(e) Check clamp ring heat shield segments for general condition and
5nstal.l over clamp ring segments noting that each section is prop-
erly contoured and that all bolt holes align. Torque all bolts to
12 to I$ Ln.-lbs,
CAUTION
Do not connec% eleetticsl leads until
a stray voltage check has been per-
formed on associated wiring. Use
~DElr5~2008-l Squib Simulator and
MDl&~~lOlO Squib Tester for this
purpose.
P 8-6. Retrograde Fackage Explosive BOIL%

8-7 o InstaUation
MICW, CM (10MAR58)
CONFIDENTIAL
.*.
Dads15 December 1959 Mt DONiELJ& &&&q PAGE 8a
FG
REVISED REPORT smt 108
’ ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
(a) The explosive bolt (45-72704) is installed during installation of

the retro-package dome assy. See Figure 22,
(b) After the bolt has been torqued and p~?or to connecting electrical
beads, a stray voltage check should be performed using NDli&~72OO8
Squib Simulator and I4DE&$4.2310
Squib Tester.
(e) Connect electrical leads only upon authorization of the C.C.E.
8-8, Removal
Ft.emov&of the retrograde package explosive bolt is the reverse of the
d.ns%aUation procedure,
k-9, Antenna,Fairing Ejector
8=&o. &&&a&lation
The Antenna Ftiring Ejector Assembly (45-=72701& Tube Assembly (45-72021)
I
and Fitting Assembly @&=720&) are all. installed at M&onnell prior to
capsule shipment, (I&. Print"No, &L72020), The ejector is installed ir:
the center of the cylindrical section of the capsule. (See Figure 8-1.)
Attachment to the capsule struc%ure is by means of six nuts and bolts5 twc
NAS624-8 bolts, four N&S&&XI bolts and six 42~w-428 nuts. The four
lower attach bolts are also utfli~ed to attach the breech and cylinder
assembly, The tube and fitting assembly are attached to the ejector by
means of one eyebolt (&LQoQ-~) and one nut f~AS67986) and one standard
bolt (AN 5-2U9 and nut (NAS679A59, The remaining items to be inst$lled
~~~~~~~e~~~ew~~~~~,be~~,nsballed in the hangar at Cape Canav-
eral, These sre Installed in the appropriate openings as follows:
(a) Two c@ridges (Olin24atheson ARD 863) are installed in the 'side of
the W-&703 breech assy,
(b) One cartridge Frandfor&&nenal M-67) is installed in the bottom of
I
the 45-72703 breech assy,
MAC 28, CM I10 MAR 58)

CONFIDENTIAla -.\ ,/;
REVISED REPORT SEDFl108
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL l33
(c) One cartridge (NcCormickSelph 2.561) is installed in the bottom of

the ejector assembly, Torque to 100 in,-lbs. and lockwire to the
NBS-5O9-12 nut using .032 in, dia, safety mire.
(d) Do not connect electrical leads until authorized by the Capsule
Configuration Engineer.
WJTION
Do not make any electrical connec-
tions until a stray voltage check
has been performed on associated
wiring* Use MDEd&‘72008 Squib Simu-
lator and MDE&&lOlO Squib Tester
for the purpose.
8-U.. Removal
Removal is the reverse of the installation procedure. Install shorting
clips on pyrotechnics immediately,
8-12 e Electrical Umbilical Disconnect
8-13, Installation
To install disconnect (Ref, Figure 8-2) and proceed as followst
(a) Mate pins in disconnect assy, with pins in receptacle (receptacle
is keyed for this purpose),
(b) Thread the disconnect body onto the receptacle, The entire dis-
connect body is free to rotate for this purpose.
WJTION
Perform the following steps only when
specifically instructed to do so by
Capsule @onfiguration Engineer.
MACW, CM (10MAR58)
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
&/ &, L%?E%z
PAGE
8d.o
REPORT SEDR108
REVISED ST. LOUIS,MISSOURI
(c) Install explosive cells in disconnect body and safety, o~ia

lockwire.. ,. ,e g.
(d) Make a stray voltage check at each cell lead using MD&&l010 testex
(e) Do not connect electrical leads until authorized by the Capsule
Configuration Engineer,
?MJT1a
Do not connect electrical leads to
squibs until a stray voltage check has
been accomplished on associated wiring.
Use.NDR&i72008 Squib Simulator and
MDF@&OlO Squib Tester far this purpose.
S-14. ztemovd
Removal is the reverse of the instsllation procedure. Install shorting
clips immediately,
S-15. Cabin Air Inlet Valve
8-16, Installation
For installation of the inlet valve itself, refer to Section III. For
pyrotechnic installation proceed as follows:
(a) Place the rod end of the W-83043 am assembly over the pin on the
45-83044-3lug. (See Figure 8-2,)
(b) Slide the opposite end of the 4$83043 arm assembly into the 45-8304
support bracket and secure with au I%20392-l-15 clevis pin and
AN380-2~1 cotter pin.
(c) Do not connect electrical leads until authorized by the Capsule
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 December 1959 MtDONNEs& 84t.I
FG & PAGE
REPORT smz 108

CWTIOR
Do not connect any electrical leads
until a stray voltage check has been
accomplished on associated wiring.
Use Mae4572008Squib Simulator and
hDE4!%LOlOSquib Tester for this
purpose.
8-17. Removal
clip immediately.
8-18, Cabin Air Outlet Valve
8-19. Installation
For installation of the outlet valve itself, refer to Section III. For
installation of the pyrotechnic proceed as follows:
(a) Slide the squib end of the 45.79013 explosive actuator in the
4!%=83045support bracket and secure in position with au B20392-1-15
clevis pin and au AN380-2-l cotter pin. (See Figure 8-2.)
(b) Connect the opposite end to the 4!%&3044 arm in the samemauner.
(c) Do not connect electrical leads until authorized by the Capsule
Gonfiguration Engineer,
CMJTION
Do not connect sny~electrical leads
until a stray voltage check has been
performed. Use ~~~4572008 Squib Sim-
ulator and MDE45&lOlOSquib Tester for
this purpose,
MAC 29, CM (10 M.4R 581 / -. CONFIDENTIAL

DATE15 December 1959 MfDONNELL&/(-$ & PAGE
8a.

‘/ISED
8.20, Removal
Removal is the reverse of the installation procedure, Install shorting
clips immediately,
8-21. Flotation Bag Vent Valves
8-22. Installation
The flotation bag vent valves are located in the recovery compartm?nt
near the smsllpressure bulkhead. (See Figure 8-l.) These valves are
threaded into the tee fittings irunediately downstream of the check valves,
(Ref, Print No, 45-62002.) Keep shorting clips i+&3.led until electricdl
connections sre mar& Foll&ng installation, do not connect electrical
leads to vent valves until authorized by the Capsule Gonfi&ration
Engineer,
CAUTION
1
Before connecting electrical lead, per-
form a tiontinuity check on associated
wiring using HM&$~~oo~ Squib Simulator
and MDE@&iOlOSquib Tester,
8-23. Removal
clips immediately,
8-24, Drogue Mortar
8-s li-istallation
(a) Remove antenna fairing cover, (Ref. Section IV,)
(b) Install squib in drogue mortar.
(c) Connect electrical lead to squib only upon authorization of the
Capsule Configuration Engineer,
MA..2 25, CM (10 “PIR 58)

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 1959 M!DONNE5&
I.5December 8-u
/dG & PAGE
SEIR 108
REVISED ST. LOUIS, A&soufu REPORi
MJTION
Prior to conuecting any electrical
leads, perform a stray voltage check
using HlB4572008 and ~DE4541010.
8-26, PUo%ChuteI&~loymen% Gun
8~27. Installation
Attach the Deployment Gun assembly to the capsule structure with
two AN3 (3/16 in.) bolts. (See Figure 8-2,)
Screw the elect& cartridge into the side of the gun and torque to
30-45 in, lbs. Safety wire the cartridge into gun body with l/32 in
'diameter safety wire.
Screw the msin cartridge into the firing mechanism and torque to
SO-45 in. lbs.
Screw the firing mechanism (including the main cartridge) into the
gun body and torque to 45=&Gin. lbs,
Connect the nut on the end of the gas generator tubing to the lower
end of the deployment gun and torque to 45-60 in., lbs.
Do not cdnnect'electridsl lead to electric cartridge until author-
.
$.zed by the Capsule Configuration Engineer,
FCAUTION
Do not connect electrical leads until a
stray voltage check has been accomplished
on associated wiring, Use MDE4572008-1
Squib Simulator and MDE&&lOlO Squib
Tester,
8-28, Removal
Removal procedure is the reverse of the installation procedure.
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE I$ December1959 MYDONNELJ&‘+,
4 &&f&q PAGE
S-44
REPORT
SEH~108
’ REVISED ST.LOUIS,MISSOURI
8.29. Hain and Deserve Chute Disconnects

8-30. InstsXLation
(a) Insert end of piston into bushing, (See Figure 8-2.)
(b) Align the shear pin holes in the bushing and piston and install
shear pin through holes. Screw the shear pin into place.
(c) Place the msin chute riser loop over the hinged arm of the chute
disconnect e
(d) Insert lead buffer into arm recess to maximumdepth. Tap lightly
with punch so that lead buffer will deform to provide a press fit.
Nom
Ensure that only one leadbuffer is
installed, Otherwise the discormect
r‘
unit wil-l not function properly.

(e) Depress the hinged arm to the load carrying position (as shown)
and insert'the piston snd bushing into the receptacle.
NCflX
Dinged arm attach bolt should be
torqued to 60-85 in, lbs,
(f) Screw the piston and bushing into place and torque to &!&60 in. lbs,
(gj Safety wire cartridge to capsule structure with l/P in, dismeter
wire.
(h) Do not connect electricsl lead to squib cartridge until authorized
by the Capsule Configuration Engineer,
r
CMITIOB
f- Do not make electrical connection until a

stray voltage check has been accomplished
using MDE$~72008-1Squib Simulator and
HDE&&.lOlO-1 Squib 'Tester.
CONFIDENTIAL _
DATEl.5 December 19.59 M!DONNELJ&/f& &&& PAGE ‘-*

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
8-310 Removal
Chute disconnect removal is the reverse of the installation procedure.
Install shorting clip on squib immediately.
8-32 o Parachute Reefing %utters
The reefing cutters are .ins$alled during parachute packing. Refer to
Section IX for details.
8-33. Parachute Ejector Gas Generator
a-=.34, Installation
Both the main and reserve chute gas generators are installed in the
same manner. Proceed as follows:
(a) Attach generator to fiberglas chute can by means of the four
mounting lugs provided, Secure with four AN-3 bolts.
(b) Connect the gas entry tube to the generator.
NOTE
Ensure that the gas entry tube is in-
stalled in suCh
n a manner that the
astronaut can readily remove it for exit.
(c) Ro not connect electrical lead until authorized by the Capsule
CAUTION
Before making electrical connections,
a stray voltage check should be per-
formed on associated wiring using
MD~4572008-1 Squib Simulator,
8-3& Removal
Removal is the reverse of the installation procedure, Install shorting
clips on squibs immediately,
MAC 191 CM (10 MAR 581

CONFIDENTIAL
I_. _-_ ______~ __ ,.. _ .-_- . . . . ---_I ^ ----- __I_-
---
,c- REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL x33
8436,- Balloon Antenna Assembly

S-37. Installation
The balloon antenna assembly is delivered, as a unit, to Cspe Canaveral.
Since live squibs are a part of thisunit, the whole assembly is handled
,.*. .I.
and stored as a pyrotechnic. Keep #&i.ng.&ipb &,aj.led~&%&l s&t&&.
.I
sl connections are,mad‘e,J.nstallation consi&s.:'of at-$,a&%@ a&&&~>,%e
_, 1.-I.*
the capsule struc&re and connecting the electrical leads, (See Figure
8.2,) The procedure is as follows:
\
CAUTION
Ensure that shorting clips are installed
on sll squibs during installation,
(a, At%ach sntenna sez3ibl.y(4!iL85700-~3) to capsule structure by means
of tb.e meunting lugs provided on the assembly,
(b) kse two %4S 6738 b olt s end AK960 VIOL washers on the two inboard
.. -
attaching points,
(c) Use NAS673V.kbolts and two AN 960 DIOL washers on the two outboard
.. -
attachpoints,
cd] Do not connect electrical leads until authorized by the gs&ule
Gonfignration Engineer,
CAUTION
1
Before connecting electrical leads, per- '
form a stray voltage check on associated
wiring using MDE&'72008=-1Squib Simulator
and HDFk54l.010Sqnib Tester.

clips on pyrotechnics immediately,
MAC 29, CM (10 MAR 88)

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE18 December 1959 MtDONNELJ,&‘+
L ++xeu.w~~
‘n”- smfi 108
REVISED ST. LOUIS. MISSOURI REPORT
,--,
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL L33
,
8-39. Hydrogen Peroxide (HoQo) Jettison Valve

8-4.0~ Installation
The Ha02 Jettison Valve is secured just forward of the small pressure
Bulkhead by means oftwo NAS 65’3~15 volts andtwo AN Y&D10 washers.
(See Figure s-2.) Following installation of the valve, connect the two
l/4 in, lines at the appropriate fittings. The last step is to connect
the squib electrical lead upon authorization of the Capsule Configuration
Engineer,
GMJTION
Do not connect electricsl lead until
a &rsy voltage check has been per-
, \ formed on associated wiring. Use

RDR&'@oo~-~ Squib Simulator and
Ml&&~010 Squib Tester,
S-&L, Removal
clips on squib immediately.
8-42, Sofar Bombs
S-43 e Installation
Cne SOFARbomb will be placed adjacent to the main parachute and will be
deployed by inserting it into a loop on the antenna lanyard which is de-
ployed on antenna separation/main parachute ejection at 10,000 feet of
altitude, This method of installation flips the SOFARbomb clear of the
capsule snd has been RASAtested to insure that the SOFARbomb is set to
/- ... trigger sounding at a depth of 3,500 feet, The second, and remaining,
SOFARbomb will be mounted to the capsule structure and set to trigger
MIC 2SI CM 00 MAR 58)

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December 1959 MFDONNELL&/& &&&& PAGE
84.8
SEDR 108
P RWISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
sounding at a depth of 4000 feet, thereby denoting that the capsule is

sufficiently below the water's suxface to render it non-recoverable.
8-4.4. Removal
Removal is the reverse of the installation procedure.
mrE
This unit must be installed before
balloon antenna assembly for
accessibility reasons.
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL 9-1
SECTION lx
SEQUENCE SYSTEM LANDING

THROUGH RECOVERY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION PAGE
TROUBLE SHOOTING ...................................... 9-2
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT.. .................. 9-2
PARACHUTES ............................................. 9-2
DROGUE PARACHUTE ................................. 9-7
MAIN PARACHUTE ...................................... 9-9
RESERVE PARACHUTE .................................. 9-14
PARACHUTE DISCONNECT ASSEMBLY.. ........... 9-16
PILOT CHUTE DEPLOY GUN ........................... 9-16
EJECTOR BAGS ........................................... 9-18
FLOTATION BAGS ...................................... 9-19
SE&E&ICE CdNTROLLER ............................. 9-20
DYE M ARKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
SOFAR BOMB! i...........................................
ii:
9-22
ANTENNA FAIRING EJECTOR .......................
:::i
::::.
:::::
ii%
9-22
:::::::
:::::::::::::ii:iiiiiii BALLOON ANTENNA ..................................

:::::::::::::::::::::::iiiiilliiiiliiiii~~~~~~~.~~:~
::::::::
::::::::.
.,...........................: . . . . . ,...
9-22,
. .:::::: ..,....................:::::: :::
:::::::::::::::::
:::::::::::::::::: LANDING & RECOVERY SYSTEM BUILD-UP, .... ,9-25
.:::::::::::::::::::::
.,...............
:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
:::::::::::::::::::::::::iil’:litlii:i::~:::::::::::::::::.
::::::: . . . . . . . . . .
r::::::::z::::::::::
::::::::::::::::::::
.:::
::::::::::::::::::‘::::::
. ..-......-..-..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ::::::::
STATIC SYSTEM...........................................
::;:::;::::;:::;:::::::::::::::::::::~~:~::~:~.........
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ::::::: ::::::::..
:::::::::::::::::::::::::8iillilii:::::::::::::::~..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-..,....::::::::: :...
9-27
::,:, ..:::::::::::::::::: . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
‘L_
.‘..
.:,
““:iiiiiiil!iliiiililliiiii
::::::::::::::::::::
FLOTATION BAGS VENT AND
..,..__..,.,__............
.
::::::::::::
. .. ..
.::::::::::::::::.
::
.:. ::::::::::::::::;jjj: :::::::::::::::::

.:.::::::::::::::::,...
._._...,,,,.........,
. PRESSURIZATIO IN SYSTEM............................
:::::::::::::::::: 9-29
.::j.iij;;j;j;::::::::::::::::::’
:ijiiiiiijiiiiil::::::::::::::::~~’
_.::::.‘. zjjjj;:.
CON.FlDENTlAL
MFDoNNEF&.# G & PAGE ya ~.-

oc\,Iccn C’fiN~Tl-bX’NTTAl. .Anlwc, 122
. Ix. SEQUENCE
SYSTEM,LANDINGTHROUGH
RECOVERY
9-l. GFNEZAL
..I,.
Section 9 provides procedures, dfsgrems and illustrations to facilitate
system trouble shooting and component replacement and adjustment. It
is noted that -all system components are not necessarily covered within
the Replacement and Adjustment areas. In the absence of such procedure,
it may be assumed that the particular proceflure involve8 is obvious and
does notwarrsnt a detailed explanation or illustration.
g-2. 'IR0UZ.E SHOOTING
To aid in landing system trouble shooting individual single line
schematics are specified for each electrical component. The schematics
show the components electtical power source and initiating circuitry
with respect to the overalL system. Cqonents presently covered by
single line schematics are as follows:
(a) Wogue Chute Deployment Squib.
+j Antenna Fairing Ejector sqtib.
All remaining components of the landing system will be covered at a
:1
9-3. REPLAm ANDmm

g-4. Parachute8
Parachutes should be store6 in the unpacked condition in closed con-
tainers. The shipping containers are satisfactory for this purpose snd
should be located in a reasonably cool, dry areas where they are not
exposed to stii&t. Whenparachutes are shipped in the packed condition
they must be left in their shipping container to retain the pre-installa-
tion shape. Packed parachutes must be inspected each 30 &ys and re-
MAC Q91 CM (10 MAR581

CONFIDENTIAL
,&‘+ 4 e PAGE 9-3
REVISED ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI REPORT SEDR 108
GZOlC22 TB-E.-I --l-- G2Ol BtZ--+DICC~G2OIA+2
l4PIB 1
G124B18~->0l~>---G124CI8-14P26
I
DROGUE
14P2C-
DB A
w
SEE 5UEET 2OF2
G125Al8->
FIGURE94 DROGUE CUUTE DEPLOYMENT SQUIB SCl4EtiATIC(SUEETlOF2),,,~,~,
CONFIDENTIAL
Q (--&, e PAGE 9-4
REVISED ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI REPORT 5EDR 108
9PIB P9A’O~TB-A”“--J-~~~~~
P55A16
5c)UlB ARM 5W.
n7 5A
-i-8-82-17 P8,EIB
K06-6
TB-B3-IS-
GZ23C 22
G223B22-+DIi+--GZ23AZZ
GW4A18 -+ DZ-I+--- GlO4bIB+DI~>GlD4C1B
COMPONENTS I REL AY5 I

-.
6PI I MAIN BATTERY 5000*-t-4 m K81-13 SQUI B ARM RELAY
7PI 1 MAIN BATTERY 3DODW-!, B KS-6 IMPACT RELAY MO.1
1
8PI 1 MAIN IN5TRUMENT PANEL PTOOP-21-215 K&4-17 NO.2 ORBlT ATTITUDE RELAY
BP2 1 MAIN IN5TRUMENT PANEL PTOOP-ZZ-ZISW KS&29 NO.2 TOWER 5EPARATtOM RELAY
KI TURBE 5ECOND TIME DELAY RELAY
IZPI NO.lRETROGRAPE &RECOVERY F.U. m KS4-18 MO.3 ORBIT ATTITUDE RELAY
,201 1 N0.L RETROGRADE &RECOVERY F.!-L m KB4-24 NO.3TOWEP. 5EPARATlON RELAY
l3PI 1 RECOVERY RELAY BOYi PTObP-22-355 K2 DPOGUE 59”IB SUORT (AUTO)
I4 PI SY5TEMAsEQUENCECONTROLER PTObP-20-305 K9 DLOGLJE O-RIDE lMAN”ALl
14PZ SYSTEM ASEQUENCE CONTROLER PTObPZO-3X.W
15PI 42,ocO FOOT ANEROID ,SYSTEM A =NCRELAY -, I= NORELAY <(= DISCONNECT
9Pl ISOLATED BATTERY 1500 WH
GROUND TEST “MBlLlCAL PIN 103
AUTO LANDING 4Y5TEM A
UATTC!, CABLE DISCONNECT PTOOP-IS-325,hN u.
BELOW 42,000 FEET

19PI 1 42.ooO FOOT ANEROlO.SY5TEM 0 I CIRCUIT TO42,OOO FOOT ANEROID 5,YSTEM B
GROLJND TEST “MBILICAL PIN 103
AUTO LANDING SY5TEM B

DISCONNECTS
nS UATCU CABLE DISCONNhCT PTOOP-IS-325,PlNK
DI 1 SMALL PRLSSURE BULKUEAD
DZ 1 ANTENNA FAIRING DISCOMNCCT
FlGURE9-I DROGUE CUUTE DEPLOVMENT SQUIB XUEMATlC(SHEETZOF2) kALldl&l

Id.,
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December 1959 MfDONNELL 9-5
REVISED ST.LOUlS. MISSOURI REPORT 5EDR 108
6PI 0 Pl4%10
!=14Y15-3PI5 i I
7PIB Pl4AAlO \_*
SO”,0 ARM 5w
WI-13 OFF
IPIK IPIL P59A16 BP2 F- ?!!!I
If ARM
/__ P62A16 TB-WI-17 P67 D 16 LZPI-I2 12P?.-12

+
KS-6
I1 13PIg G236322 TB-J5-I2 GZ56AZZ -II
Y’
K64-17
-IIPIh- G152BZ2- TB-J5-,I ---GG62AZZ-17PIDD
A K34-23
14P,p-&-14PIC--Gl5m*2 1 TB-N-l3-Gl53A22 -77PIEE
L Gl$lAl8N--+l
3
13PlTl G 156AZZ 0 206A22
lBPIB-$r ISPIC G 206 D22 TB- R3-2 6206822 +DI-OD >-I
C G2OBC22 TB-R3-3 G208322~DI-EE~G208AZZ

14P’Ml
GI’LBW --+ Dl3>------- Gl28Cl5
t+--l4P2L IOPZF G129Cl5 -<Did<-Gi29018 -Tb-RS-LZ
CONFIDENTIAL
’ DATE 15 December 1959 MfDONNELL
G &, e PAGE 9-6
REVISED STLOUIS. MISSOURI REPORT SEDR’O*
SQUIB ARM SW.

9PI0
- P6lAl6
Ke4-24 Ke4-1s
Tb--fB-19- G 164A22- 17PIGG-~~~A~-i7PIFF-G103A22
G228A22-<DIt+--225022 --rB-R3-3 -6220D322
r Gl23DlB- TB-R3-S~~lZ3$
REFER TO SHEET IOF Z-

--, ANTENNA FAIRING
EJECTOR
I COMPONENT5
4
I I RELAYS
.~ r
6PI MAIN BATTERY 3OOOW-U m KBI-13 5QUIB ARM RELAY
7PI MAIN BATTERY 3000 W-H m K86-6 IMPACT RELAY N0.i
8PI MAIN INSTRUMENT PANEL PTDOP-22-215 Ke4-17 NO.2 ORBIT ATTITUDE RELAY
aP2 MAIN 1NSTRUMENT PANEL PTOOP-ZZ-215W KS-23 NO.2 TOWEQ 5EPARATLON RELAY
IPI POWER 5Y5TEM CONTROL PANEL KI T+,REE 5ECOND TlME DELAY RELAY
IZPI NO., RETROGRADE AND RECOVERY F.!-!. m K86-5 IOK FCOT DELCENT RELAY NO.?
12 PZ NO., RETROGRADE AND RECOVERY F.H m K66-4 IOK FOOT DE5CENT RELAY NO. I
I3PI RECOVERY RELA’, BOX, PT06P-22-555 K4 MAIN SQUIB SUoQT(AUTO)
14PI 5YSTEM A SEQUENC5 CONTROLER PTO6P-20-395 KIO M&IN O’RIDE(UP.NOLE~I5LAV~)(MANUAL)
14P2 5YSTEM ASEBUELlCE CONTROLER PT06P-W-3Q5W K84-19 NO.3 ORBIT ATT,T”DE RELAY
ISPI ) ,O,ooO FOOT ANEROID, SYSTEM A KB4-24 NO.3 TOWER 3EPARATION RELA,’
I
9PI ISOLATED BATTERY 15OOW-!-I
l6Pl NO.2 RETTROBRADk AND RtCCVkRY F.HL. m
IbPZ NO.2 RETROGRADE AND RECOVE RY F.H. m
LAUNCH ANDORBIT RELPIY BOX NO.3 PT06P-24-bl5W A GF!O”NO TE,-l “MBlLlCAL PIU 103
17PI
@Pi 5YSTEM 6 SEQUENCE CONTROLER PTO6P-20-395 AUTO LANDING SY5TEM A
18P2 SY.sTEM B 5M”ENCE CONTQOLER PTc6P-20-395w
23 HATCH CABLE DI~CONMECT PToowB-32SLs, PINU
IQPI 10,000 FOOT ANEROID 5Y5TEM 6
A BELOW 10,000 FEET
j t= NO RELAY $-=NcRELA~ <+~sCONNECT A5 To SYSTEM 0 10,000 FOOT ANEP.O\D(RHUNDA~T

CIRCUIT IF SYSTEM B ANERD\D FAILED
DISCONNECTS GROUND Tb5T UMBlLlCAL PIN 105
D, 1 SMALL PRh55URE BULKUEAD
AUTO LANDING 5YSTEM 6
A UATC H CABLE DISCONNECT PTOOP-15-3B,PlN K
FIGURE 9-2 ANTENNA FAIRING EJECTOR SQUIB SCHEMATIC (SHEET 2c1L;j,,~~~
CONFIDENTIAL
-“A _ I___ -.._ _ ,. \ ,
DATE 15 DeceBiber 1959 MtDONNEILQ (-‘+i, & PAGE 9-y. - __
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT WR 1.08

L _ .
.
packed after 60 daya
._.I
9-50 Drogue Parachute

'---'- --:
g-6. ~~~~@Igw~W2Py
Place the dzogue parachute on the paddng table and anchor the apex.
Remove
.".... any ttists fn the mzspensfon lines and riser. Anchor the riser
loop
._. adapply a slfghttensfon; again check fortwistedlines and
riser.
__. Dftide
_ lines in two gmups~ one (1) through four (4) 011
:
one aide and five (5) through eight (8) on the other. FoLd the gores
neatly outw~d fn two groiaps, gores Oni (1)'tbmugh fo& ‘(4) forming
the left hand g~oq an& ffve (5) thrcw&e&ht (8)
_.
the right hand group.
,_X:_. Do
- .._not accordLowfold
~. the gor&~knmzd to ad&ems nqrow fold.
p7. Siraightentng
.-. me Vent
Straighten
". the upper lateralband and neatly arrauge the vent Ilnes.
'__
g-8. stowing
" canapy -
Free the apex and rfser!.lom. Gather the *owe cempybetween both
hands and insert, apexfimt, into the deployment bag. Tampthe
canopy aftei each fold is irsaerted to ceeqsct it. Continue stowing the
canopy in this mauuer, making S-shaped accordfon folds.
9-99 StaTfag Lfnes'
F&d the suspenfon lines fn S-shged bights (apprendmately 6” in length),
and stow each high: in the b& on top of the campy.
/
g-10. Stowing Riser
Stmtbg at the hine-riser joint, fold the ~ise~ in S-shaped bights
(apgroxfmately 6” in length), arks t4e each bight tith'qne turn of
j-cord cotton0
MAC 21, CM (10 MAR 88)

CONFIDENTIAL
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT = 1O8
VISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL l33
CAUTION
The bight must ccmtain only two folds of &bba.
If three +'olds of webbing are tied together in
&e bight, the possibil%y exfsts that the drogue
may not function properly at law air speeds. Do
not tie the lower 20 feet of the riser. Stow the
riser izosswise in the deployment bag. !He the
bights to'the hesitater loops inside'the bag.
&the ends of the 3-cord ties. Successive lwers of folds are
placed in different tireetiorrs acrbss'the ba& The loop attached 18
-.
inches fraan the lower end of'the riser is pzsitioneh just outslde the
bag mouth..
g-u. Pre-lhstallation Procehre.
Before install&g brogue chute, the &ogue chute morts,r assembly must
be prepa&L and b&t up. The mortar t&e & attached gas cartridge
are installe4 during manufacture and the sabot is stored inside the
tube. Remove&e sabotandgsease theinnerwellofmor&xrtubewith
Versilube 9-300 or equal. Inspect "0" rfng of sabot to assure pruper
-u
:..
seating and insert sabot i&o tube. ~Twosmall boxes in the "0" ring
groove will allow air to escape as sabot fs depresked to the bottomed
out position. Refer to @@ion VIII for installation of squib into
$5
gas castridge, and electrical hook-up*
L
g-12. Installation
(a) Cortnect the brogue riser which is colored olLve drab to the longer
c&le fittfng on the antenna fairik.
(b) Connect the other two brogue risers, the ends of which are covered
with white tqe, to the two shor$ steel cable attachments on the
MAC 18‘ CM
CONFTDENTIAL
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MikOUII REPORT y lo8
“ REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
autenna
_. faidng.
.
(a) In%?rt
.._ ."thegackeddpoguegara4~1te inthe droguemortar, with the
__.
glatis-cloth insulated end up. The three risers mat is&tie frc911
the mortar in the,proper loeatfon to match tith the three cutouts
in the mortar cover.
(a) Foree.the
" . dmgue &de dam into the mortar, flush with the top
- - I'
at the nloPtaP*
(e) Install
. ._ the 4aff packet and mortar cover, first rw- the .
s ^
pressure
., _._ sensitive
_‘ tape A"08 the Outside of the chaff pa&et an&
..~.
placing
.__- the 4affpircketost6p of the dregue chute.
..
(f) Plaoe
_- ._ _ the
- _nmr-tw cover, containing '$mueflex fnsulation, in
. -
/-‘
positionorthe
‘.... antenuafairing and attachit*thfourAN5Xl-1Oj2
-I
SCPewS.
__._.
(g) Torque the screws to six in4-ounces.
I ".
NOTFA
If&rogue chute gas ow=trMge squibis NOT
installedattime ofdpogue 4ute installation,
the 4aff pack should be left out and so noted.
This fs to prevent chaff pack fpombeing &La-
twbedwhekanteanaeover ameniblyisremo~
for sguib in&al&&ion.
g-13. Ms&Pemeh*te
9-14. 'strafghtening C-y an& Lines
Semre the &.nqpy apex at one end of the packing tabl& aud segure
‘I the
,, -.
rise~~~oop to the epposite end of the table and .apply slA@t sion. .,
.p+;,
Grasp srpsgensionUnes NW 1 and No. 48 r@,cauopy skirt and trace to
+a(:29,CM(10MAR
18, CONFIDENTIAL
__,/ _..<_- -zj--b . \ ‘
&
DATE 15 &c&b- w MrDoNNE~&# G
:.
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT = 108.
r- REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL l33
__ ..~“. _ _._
connb lWks,~rem~* tupoa,
.. twit&S,.i..aad tangles.
.:_ De+y+e
that_ suspensfon
. ". &es and
_ ocmector.._US&S are in pmper ~~4.6%
‘I-. Strtisghten qpp& lateralbaad and neatly arrange gpax ILnes.
g-15* InstaEUng
_.-i_.I Reefing
.. . C!uttaPf#
. " +d ?zef% Idle.
l&aove
.*.".__ the safety eattez gfn fzkn the afae'of two !CypaOA-a-4 (&second)
r ^
Reef- Cw%ters.
Do not gull the t3mdng'~ing &mm the and oi
_. -. __'.ihe cutter1 as th%s wKU_ " fire

. it, . . _ _. _, ,
_Insert
_..._ euttem
.. . into
-. moku~ting
. . plates
” . at skirt
-. on
. _.gores
,. FTo. 1 ahd.--No.
,I .._. _.._25,
_...
irim the rl.l_
_ ._.._. &firt direction..
_. . Ill&n
.._ &pixwrein ^.. cuttePwtth
_ .,_".. -.....alot_.inlllolmting
-‘ _._.~1.
plate. Secure cutter in xaw&;fng'with TPU-Are l$mk_ping
__...Xe. 51.03-31T
,-~..--.---..
PJ.aeeUnes No. 24 eati ITo:25 fn adjaceht skts of a line'sepaator:
- '" -,.Y - _ __..
Facingthe qex 0%the $anpy, thrc~~the Knee andgoices oitheright
hand grump eve2 the left-hand gr~3~~ If avaflshle,. place a 30-inch
dtataeter pedestal fsn about 10 feet Fpaa the shirt ant3 hmt 6 feet.
_.
to the right & the wdpy. PwY.ntthe far4 at the awpy 80 that &Ji
sIrTeem till partly %nfla%e ft. Be reef%ng ZUne f8’ a piece 0r 750-
pmmdbra%ded coraless n.yUm 9ina QsiIL=-C-75X59
!Qpi3 III) cut to a
lengthof inehesdlnmdsea6 inches fpaancme end. -Thereem
t@is. R-e tape befwe splid2& ends together6

/’ --
e.mc 25, CM (10 MARser

CONFIDENTIAL
-r’ ^.., -...X_.... ^.. . ~ -
DATE 15 xe4Zmber 1959
MFDONNELLQ4 & PAGE
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI SlSDR'lO8

REPORT__h__
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL .b

__
-a-i@
_ . reefzng
. . rings on. gcrPes MO; 13 through Moo. 24 ll&wiIlg a .EppBll
'i3mount
_ of
.____ ._ l&e" be-hmen each ring,
-.l. slack (Th~tiprevents allthe
.sl.acl~fkom_.being
.,, at .." the splice.
. )
(b> At..-'gore
..^^. i?o.
. 25,
.? Ina*
._, the reef& line +krdu@ the reefing pocket
x _
gx%xmnet (or butt~le), the cutter, then the
- _..6ppdslte grmaet
(or butto&%e), 'tiefng &reAzl not to)form a hal$
. . _ hitch . _with. the
I-
-l&e.
_. The end~ofthereefl.ng'Xineis thenp&m&~tkroughthe
I
in _..
the samematme3.a~an gore MQ. 25. Continue passlslg the reefing
zfne
" through
._ the reef$ng rings Noo.2 through No. 12.
. ~. _
(a> The tw6 ends of the reef&g Jsne are spliced between rings MO. 12
^.. _-.- - -..
anB Moo.13*
4 ,P~~IW
cape must be exercised to keep the reef'ing
line fiaide the canopy andvwpensfon lines. If thh
reefing l&e is permitted tb pdlss.outeide 0r *e
5susgensfonlinep, maafuaction and failure of the

parachutemayoe~ur%nuse.
(e) CM&lap the two flape on each of the reeffng cutter pockets.
(f) Using Sb2gk 108-pound nylbm Cord, lace the reefgng lhe cutter
_ _
pockets closed.
(a) Fold the fight hand m of gores, Ex 25 through Ho. 18, placing
_
each suspension line in the fine separator 3.n num~ical‘sequence.
CONFIDENTIAL
.-., I-_“-*.“__. ,j_
DATE 15 Ewember 1959 MiDONNELL

,&‘+ f$ e PAGE pj4qi&L
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT S%R 108

Ofii,TI7TI-a,7i,TWTAT ..---. 122
.-_, ._- _ “..

(b) Place
_ shotbags
- -. _.on the righths+group of gores.
.----
icj Fold
- _ . . the left .".
.__."" hand grmp
_ .._ ., Q: gores, .*.No. 24 thro+No, 1, p+acille;
__ a
each
-..~;-, suspensfon
._. line fn the Line separator in inverte& numericsl
:
sequence.
"___" _..- Shot-. bags
" may be used to separate the l&es if a line
separator
. __ fs turatra9lsble.
_
(a) Place shotbsgs onthe IMthaudgroup of gores.
._-.- '-
94.8. iG?ing :Cell?
.
(a) *,tsU approximately 80-PoO,r%ibber baa&s on the four tapes pro-
tided
-__. inside the mouth of the page
(bo) Place the &eployment bag R-5U6 into the packing box. Tie the
:: '..-
^ /*/
Lrnouth ofthed~loymeni~bsgttothetop ofthepackimgboxto
,-’
prevent it fmm sloughbg down fnto the packing box during stuwage
-of me wxmpy.
(c) With the shot bags sti3.l spplied, release the csnopy apex sudthe
riser locg andmove the parachute, spex first, to the end of the
paeking tabls where the p&dng box is.
(a) Grasp the csnopybetween the hands snd stow ft into the bag. Stow
^
it compactly in order to.hsve the entire cawpybelow the canopy
Closing flags. ,-TaSg mch successfve accordion fold after it is
,, ,’
$$lAbed !ir~ tli~.~a;g,..,~ii~~g.'~~.:3Loaded
baseball bat or other sui.t,&le
smoothheavy bar,
p-19. &ming Reefing Cutters
Af'ter StaTingthe csnopysndbefore c.losLngthe canopyflaps, the
/’ reefing actual cords must be t%ed off, These.sre located on suspen-

sim lines No- 3band No. 25, ne&r the sk2r-t. The free epd of this cord
CONFIDENTIAL
v
REVISED ST, LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT .v lo8

. . . . ” _ “.. ._ ” ._.. ._
fs pamed thmugh the bxmirsearming rfng of the reefing cutter and is'
pulled taut (tith cae) 7ahEl.ethe wsgeasfon line, in the rxea aajacent
--.- .' '- -.,
to
..". the &t& is tX&&c~ W'bmdine knot &.muldbe used to secure the
..,..‘ ccwa to 'the

, .aIxag r=%ng.
g-20. Staving Suspension ml3.m~. .
(8) Btt%ng
_.__ the &p&m&au~.Unes out between the cent%? of the canopy
.- I
~closfng f%aps, then elme the flaps,
(b) The
. . Socking loop of flap No0 1 fs inserted thxmgh the locking
" .
hole
_.... in flap No. 2, tlwmthe .lmAsLng kmps of flaps No. 1 an&
No. 2 are zb3erted thy the hxkhg holes of flaps No. 3 and
No., 4.
(c) The suspenefon lbfnes are now .&oved through first, one locking
* -’ P’
lofocrpthenthe othe.~. St&fiaQ: at one corner of the bottom row
of rubber bade, &km %he suspension lines in bights. Use three
turns eaehoftwmmibberbads aroundeaehbfght.
(a) Stmthe bfgbts of $fn%eb m&forth acroLi8 fihebaguntilap-
., _.
proxAmate%y half of the 8 l.Lnes have been aecuredby the
bottan TOWof ribber bus. Continue 8towtng the xzmidnti of the
fstwpensfon lines, using the -tap POWof rubber bards.
(a) Three3 a 4 fwt length of 375 pouri& (mci-5040, 'Pype II) nylon
_.
ml-3 thTo* the lo i cm the mtsf&e of the depLoyme& bag mouth.
(b) -ad the en& of the eodl through if of the mmnector finks.
-
(e) Dmw the mouth of the bag cbsea a& tie the cod securely with
- -
a surgecms %mot.
(a) Leave%he par&huts in the pa- box as long as possible ptiop
CONFIDENTIAL
REVISED REPORT SrEDRm
REVISED LulYr 1lJJlrlY 1 IAiL MODEL A“I
.,
to fU&t
__.. in _opiler
.-.- __._ -. _.to __....
retain
. “_.tie. parhhute in *e &tapeor the
capsule parachute canpedment.
9-22. Installation
-- ..__ ._
(a) Place
__ _ _.the
..~ main
_ parachute on a convenient stand or table immediately
_
(b) !Me the end of the lOO-poundnylon c&l attacheatothe

. ejects
-, _
bag,taaLoapattheI~ren8ofWledegloymerrtbag.
.
(c) Position
.. _ the
-. riser lmwaz-3the ceder LLne at the capsule au; ini
I, I i
sertthepadsedmainparachute
_. . into its ccmtpartme~t,with
^. the.
I‘ insulated
_ end 'at the open end of the comrp '
(a) Coinect the riser loop to the main pqachute dis+nnect de$+e
c - ;
for 'kmnuedrught8
: and 150the force sensor for m-tied -. flights.
(e) &l+scpthe 30 foot at&ma l@uyar& to the l&p in the handle of
^ I
the deplqment'bagbyslippingthe entire l.any&dth~&~the
loop, fwsuch a nmner as to form a square knot,
(f) Thread t+e sraaU cord attached+0 the chute riser through the_hole--
-_
,directly
&lYbpe the main chlate deployment sensor titch.
'.>$,F
(g) Wrap ieveral turns of cord BToundswitch am and secure *~J,I
squ&e knot,
9-23. Reserve Pmaehute
9-24. Packing proce&.zre for the reserve parachute ass'enibly 1s i&mtical to
that of the mainpa~achute aesembly, with the exception of the use of
the R-5U7 depl-nt bage
g-25. InatUtion
(a) Place thereserve'parachute assemblyau a conyenient stand or
I ~
tale igmaediately~aCijac&nttothe open endoithereserve~parachute

cqbent.
MAC291
CM,IOMARBB~ CONFIDENTIAL
MDONNELL
,&‘+ f&,
._” ,... . ,.I ._, ~
-,
.&& :.,-
DATE15 Decm2mr 1959 & PAGE
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORTm
(b) Tfe the ma , of the

,. _^ _ 44%. length of IO&U,. eora attached to the
ejector
_._ bag,t.__.
_I to a lo@p
._... at the %awepcad of the aeployment bag.
I '- -
(c) Jit"* th& pac$edps3%3chute +A? the reserve chute cogp+Ent.
- "
_... the smaUer erd of the Bmp of the R-$1$ 30-f-k pilot
(a) Pa&
chute ~anyaratklk@the~o~ %nthehagdles of the aeploymnt
(e) Attach the 3043~ pilot &ute lenyma to the loop in the hanales
_ .
of_. the
. aeploymentbag by passing the
. entire %eny~d through the
lo* f.n such a mane22 as to form a square knot0
(f) Pass the larger en& loop of" the 304% pilot &hute Penyed thpough
,- 1
the loop at the bottm of the pilot ehnte, then pass the entire
pilot
_^ chute t21.1~ughthe piti~ chute end loop, sttiing from the
. of I the pflot chute, !l%Ss &La&es

top the pilot chute to the
lanyyd in the form of a equeze knot.
(g) .&tach -the p9lot chute bri&I.e (P/E R-5%53)to the loop at the top
?. r,
of the pfl.ot chute fn such a IIvIIIlser as to form 8 square knot.
(h) Fold the go-ft. pf%ot chu& Unyard %n 8-~ inch bights and stow
- _
the lsaysrd exxl pilot &ute spjlthin the pflot chute flqs an*
end of the reserve &eployment ba&
(f) Close the p%lot chute flaps fi the sequence fndfcateaby the mm-
- _
bera on the flaps, br%ng~ -&heg&lot chute bridle out of the
cPosea flscpe near WePr een%ero
(3) Pass the PoekAng ZLaopon p%ILot chute flap Eo. P through locking
^
holes b-3flaps No. 2 ma Ro. 3 d secure ~5th 63temporary lockin@;
(k) As an aid. to packfi@;, pass a 3-f% length of 375-pound nylon cloth

I _
MAC 23, CM (10 MAR 88)

CONFIDENTIAL
-
--, I.“. .__-A__, +J
DATE 156
MFDONNELL
6 G & PAGE
REVISED ST. LOUIS, M;SSO”II REPORT = 108
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL l%
. __. ^ .“- ^. ..- 1. _..
&ough the loMng lqop and through tie graumets in l&i4 ends of
the -ho R-5194 x&xLning &r&s,
Removetbetempo+rylo~pin auapullthe lc~64ngloop thrctlga
the gr&ts fn the- ends of the retainer str6ps with the aid of
Make a short foldfnthepflat ehutebridle auaizgert-Webight

*to the lo- loQp. '.'
(?) Removethe 275-p73a pun-up cord.

id ior@' the reserve chute fat0 its compartment af3 far 88 ltwill
- _
go aud tighten the adJustable retainerstraps.
,,--(3)
Connect end loop of L$-5153bridle to the clevis pin at l&e upper
- _
-. e&i of the pilot chute aeplqment gun.
(0) !t%weadthe muall cora attached to the chu4q rider through the hole
- .
afpectly above the'resk chute aepx0pbd senmr 3wittch.
(r) Wrap sevqxiLturn6 at dculdammdswitch hn andfsec~pwltha
__
square knot.
I
g-26. Parachute Dfsdcmneet A~~~BMJ
g-27. Pasaehute Disconnect Arm+
Attach the two 'R-5127-3 hfagea arm to the mounting lugs which are a
pa+%of the qpper cag&xle- stmeture, using lxm XAS655'VQbolts, two
FH8l.2-524nut6 aa3 four IiAS72-5-007bushings. Torque ti 60-85 inch
RounBs. Refer to Se&ion VIII fop fin&l instailation o$ sguibs after
parachute riskrs have been connected.
kefer ty Figure 9-3for,inat&&ions ef"&mJUng aepl&ment gun.

.i
CONFIDENTIAL
,-j?&+f$ ozcr2i;m PAGE 9-17
REVISED
SEDR 108
133
-. REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
LOADING INSTRUCTIONS
INSERT PROJECTILE ASSEMBLY
INTO BODY, LINING UP SHEAR
PIN HOLES. INSERT SHEAP
PIN Ihl‘rO BODY AND PRO -
JECTILE, AND DRIVE PIN FLUSH.
2. MOUNTING BOLT (2 REQ’D.)

3. WASHER (2 REQ’D.)
4. BODY ASSEMBLY
5. TIME DELAY IGNITER
6. PIN,SPACER AND COTiER PIN
8. 5HEAR PIN
9. MAIN CHARGE CARTRIDGE
FIGURE 9-3 PILOT CHUTE DEPLOYMENT GUN

MH45-107
CONFIDENTIAL
gLJ$J-.
DATE15 December1959 (=&
pzalsbn PAGE
ST, LOUIS, MISSOURI
nr,llCrlT d-Q-hl&TTT;rTnmlum~AT ..hhCl 1Tt
),
g-30. Installation
Refer to Section VIII for installation details.
g-31 Repair
The .deployment gun assembly is reuseable.upon replacement of the main
and igniter cartridges, gas firing mechanism, the projectile assembly,
end the shear pin, all of which are expended each time the gun is fired.
9-32. Ejector Bags

g-33. Pre-installation Procedure
Blow a small amount of a$.r into the ejector bag. Compress the top and
bottom of the ejector bag, exhausing the air out of the bag until the
fiberglass cup at the bottom of the bag nests into the fiberglass cup
r on the top of the bag. Care must be taken in this operation not to
entrap any folds of the rubberized nylon fabric between the two fiber-
glass cups. Exhaust the air from the bag.
NOTE
A vacuum cleaner or vacuum pump may be
used for this operation.
Secure the ejector bag in the , collapsed position by attachment of two
pieces of 1 inch width paper masking tape around the ends. Tie a 4 foot
length of 100 pound nylon cord (Specification 141~4-5040, Type I or IA)
to the loop at the upper end of the ejector bag, using a bowline and
half hitch.
9-34. Installation
(a) Install the main and reserve ejector bags in the bottom of the
,/-‘
main and reserve parachute compariments, orienting the bag as in-
dicated by the marking "outboard" on the top of the ejector bags.
-- -_-----_-- . -
MAC 231CM (10 MAR.551 CONk‘lUl3NTlAL
/--\ REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL I33
. .I ..~.^ _ ._. - _. . ..-_ -._
(b) Insert the st&itess

_.~ __._ _.~ __ _ steel. "gas_geneWxr
. I _. tube
__ through
__ _._ the . gronmet
. _I_._
in
~_ the
_ ... bottoln of the
" "... ,.~ __ ejector
___ . , bag .._
andpositiont~e
_ ._-. . cup inthe
- center
_._
of the fiberglass
. . deflector, .in - such a manner
, that
. the tube ie
visible through the fiberglass cup in the top of thebag.
CAU!l'ION
!l!he
_ s$ainless steel tube must be so positioned
that no folds at the rubberized ejector bag
ere caughtbetweenthe en&of the tuba adthe
. f%erglass~'d&fleMx3r.
I.
9-35. FlotationBegs.
_,.._.
g-36. Pre~Instellation
-__... Procedure .. _
Loosely
_..^, fold the flotat%onbag into the dimension of the flotation bag :
., ._ - : .- ..-/II
knipwtment
.- . (7 x 1.6 inches). Coanect a vacuti pump or vactlupi cleaner
.
to the f¶,l& hose .sud e&u&e all a%r from tlie bag. Secure the bag
-.
in the collapsed pusition by at$mdment of two pie&s of 1 Snch paper
masking tepe around th%beg.
g-37. Illstelle.tion.
-- ..,
kdxdl each flotation bag into flotation bag ccmrpar$ne& using the
following hardware in emjunction with the plastic spacers.
45-32160-23 qpxr NiAS673V2
bolt 4 req.
45-32l60-25 spacer s~s~1v8~-1032 put 4 req.
45-32X60-27 spacer AN%ODIOLwashe; 4 req:
45-&60-29 spacer .NAS673Vjbolt 2 r&.
.
HAti73V2 bolt 4 req. sw ~~812-1.032nut 2 req.
r-
NAs6&j bolt 18 req. ANg6ODIOLwasher 2 req.
NAS54gHlOwasher 2 req.
-- __-----v-w . -
MAC 231CM (10 MAR.56) C;ONF'llJl!iN'I'lAL

--
_. _ _ _
(a) Connect flotation
- bag tube to pressurization and vent line. .
.,. -. , ,.
(bj Clamp tube to line using AN735E6clamp, MAs653V-2bolt, AN$&ODIOL;:
_ _
washer (under head), A1$600I0 washer (under nut) and mv812~1032
(c) J$th the.- flotation bag installed in its compartment, rig _the door
._
assenibly per the instructions in the following paragraph. Also,
refer to MACprint 45-32160.
g-38. Rigging Procedure
(a) Adjust
"_ the 45-32172 pin to bear against the Bi-conical. antenna.
_
lcaekpin
_ with check nut.
(b) Aajus-t
_ the 45-32178 retainer so that the 45-32154 bolt will re-
I
lease with a pull of 150 lbs. + 15 lba. applied along the center-
.
line of bolt before 45-32064 shingle is installed, Lock with
., ...
45-32179 2x&.
(c) A~B or delete 4.~38~10washer lsminatlons as requ+ed to maintti
_
.~a8 + ,004 - .OOOdimension.
g-39* Sequence
. Controller
.
g-40. Pre-Installation Procedure
Before installing a new sequence controller the unit should be teeted
per the instructions contained in SEDR94.
9-k. Installation (System A)
To in&all a new system A sequence.controller,access must be gained in
the area of, and on the sf%nelevel as, the upper left 3OOOw/hbattery,
2 station 118.0.
(a) Removesurvival kit and disconnect two electrical plugs (855C and
855D) from sequence controller.
--_--e--m_--. -
MAO 231 CM (10 MAR. 58) UJNYllJEN'TlAL
”
DATE 15 Decefier 1959 M'DoNNEF&. ($ &a$&- PAGE g-21
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT EXDR'108

.-’
-.
(b) Removethe six lo-32 screws that secure controller packege to bulk-
heed and remove controller unit-
(c) Install new controller unit and connect the two Bendix PT recep-
tacles to the $wo 855C and 8j5D wire bundle plugs.
(a) The receptacles are clocked differently to prevent miseo&ne&ting.
g-42. Xnstallation (System B)
To inst~ a new sy'stem B sequence contro.¶.ler,access must be gain@ in
the area beneath thq astFonaut*s seat. General location of unit is
approximately Z station ~8~0 and is mounted to a bracket which is
mou&ed to two hat Be&ions, &ireetly beneath the ASCSamplifier cali-
brator.
-. "
(a) Removethe access panel which is beh&-d the leg supports of the
astronaut's couch and remove un%tby Pea&in@; through access
wenfnf3.
(b) Remove sequence contr~Uer ena instd.l new unit as stated in
pregious paragraph.
(c) Wire bun&es are design&ted as 855A and 855B.
g-43. Dy&%rker.
g-44. Installation.
(a) With the reserve chu2 Lnstalle&, insert the dye marker packet
be'&een the reserve chute and the outbos& bulkhead of the reserve
chute compsrhnent with the steel wire end up0 Do not inse'rt packet
more than halfway down.
(b) Route the steel cable s,romd the edge of the reseme chute at the
top of the compartment end attach the cable end to &table
structure.
MIC +a, CM (10 MaA !I*,

CONFIDENTIAL
..
DATE
14 MtDONNELL
L/ & ozaz;bn PAGE 9-e
VISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL I33
(c) Coil eny excess cable in a small dizmieter loop and secure into
position wi%h one turn only of 3 inch width paper masking tape.
g-45* Sofas Bombs
9-46. Installation
There sze two sofar bombs th@ need be installed in the capsule, one
is a 4,000 foot type end the other a 3,500 foot type, Both bcmibs are
shipped directly to Cape Cenaversl and installed in the recovery
compsrtment &zing pszrachute installation. Install the 3,500 foot
bormbinto the main chute compsrtment per detail instructions of
Section VIII. Instsll the 4,000 foot bomb to the structure of the
recovery compsztment, Refer to Section VIII for details of inglial.l.atiOn.
g-47. Antenna Fairing Ejector

9-48, Installation lJsE-- Y 5- - 7a703 r/i 2d-H
The antenna f&ring eject0r.i~ installed durfng msnwacturing per

45-72020. Refer to this print for hardware requirements if removal
and installation become neeessasy. At specified t+s during recovery
compsxtment build-up, two squibs and two castridges must be instsSl.ed.
!Lbe two squibs are'installed prior to the pa&&n&e canister being
installed due to necessity of access. !l!he two cartridges and cap
assenibly.sre instalLLed just prior to antenna fairing Ltallation.
g-49. BsUoon AnLenua
g-50. Installatfon
The balloon anteana assembly with two pre-installed squibs must be
installed into the capsule durfng recovery campartment build-up at
the launch site hanger. Installation and hook-rrp maybe accomplished
from'the top of the recovery,compsrtment.
MAC231 CM c,o t.5A.R

se, CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
,&+ f& & PAGE 9-23
SEDR 108
133
FIGURE 9- 4 LANDING SYSTEM COMPONENTS LOCATlON
CONFIDENTIAL
-,
DATE 1959 M’DoNNE% ’
1.5 &Cedber &&-& PAGE g-24
L?fG am 108
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISsouRI REPORT
(a) Instal.lthe,ass~Zy using two NAS67@ bplts"(o?boar&), two

." _.
NpS673Vf (lnbwa), four F+2-1032 ntis +nd f&r ANg60~10
washers.
(b) Torque the bolts + 20 to 25~inch pounds.
(c) co$nectthe helium line andantenuacoax.
' connector, saSetywiring
.
the latter with NC26 lo&wore.
..
(a) Connect the PTOf5P-1MS plug to the only electrical disconnect
_ -
on&e asseniblywhick delivers puwertpboththe cw&r,squib and
.r .
the tether sqtib.
MACzs, CM (10 “AR lm CONFIDENTIAL

_-----.---~
..
15DecD MFDONNELL
.e.-&+G
1 I ---~ ” -..
DATE & PAGE 9-25

,/
REVISED REPORT SEDR- 108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
r’ REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 1%
__I
g-51. IGs4NDINO
ANDF3X!OVERY
E373JBM
BUILD-UP
..^/
g-52. General
The Landing and recovery system ,eomponents must >be instaJ.led in a
.
d&inite order m~~at!~e?kLnit~ times $s order to provide for proper
accessibility snd avoid the dmgers of esafiy pyrotechnic installations.
I
The folZi.owi.ng~c~onento are presented in the order of installations;
J PRIORTO .l&IW; """""""""" 'iCE3'
(a) Antema ftirilag ejector:
Arm with 2 squibs and electrically connect. DO NOT install
cap assembly, 77003XL3 cxr the two cartridges.
(b) Main and reserve p&a&ute‘amtainer:
(1
Install m3 efectric~, connect gas generators.
(c) Flotation bags vent .??alveg:
Eleetr~c~ connect the (4) squib,valves.
(a) L%alLpressazrebWe&.:
Install per fnstructims oi Section IL
(a) Ma& and seseme para&ute ejector bags:

,' Install
(b) Pilot chute deploy gun:

Instd, am sncl electri~al2y connect..
(c) Ms3.nand reserve parachutes:
InstalJ- eSa connect sU lsnysrds.
(a) Main and reaerke chute clisecaaslec>s:
/‘
MACPB,CM(10MAR08) CONFIDENTIAL
---
-^- --
DATE 15 Deceniber 1959 MFDONNELL
& & d PAGE
9-26 -.
@DR108
REVISED ST.LOUIS,
&souru REPORT
lllSED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL -
.. .
(e) Sofas bombs:
Insei-t and install.
(f) Dye maker:

Insert and segwe.
(g) Aptenua fairing guu extendon:
InsteLl and setup.
(h) Balloon antenna:
Instell,
em end electrically connect.
-.
(i) Ante&a F&ring Ejector:
Iastall. cap assedbly, 770034l3, and two cartridges.
(j) Drogue chute:
Bmbll, insert chaff and connect cover snd lanyards.
(k) Drogue chute mortar: ..
"
Z!hsert squib and electrfxally connect.
(1) Antenna fairing:
It-&all and torque,
CONFIDENTIAL
\ --
DATE 19%MtDONNELL
15 ~~~be~ & PAGE 9-27
REVISED ST, LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT sEDR108
,/“ REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
9-53: STATIC l5lK3mM

. _.
9-54. General
The sta%%c system consists of %our external&y mounted ports, inter-
eonne~tfng IL&es ana a pbeaw ehdber. hubieaat pressure sensed
through the ports is collected in the pCi..exwm
chsmber and dd.stPlbuted
.J
to the four aners+d switches, the al%ime%er a&the pressure trans-
ducer. Effect&e
on capsiG..e5, 7 anit up9 a rate of' descent indicator
_.
wilt3 be ins%aXkd an& connected to the statk system. Refer to
Mk3uxe 9-5.
g-550 Le&age Test
bf a lesk 1s p-resent inthe s%a%fc system,it will be Cieteeted during
F‘-
the 3Ian&?agSys%emChe&out I?ro"~~e(%UFes,
S3Dp 95-2. To isoEate,the
Peak the &XL pressure buBhea~~'must be removed and a pressure test
COlBfkLCted* baastall the %hxee‘static pox$ plugs and the one static
port fittbg, MDE45kLOO3aa3 ~E~~~~OO~ respectively. f$n.nect a
coqrekekd gas eylkder ~~~~~-~86~66~8~ to the statk port f&Wing
wit& ~~mex33xt=y ter ad. regdator valve lowted fnhe line.
Apply presswe to 10 pd. a& hoId ior I$) minutes. There should be
.uo pressure &wpp.
:
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
&+, G & PAGE
9-28
SEDR 108
133
TB-~3 (REF.)
4: 1,ooo
FOOT
ANERO\0
SYS. A
10.000
FOOT
ANEROID
5~5. A
42,000
FOOT
ANEROID
SYS. B
10.000
FOOT
“Ns:~PP
+C ---G22802
, PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
2. ALTIMETER
3. STATIC PORT, T-Y REF.
4. STATIC PORT, L-XREF:
5. 10,000 FOOT ANEROID, SYS. B
6. 10.000 FOOTANEROIO.SYS. A
7. 42,000 FOOT ANEROID,SYS. A
8. 42.000FOOT ANEROID,SYS.B
9. RECOVERY COMPAUTMENT
10. PLENVM CHAMBER
I,. STATIC PORT, B-Y REF.
12. STATIC PORT. R-X REF;
FIGURE 9-5 STATIC SYSTEM INSTALLATION MH44-I(
CONFIDENTIAL
‘.-
MtDONNELL
Q (&, &
_., b .,._ ..-. _/‘
DATE 15’k?~e~ -3.959 PAGE 9-W

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
mn.x,mCC.. t-Yd-hNTi’TT3RN’l’T AT. l.*~m 1%
;$ FLOTA!PIONBAGSVEHTAN.DJ?EWSURIzATION
l...^" - EXSI'EM
~-_I
g-59. General
The
. _vent and pressurizatfon. system for the four flotationbags consists
of â ..,
single line insfaUald.on
,. from each flotation bag compartment to
a norm6XLy open squib valve. !T!hls~allows the flotation bags to be
vented__to ambient pressure until lanaing impact when
.. they must be
pressurized
_.._- _.~ and inflated. Atthistime the four squibvalves are
fired closed.
_ Five seconds after the astronaubselects the "Rescue
, -.
Aids Swftch" the No- 1 aud No. 2 flotation bags start inflating, 150
seconds thereafter flotation bsgs No. 3 and No. 4 are inflated. The
eir pump which inflates No. 3 and No, 4 bags is automatically shutoff
-.
,/-\
10 minutes after it is started. Refer to Figure g-6.
g-60. Ledsage Test
If it T6 deemednecessaPyt0 perform a lesksge test, it should first be
determined
I Of the squib valves ~:~ppen~.x+?~,~d~ This is accomplished
by applying a low rate of air pressure-at the flotationbag disconnects
and watching 'fQr a&r eat at the amprcipriate sqtib valve. Ir valves
are open they must be plugged fn order to test. Individually apply-
10 psi air pressure at each flotatL.onbag disconnect 6,nd VisgaUy
check for leakege. It is not re@mmendedthat pressure be held withtiut
detection of leakage due to the check valves located dowktre6m of
each squib valve which would produce a seapsge rate. AGo, thenature
of the system is not crftieal in regard to sm6ll leakage rates due to
its* bein@; frmctionaloulya9terl6dingaudfor ashortperi&.or
/‘
time.
CONFIDENTIAL
+ &, e PAGE 9-30
SEDR 108
133
/“
FIGURE. 9 - 6 FLOTATION BAGS VENT AND PRE.SSUR\ZATION INSTALL

M-3- L”9
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL 10-l
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY

AND LIGHTING SYSTEMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION PAGE
TROUBLE SHOOTING ............................ 10-Z
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT.. .... ..lO-11
SERVICING ........................................... 10-19
CONFIDENTIAL
.
DATE15 December 1959 MfDONNELL
& &&& PAGE 10-2
/a
REPORT SEIR 108
(ISED
X. EI.ECTRICALPOWRB
SUPPLYAND LIGHTINGSYSTEMS
lo& GENERAL
Section X provides procedures, diagrams, illustrations and charts to
facilitate system trouble shooting component replacement and adjustment.
It is noted that all system components are not necessarily covered within
the Replacement and Adjustment areas. In the absence of such procedure,
it may be assumed that the particular procedure involved is obvious and
does not warrant a detailed explanation or illustration.
103, EIlK2RICALPOW5RSUPPLY
10-3, TROUEKBSHOCTING
The following trouble shooting charts for the electrical power and con-
trol system are to be utilized in conjunction with the simplified wiring
diagrams. Figures 10-l end 10-2. Malfunctions may generally be
attributed toe
(a) component failuree
(b) Capsule wiring error*
(c) Operator error,
The trouble shooting charts in most cases do not consider the possibility
of operator error or the obviously simple trouble shooting procedures.
WmING'
When any eleetrieal. connection is made
to the battery, it should be done in
such a manner as to eMnate the possi-
bility of a short circuit. Use of a mating
connector with suitably insulated leads
should prove adequate.
CONFIDENTIAL
,&+ ($, d PAGE 10-3
SEDR 108
~hLICIne~lr1 A I “C-+l7tEl 133
FIGURE IO-I FUNCTIONAL D-C POWER CONTROL ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC MH45-Ii!
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 1. December I.959 M’;‘DONNELL
&/ G &&&.qPAGEi lo-4
REVISED REPORT
SEcaz108
ST. LOUIS,MISSOURI
q .C\,IPC~ f'i-bNli'TT-IBNTT AT. LlAltEl 133
M/\C 19, CM (10 M&a IB,

CONFIDENTIAL
I&~, D-C TRCXJBLE
SHOOTINGEXTERNALPWERAPPLIED
Nc?rE
Capsule ammeter will not give an indication
of current flow whgl external power is used.
INDIiXTION PROBABLE
GAIISE ISOUTIGN PROCEDURES COlWiXTrs$ACTION
positions,
No external power Check external. power voltages, Apply the correct external
applied to battery power voltages end charge or
affected (capsule replace battery,
Battery switch not Visually check battery switches, Place to ONposition,

in the tX?position,
Defective battery Check battery for output through Replace battery*
switch or open cir- pins A and F with battery switch
cuit in battery, in the ONposition,
Low or slowly de- Turn power source to ON or ad.=
creasing battery d-c power source not j*#t to proper voltage. Charge I
voltage, as read operating or adjust- or replace battery, I
on capsule meter ed to proper voltage*
positions.
Replace diode assembly. P
ul
battery connector.
external power diode package,
3.0-6. AC AND IX.?TROUBLE
SHOOTING,GAPSULE
BATTERYPOWER
Jositions,
Defective battery
switch or battery
internal fault,
Low or no ammeter Correct fault in capsule

reading, although wiring, to ground. observe ammeter.
ymer is flaming to rent does not increase to a normal
zapmle loads. level, check capsule negative bus
Shorted negative Pull each battery connector and Replace defective battery.,
lead of battery in- note ammeter reading, Defective
ternal wiring; battery is indicated by an in=-
crease in ammeter reading when
connector is pulled.
Place switch to NORMposition,
jecondary D-C bus not Low voltage fn the Check voltage of main battery Replace or recharge battery,
energized with the main battery, volt&$? diff&eaicelof‘approxi-:
;TANDBYBATT switch mately 6 volts between the ms2n
in the AUTOposition. D-C bus and the standby battery
will cause the automatic chsnge-
over to standby battery.
Defective power con- Substitute with a relay panel of Replace relay panel.
trol relay panel. known quality.
DATE
t5 December 1959 MtDONNELL
,&‘+ & e PAGE lo-7-
~EDR 108
REVISED ST.LOUIS. MISSOURi REPORT
133
I I -+-=-I I rttt-------l I I
0
0 .-
Si-ANDBY
LNVEEl-EL?
JI CoN-reOL SW.
,
--l
FIGURE IO-2 FUNCTlONAC A-C POWER CONTROL ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

MH45-ill
L
CONFID’ENTIAL
DATE J.5 December kY.5’9 MtDONNELL
&/ (-$ Q&&.&- PAGE lo- 8
SEDR 108
REVISED ST.LOUIS,MLkOlJRI REPORT
,r-‘ REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
CONFIDENTIAL
NOTE
For the following AC trouble shooting, external
d-c power is applied and all power control
switches placed in the ON, NORM,or AUTO
position as applicable,
INDICATION PROBABLE
CAUSE ISOIATION FROCEDURES CCRREZTIVE
ACTION
STANDBY A-C AUTO Failure in either Check Vm and Vs D-C voltmeter Correct fault in d-c system.
light is energized, main inverter output readings. (See D-C Trouble Shooting
due to d-c input procedures.)
failure to either
main inverter,
#h, 25 ampere fuse Place EMERGA-CPOWERswitch to Replace Miscellaneous Fuse
(aSOVAinverter) EEERGamd read A& VOLTSin the Holder (10 and 2%) or de-
,c. blows or D-c POWER ASCSposition, No FANSvoltage fective D-T, POWERswitch,
B switch is defective. will be read if #4, 25 ampere fuse
is blown.
#3, 2.5 ampere fuse Pull fuse block and make an ohm- Replace fuse block if de-
~~~~ inverter) meter check of fuse. fective,
*
Failed 1sOVAor Audible detection of the failed in- Replace defective inverter.
29VA main inverter, verter. (Operating inverters will
be audible.)
Failed 25OVAmain With the A-% VOLTSswitch in the Replace 2sOVAinverter,
inverter, FANSposition and the STDBYINV SW
in ASCSONLY, place the EMERG A-C
FWRSWto EMERGFANSASI;s, If the
meter goes to zero the 25OVAin-
verter has failed,
&/ 4 &a$& PAGE lo-lo
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SD 108

,-’
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 December 195'9 MtDONNELL&F&, &&$& PAGE
10.. xl.
REPORT aimi 108
~fi1\Tl7Tl-&lY’itTrFT A 1 .AA,.C. 133
REVISED Lul*F IUrJl~ 1 lfilr M”“m. ~--
10-7 0 Capsule Lighting

Trouble Shooting for Capsule Lighting is most readily accomplished by
referring to the Lighting System drawing 4.5-79088, Sheet 6.0,
10-8. BEPlA~NTANDADJUSTEERT
10-Y. Batteries Left:Side
To remove the batteries located on the left hand shelf, it will be
necessary to disassemble and remove certain capsule components. To re-
move or install a battery or batteries proceed as outlined in the
following paragraph .,
10-10. Removal
(a) Removethe Switch-Fuse panel assembly. (See Switch-Fuse Panel
removal in this section).
(b) Removethe Switch Fuse panel mounting rack.
(c) Place the PUTT. ON-OFFswitch to the OFFposition and disconnect
the switch linkage to the battery switch.
(d) Disconnect the battery electrical connector.
(e) disconnect battery vent lines,
(f) Remove the hardware securing the battery rails to the capsule and
remove battery,
10-11, Installation
See Figure 10-3, Perform checks necessary to ascertain that any dis-
turbed systems are operative. Perform Capsule Leakage Test, SEDR80.
10-12, Batteries Right Side
The only battery on the right side requiting other removals is the lower
battery. To remove the lower battery proceed as in Para. 10-23.
1o-13e Removal
MAC 28, CF.4 (10 MAR 581

CONFIDENTIAL
& f$ & PAGE
sg 12
Y
REVISED REPORT SEDR!.!2-

ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
133
SWITCU-FUSE PANEL INSTALLATION
q [ PLACE ALL SWITCUE5 IN TUE CENTER-
PANEL INTO W5lTION

AND MATE ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
TO TUE STRUCTURE
WlTU TUE SCREWS PROVIDED
65-79707-15
BATTERY
hIA5 z-2940 scaEw(9 REQ.)

AN 963 OlOL WASUER@REQl.)
45-79707-13
BATTERY \
~45d1014 L.H. 5WlTCl.l PANEL
AN 509 -416
SCREW (1 E
AN515-6R55CREW(6RTQ3
ANP6ODBL WANER(bRkQ.9.)
-- BATTERY INSTALLATION
WIT,, THE BATTERY ON-OFF 5WITCU IN THE
OFF P05lTION. IN5TALL THE PROPER
: I\P-l-l uu-,,B BATTERY AS iUOWN
INSPECT ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR FOR

FOREIGN MATTER OR DAMAGE,AND SECURE
CONNECTOR TO BATTERY
-
NA5 614V4
U3 f;;A+L$ATTERY VENTTUBE AND PERFORM LEAK-
AN9600416C BOLT (I REQ.)

wA5uEn(lRm) 4 A35EMBLE BATTERY ON-OFF 5WlTCU ASSEMBLY
cl
NA5 679A4W
NUT (I REQ.)
5 PERFORM 5TEP5 1,2,AND3(5WITCU-FUSE PANEL
ELECTRICAL cl IN5TALLATION)
CONNECTOR
FIGURElO- SWITCI-I -FUSE PANEL AND LH BATTERY INSTALLATION

Ml4.%5-iI6
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December 1959 MFDONNELL&/($ e PAGE 10-13
REPORT
SEDR108
a-bnmxnmiwwr
\I”Il1’ 1Ullrl.
Ar
I Xi-KU
L._..C.
M”“eL
133
--
REVISED
(a) Remove the URF coaxial switch mounting hardware and swing the
switch away.
(b) Removethe terminal strip mounting hardware so that terminal strip
will clear the battery when removed,
(c) Place the Batt OR-OFFswitch to the OFFposition and disconnect the
switch linkage to the battery switch.
(d) Disconnect the battery electrical connector.
(e) Remove the hardware securing the battery rails to the capsule and
remove battery. The removal of the remaining batteries on the
right side is obvious,
10-14, Installation
(a) Insert the battery into the rail slots and secure with bolts.
(b) With the RATT SWITCHin the OFFposition, connect the electrical
connector.
(c) Connect the switch linkage (See Figure lo-3),
(d) Install the Berminal strip and the URF coaxial switch.
(e) Perform capsule leakage test, SEUR80,
lO-lS.3 aSOVAMain Inverter
To remove the main invertex, it will be necessary to remove certain com-
ponents to gain access to the SSOVAmain inverter. For removal, proceed
as outlined in the following paragraph.
10-16, Removal
(a) Removethe Switch-Fuse panel.
(b) Remove the Switch-Fuse panel supporting structure,
(c) Removethe lower left hand 3000 WRbattery. (See L.H. battery
removal.)
v
MAC191 CM (,OMP.Rfm
CONFIDENTIAL
DATEti December 1959 M!DONNELL&/(+$& PAGE lo-=’
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT sEDR lo8
(d) Removethe relay panel adjacent to the %OVA standby inverter and
then remove the standby inverter,
(e) Remove the lbstrwentation Package C (Programmer) on the shelf
over the main 25OVAinverter,
(f) Loosen mounting bolts in the 25OVAmain inverter and remove main
inverter from the shelf*
10-17. Installation
To install the 25OVAinverter proceed as followsr
(a) Secure the inverter to the shelf with the bolts provided with the
inverter.
(b) Install the Instrumentation Package C (Programmer) on the shelf
over the 25OVAinverter,
(c) Install the relay panel adjacent to the 25OVAstandby inverter lo-
cation and then install the standby inverter*
(d) Install the lower left hand I$$$$
(e) Install the switch-fuse panel supporting structure. (See Figure
10-3.)
(f) Install the switch-fuse panel.
(g) Perform a system check on all systems disturbed during installation,
10-18. 25OVAStandby Inverter
The 25OVAStandby Inverter is mounted to the left of the astronaut's
seat on an intercostal. To gain access to the inverter requires the
removal of other items of equipment as outlined in the following
paragraph.
10-W. Removal
(8) Removethe switch-fuse panel, (See Figure 10-3.)
(b) Removethe switch-fuse panel supporting structure.
“AC291 CM (IoMARLia
CONFIDENTIAL
DATEl$ December1959 ,&“+ G
M’;‘DONNELL &&f&q PAGE XL15
(c) Remove the lower left hand 3000 WHbattery. (See L.H. Battery
Removal in this section,)
(d) Removethe relay panel adjacent to the 2sOVA standby inverter.
(e) Loosen the mounting bolts securing the standby inverter, and re-
move the inverter.
10-20. Installation
(a) Secure the inverter to its mounting location with the screws
supplied with the inverter.
(b) Install the relay panel adjacent to the 25OVA standby inverter.
(c) Install the lower left hand 3000 WRbattery,
(d) Install the switch-fuse panel supporting structure. .(See Fi&re
lo-3%)
i \!
(e) Install the switch-fuse panel and perform system checks on systems
disturbed during installation6
10-21. 1sOVAInverter
The 1sOVAInverter is mounted under the lower shelf and towards the rear
portion of the shelf. To gain access to this inverter it will be
necessary to remove other items of capsule equipment as outlined in the
following paragraphs,
10-22,
(a) If necessary remove the capsule seat.
(b) Removethe rollrate gyro located under the lower left hand shelf,
(c) Remove the pitch rate gyro adjacent to the roll rate wroo
(d) Loosen the mounting bolts on the inverter andremove the inverter.
1033. Installation
To install the 15'OVAinverter proceed as followst
CONFIDENTIAL
DArE15 December I.959 MtDONNELL
,&+ G & PAGE 1o-ti
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT sm 108
(a) Secure the inverter to its shelf with the mounting bolts pro-
vided on the inverter,
(b) Install the pitch rate gyro adjacent to the roll rate gyro.
(c) Install the roll rate gyro under the lower left hand shelf.
(d) Install capsule seat end perform system checks on the ASCS system
and A-I: power control system,
10-24. Main Instrument Panel, Right Side
The right handportion of the main instrument panel is a quick release
type ,of panel (for astronaut ,egres~)~ If access need be gained to the
rear of the panel follow the procedure in the following paragraph.
10-25, Removal
(a) Remove all D-C power from capsule by placing battery switches to
OFF and removing external power to capsule.
: (b) Pull the quick release handle where the removable instrument panel
section joins the permanent section of the mein instrument panel.
(c) Rotate the panel to expose back panel wiring.
(d) Disconnect the component to be removed and insulate any exposed
conductors,
1026, Installation
After performing maintenance on the electrical power control com-
ponents on the removable section of the main instrument panel, install
the panel as follows:
(a) Make sure all D-3: power is removed from the capsule by placing the
battery switches to OFF and removing external power from capsule.
(b) Place the panel in position so that latch pins mate with the fixed
portion of the latch mechanism. Actuate the latch upward to lock
the panel in placea
MAC 191 CM (10 MAR 58)

CONFIDENTIAL,
DATE15 December l959 MtDONNEIi-+/ 4 &&f&- PAGE 10-17
10-Q. Left Console

The left console is secured to the console support structure by screws
along the upper, lower and left hand edge of the panel. Tne pull-rings
which project through the panel are not a portion of the panel assembly.
10.28. Removal
(a) Removeall D-C power from capsule by placing the battery switches
to OFF and removing external power to capsulea
(b) Removethe screws securing panel on the top, left side and bottom.
(c) Carefully withdraw the panel outward so as to not disturb the
various pull-rings which protrude through the panel face. Dis-
cbnnect electrical connection and remove panel,,
10-?2 0 Installation
To install the left console proceed as follows:
(a) Connect the electrical connectors to the left console assembly.
(b) Secure the panel to capsule mounting provisions carefully so as to
not disturb the pull-rings.
(c) Perform system checks on systems disturbed and perform warning
lights test (depress SIGNALLIGHTSTEST SW).
10-30. Power System Control Relay Panel
The mounting location for the Relay Panel is on the lower left hand
shelf atthe extreme left hand side of the shelf, !tbe panel is secured
to the shelf by four bolts which thread into threaded inserts in the
shelf asse&ly,
10-31, Removal
To remove the poxer system control relay panel, proceed as follows:
(a) Removeall D-C power from the capsule by placing the individual bat.
tery OR-OFFswitches to OFF andremoving all external D-C power frox
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
15 December19.59 MtDONNELL
&/ G e PAGE
lCLl8
REVISED REPORT SEIR108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
the capsulea
(b) Perform removal, 68 both SSOVAinverters. (See Faragraphs 10-15'
and lo-18 e )
(c) Removepower system control relay panel,
io-32,, Installation
1
To install the Power System Control Relay Panel, proceed as follows:
(a) Install relay panel with bolts secured to panel0
(b) Install both 25OVAinverters. (See Paragraphs lo-17 and 1020.)
(r.t) Perform system checks on qy,disturbed systems.
10093, Switch-Fuse Panel
&The Stitch-Fuse Panel is located to the left of the astronauts couch.
The panel is secured to mounting structure by a series of screws along
the panel's edge.
10-34, Removal
To remove the Switch-Fuse Panel proceed as follows:
(a) Removeall external power from capsule and place the battery OFF-ON
switches to OFF.
(b) Place all switches on the switch-fuse'~pane1 to the center OFF
position.
(c) Removemounting hardware securing the switch-fuse panel. (See
Figure 10-3.)
(d) Withdraw switch-fuse panel carefully sndremove connector and
remove panel. ,&:c .;,.*-,;L,-.,.,Wi,t,-
‘ ','":,C\<
:,*,>&.:“
_j, i .*: <.**&&:: ,".I
10-35. Installation
See Figure 10-3 for Switch-Fuse Panel Installation. After completion
of installationj perform checks necessary to ascertain that any dis-
turbed circuits are operative.,
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December 195; MfDONNELLQ&, &&&q PAGE lool’

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
l3lE\,,cIZf% f’nNBTnli’NTTAT. ..nl-.e, 113
m-36. SERVICING
10-37. General
Since all electrical equipment in the capsule is de&ndentupon the
batteries as a power source9 it is highly important that the greatest
'care be exercised in handling, servicing, and discharging of these
batteries, To be avoided are overcharging, overheating, discharging to
dangerously low voltages and careless or improper filling of the battery
cells with electrolyte.
X1-38. Shipping and Dry Storage
Batteries in the dry charged state, as received from the factory should
remain in the sealed drums with the silica-gel desicant until time of
activation, High relative humidity or high temperatures (1100) or both
should be avoided, as these conditions may seriously reduce the battery
capabilities, The battery may beremoved from its conteiner.for in-
spection but should be replaced in the desicated container and sealed,
as:$oon as possible. If kept in dry cool air (below IlOoF), the battery
may be stored indefinitely, Storage in the direct rays of the sun
should be avoided even through the air tenperature surrounding the con-
tainers is well below the llO*F maximum
ro-39. Periodic visual inspection of the silica.-gel desicant should be made
to ascertain that the battery is being properly protected. An indica-
tion of discolored silica-gel requires the immediate replacement of the
gel and a thorough check of the seal on the container be made.
10&O* Battery Activation, MAR4027, 3000 WR
Battery activation should be performed four to twenty-four hours prior
to use for optimum results, and never more than 48 hours prior to use.
MIC 291 CM (10 MAR BBB

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 December1959 ,&‘+ ($, &
MtDONNELL PAGE
1040
REPORT
SEDR108
REVISED ST.LOUIS,MISSOURI
The,battery electrolyte is poisonou$

and extremely corrosive. If electrolyte
is spilled on the skin or clothing, the
effected area should be rinsed immediately
in cold water and then in a mild acid
such as vinegar.
The electrolyte used to activate the battery consists of a 40 percent
solution of reagent grade potassium hydroxide and distilled water having
a specific gravity 1,400. Prior to placing the electrolyte in the
battery, the electrolyte should be tested with a hydrometer to'be sure
the electrolyte meets the required 1,400 specific gravity-
/‘
..;&a
Use only electrolyte supplied with bat-

tery. Electrolyte should not be spilled
on the exterior of the battery at any
time. Spillage could result in denger-
ous corrosion of vent lines, switches
andwirkg. If spillage should occurg
the contaminated area should be thor-
oughly cleaned and dried,
To activate the MAR4027, 33OOWH
battery, proceed as follows:
(a) Remove the two strips of tape covering the 16 small holes on top
of the battery.
MAC ,231 CM (10 M/\R se1

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 December I.959 ,&‘+ G
MtDONNELL &&f&q PAGE 10-21

/ REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
(b) Tilt the battery by placing a block about two inches thick under
one side of the unit parallel to the rail.
(c) Using the Luer-Lock hypodermic syringe furnished with the battery,
fill the syringe to the 65 cubic centimeter mark.
(d) Insert the hypodermic needle into the first battery filler hole
and allowthe electrolyte to flow into the cell SLOWLY. Refill

,
the syringe to the 50 cc mark and complete the battery filling,
Approximately two minutes shall be allowed for filling each cell.
CAUTION
The hypodermic needle furnished has a
tapered flexible plastic guard which will
prevent inserting the needle too far into

-
the electrolyte fill holes and further
serves in keeping the electrolyte frcrm
overflowing during the filling operation.,

When held firmly in position, it will
also seal the fill holes during this
operation.
(e) Repeat the filling sequence as outlined in steps a through d, for
the remainder of the fill holes,
(f) afterthe battery filling operation is complete, the hmodermic

should be thoroughly washed in water and dried,
CWTI~N
The hypodermic syringe should be thor-
,_--. oughly washed in water and dried after
use or the asserrbly will be damaged for
further use,
MAC 251 CM (10 Mm? 8s)

CONFIDENTIAL
DATExi I)ecesa,er 3959 ~WmxL . 1022
&&f& PAGE
L/G
REVISED REPORT SELlR108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
LVVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL u3
10&l. Battery Activation MAR4028, 1500 WH

Activation procedure for this battery is the same ss for the 3000 WR
battery except for the amount of electrolyte used, with only 63 cc
..
of electrolyte being used in the smaller battery (EAR 628). '
10-42. Voltage Tests, (Activated)
The following no-load voltmeter checks should be made before installing
plastic electrolyte fill hole plugs or prior to discharge on recycling.
A 1000 ohms per volt 2% accurate B-C! voltmeter shall be used.
(a) Voltage Pin A to Pin F, 29.6 max 28.5 volts min.
(bj Voltage Pin B to Pin F, 29-3 max 28.0 volts min.
10-43, Installation of Plastic Hole Plugs
A waiting period of approximately two hours should be allowed after
electrolyte has been added to.the battery. After two hours the plastic
fill plugs may be installed in the battery, Installation is accomplish&
by soaking the plugs in the ethylene dichloride furnished with each
battery for 20 minutes prior to installation and hand pressed firmly in
place in each fill hole. The battery should set two hours before mov-
ing the battery OP applying any gas pressure to the battery vent system.
CAUTION
The two hour delay period after filling
the cells with electrolyte must be al-
lowed to premit gases to escape end pre-
pt electrolyte being forced out the
vent system,
MAC*a, CM (10 MAR883

CONFIDENTIAL
DATEl!? December 1959 MiDONNELL
& o&&&q PAGE lo-23
bf+G
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MlSSaJRl REPORT SEIEZ108
10-44, Pressure Testing (Activated)

(a) Connect a compressed nitrogen source, variable from 0 to 14.7 psig
to the battery vent system, Slowly increase the air pressure to
the battery and check for proper operation of the pressure relief
valve. Proper operation should lie somewherebetween 5,s psig
and 14.0 psi& Gas should exhaust at the vent line fitting on the
connector box.
CWTION
Do not exceed 14,7 psig during the
pressure chedk as the cells or vent
system maybe damaged,
(b) Make a static pressure check with the compressed nitrogen source
still connected sndreduce the static gauge pressure to five
pounds per square inch. After the pressure has stabilized, the
battery should rsmain at 5 psig minus 0.1psi.g for a five minute
period. If leakage is indicated, refer to Paragraph ID.=&, Trouble
Shooting. After completing the battery leakage check, remove the
vent system fitting cap and reinstall the vent system pressure
check plug after compieting the pressure tests. The check plug
should be torqued to 25 inch vds,
WLRNING
If the static pressure check indicates
leakage, the battery should not be con-
sidered for capsule use.
MAC191 CM (10 MAR 18)

CONFIDENTIAL
-
DATE 14 December X959 MtDONNELL
&/ & &&& PAGE 10-24
.REVISED
.- . .- -- CONFIDENTIAL MODEL u3
When any efebir5cal connectfon is

made to the battery, it should be
done in such a manner as to ekkninate
the possLbilfty of a short circuit,
Use of a mating connector with suita-
bility Insulated leads &ould prove
adequate.
NQTE
The @J-OFFtoggle switch located on
the ba%tery come&or box mus%be in
the OHposition during any charging of
the battery.
With the OIL-OFFbattery switch in the ONposition, charging of the

'- battery should be through pins A end F, with A connected to the positive
terminal and F connected to the negatLve terminal of the charging sys-
tem, The ir&tial. chmging rate should be 10 amperes for the first 6
hours or until the charge voltage reaches 3% volts0 When 33 volts is
reached, reduce the charge rate to 3 amperes for at least 20 hours or
untfl the Charge voltage again reaches 3% volts, whichever occurs first,
If the battery has undergone charged storage of 80°F OPhigher the
battery should be given a booster charge before atixmpted use.
XL-&, Recharging me Battery @lAR-&3~8, 1500 WHBattery)
Th8 recharging procedure for the PWL.&X~, I&'00 WHbattery is similar to
the procedure for the IU-4027, 3000 WHbattery except for the following
MAC 291 CM (IO MAR 881

CONFIDENTIAL
\
DATE15 December lYY&' MtDONNELL

& &&& PAGE
1-5 -
PG SEIRlG8
- __
133
I
differences. Since the 1500 WHbattery may be discharged through
intermediate taps. Care must be taken not to discharge any group of
cellsbelow the following voltages at the design discharge rate of 40
hours.
(a) Pins A to F, 22.bO volts,
(b) Pins I to F, 18.20 volts.
(e) Pin'rl *a P, x2,62 volts.
\
(d) Pin; G to F, 7-O volts.
Discharge at rates faster than the b hour designed discharge schedule
should not exceed the following end voltages.
(a) Pins-A to F, 21.0 volts,
(b) Pins I to F, 17.07 volts.
(c) Pins D to F, 11.82 voltso
(d) Pins Gto F, 6.57 volts,
,.
Since the battery cannot be properly recharged with unequal states of
charge w%ting on different groups of cells, all groups must be brought
I
to the same state of discharge before the ontire battery is recharged.
A discharge balancing circuit is shown in figure 10-h, Discharged
battery balancing voltages for use with Figure 10-h are as given in
the following table:
Vl (Pins G to F)a; 7.00 volts
V2 (Pins D to G) 5.60 volts
V3 (Pins I to D) 5&l volts
V4 (Pins A to I) 4.20 volts
The charging rate for the first 3 hours shouldbe 10 amperes or until
the charge voltage rewhes 33 volts. When 33 volts is reached (or 20
hours) is reached, reduce the charge rate to 2 amperes for the next 20
1
MAC
/
SI CM (10MARSS)
CONFIDENTIAL
_ ~- ~~--- ___-
IPAC 2SlU (Rev. 14 Oet 2.6)
Dote 15 DECEMBER 1959 M!DONNEH&+~d ;;wwT '"6,'1",,

RSVISEO ST.
LouI8.
MlSOOURl SE
REVtSED CONFIDENTIAL MOOSL 133
AI, A2, A3, A4,D-C AMMETERS, 0 TO 5 AM%----. ---.. _.- -.

2% ACCURACY.
VI, Vz,V3, V4, D-C VOLTMETEPS, OTOiO VOLTS.

2 $I ACCURACY.
RI, Rz,R3, R4, VARIABLE RESISTORS, OTO 5

OHMS, APPF?OXIMATE\_Y 25 WATT.
FldURE IO - 4 CELL DISCHARGE

BALANCING CIRCUIT
MW45-\I!
~AALICIAmtLI~I . I
REVISED REPORT
SEHl 108
f-‘\ REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
hours or until the charge voltage reaches 33 volts, whichever occurs

fir&r
10-47. Wet Storage And Booster Charge
,-
Optimum storage temperature for a wet charged battery is 40 degrees F,
or lower, with a reliable wet shelf life of approximately six months*
If a battery has undergone charged storage of 80 degrees F or higher,
the battery should be given a booster charge before attempted use. The
booster charge should be at Cw amperes until the charge voltage
reaches 33 volts*
MIC 251 CM (10 MAR 881

CONFIDENTIAL -9
CONFIDENTIAL 11-1
SECTION XI
COMMUNICATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION PAGE
TROUBLE SHOOTING . . . ..*..................... 1l-2
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . 1l-23
CONFIDENTIAL
.
DATE 1959MYDONNELL
15%xdber &
bJ+g &&$j& PAGE J&2
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEDRlO8

T--L . ..-...a..-.. Cd-bNTi’TTbTi!NTT A 1. firm4 133
XI. COMMUNICATIONS
Section ll provides ppoeedupes, ttbgmms, fllustrathms and charts to

5acilitate system trouble shooting ad component replacement and
adjustment. It %s noted that all systun eomgments src mt necessarily
covered wiitkia the Replacement and Adjustment meas. In the absence of
such procedure, i‘t may’bs assumed that the partfculag procedure involved
is obv-Lous am%does xxot wsxrad a deta%led explanation or illustration.
IL2. !rRouBm SKOOTIE
!Chefol..bwhg trouble shooting chsz3.s for the cCnmaLulieationsqe to be
utilized fn conjunction with the wfring die&am 45-79089. Malfunctions
may generdly,b,e attributed to:
' (a) ComponentFailFe
(b) Cqmilewiringerror
(12) Operator~error
The txwuble shooting chsrts do not consider the possibility of operator
11-3. ,Power distribution malfunctians oflen cause system troubles, Should a

malfulnctfon be attributed to power c%%stributatfo~,refer to Section X of
this MEwELL.
CONFIDENTIAL
Y

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
--.,.A..- ~~NBTTbTiYNTTAT. AAAREI 133
f Kt v13tu I.IV"U
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 December 1959 M!DONNE%&k&, &&2&q PAGE lb4
REPORT SEDR 108

PfiNli’TT-bTi’NTTAT. unns, 13
MACPS, CM (lOMARL
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 Deeembeslm M'DoNNELL ' &&&q PAGE n-5
&iv+&
--. ..--- d-‘fhliTL’Tl-hli’N~FT AT ..A#..-# l??
CONFIDENTIAL
u-6
--. ..--- d-'4-biiTl?TnT;rhTWTA~
CONFIDENTIAL
D,bJE
15&xriiber19% M’DoNNELL PAGE n-7
EVISED I CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 1??
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 lkeeaber l%$J MtDoNNELL ’ & PAGE 158
L/G
REVISED REPORT mWo8
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
nlz\,,cen d-Y-bNTi’TTlTi’.NTTAl. rrnne, 133
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 I)eW!llibf?~ 1959 M’DoNNEF dra;lbn PAGE n-9
Y
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT-

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 Derxmber 1959 ,&‘+/ ($
MFDONNELI, &&$& PAGE SL-10
REVISED REPORT SEDR m

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
nnrmrr~ f’fiNT?TThTi’N’l’T A 1. ..rrrnE, ‘j-22
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 Deceaiber 1959 MtDoNNELL PAGE lJ--J-l
Y

nC\,*el!rn Ct-bNli’TTbli!NTTAT.
P
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 Dec@ber 19% MtDONNELL
&/ ($ & PAGE n-12
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT STER108

/-’ nc”‘ccn Clt-bNli’Tl-bRNTTAT. rrnne, l??
MACZBl CM ~IOMIRBB~
CO,NFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 ~e@~eP 1959
MFDONNELL PAGE l’-lIi
REVISED REPORT SEm 108

ST. LOUIS, M~sOUR~
r‘ REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
CONFIDENTIAL
Telemetrv Transmitter (Low Frequency)
IMDICATION PRQBI1BLF:
CAUSE ISOLATIONPR-URE CORiXlX!TIVE
ACTION
No filaent 6.3 VAC No 24 V DC getting Check No* 1 Tel<., Translllftter If fuse is blmn, correct
HITM to Hi Freq Telemetry Switch-Fuse i cause and replace fuse,
PwT rnPU*
Sh0z-t circuit or ope Refer to drawing 45-79092. Care& fafxl% fn capsule
chmitin capsule wii-ing.
wfrfig
FaulQ Telemetry Substittite unit knwn to be good, Replace unit.
Power Supply
Faul$y Telemetry A S&stitute a unit known to be god Replace unit,
Wsnsmftter (Hi Freq
No Bf 200 V DC No 24 V DCtgetting t Check No. 1 Tel: Wammitter If fuse is bl&wn, correct

HI TM at Test Panel Hi Freq Telemetry Switch-Fuse. cause a&replace fuse.
Fm- SuPPlY
Short oircuit OF ope Refer to d.mw%ng4.5-79092, Correct fault
circuit in capsule
wiring,
Faulty Telemetry Substitute unit known to be good. Replace unit.
PQwer SKPPJY .b
Faulty Telemetry A' Sxibstitute a unit known to be good Replace unit.

Tranmitter (Hi Fr6q
Tel&n A Transmitter Faulty TelemetryA &ibstitute rmft known to be good. Replace unit.
frequency not with- Tranfmftter (El Weq
in re+red limits-
Substitute unit known to-be good, Rqplsm-unit.
REPORT SEDR 108
REVISED ST.LOUIS,MkSOUPl
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 l3@xadbr1959 MtDONNEI,&/ ($, & PAGE u-16
REPORT sEmlo8
REVISED ST. LOUIS, kISSOUR
. ..-...,...I f’f-bNTi’Tl3’li’.NTTAT. rrr\nm 133
CONFIDENTIAL
PAGE 11-17
REVISED REPORT SJZDR108

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
/? REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
CONFIDENTIAL
---___ ..__
DATE 15 %%emb@~1959 MFDONNELL
& &&$& PAGE MU-Il.8
b+G
REVISED REPORT iiEm 108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
d-‘d-hhTK’Tl-hT7~T’I’T A T
f---
REVISED REPORT SEDRl.08
ST. LOUIS, M;JsoultI
nc\r,cen C'FINTi'TTbTi'.NTTAT. ..r\ncn 133
MAC 29, CM ‘IO MAR 183

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December 1959 M’DoNNELL ’ &&&,q PAGE ILL-20
L/G
REVISED REPORT isEm 108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
15 ~t%%ik~
1959M’DoNNELL PAGE fl-Pl
REVISED REPORT sEDRl.08
REiVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL l33

I I
CONFIDENTIAL
PAGE n-22
REVISED REPORT EEDR 108

ST. LOUIS, M;;SOUPI
P REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL L
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 3-5 r&X%Iiber 1959 MtDONNELL
-
&/ ($ &&&q PAGE n-23
u
REVISED REPORT EZDR,108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
c)F\,lCC~ t-YfiNTi’TTlTi!NTTAT. ..r\n51 133
ll-5. REPLAmT AIiD ATlJLJSlFJIENT ,,

The replacement of conununfcations equfpment is generally obvious. Where
access to a unit is obstructed by other equipment, the system engineer
associated with this equipment must be notified. Due to the mission
- of the capsule, the equipment must
~. be hsndled with extreme care.
Connectors which must be disconnected to allow eqtipment removal shall
be capped an& the wiring secured to the structure in such a manner
_.
as to preclude damage. All components shall be kept clean. For mount-
ing haraware, refer to Table 11-l.
u-6. Communications system components, to be installed in the capsule, _,shall b
tested and adjusted as per the requirements of Pre-Installation Accept-
.
snce Tests For Carmnunications System Components (SEDR60). Replacement
of a component requires performance of Carmnunfcations System Checkout
Procedures (SEDR6x), unless otherwise noted.
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
15 ~~~@t.w=
1959 MtDONNELL
&/ ($ & PAGE Il.-24
REPORT SEDR 108

mC.,.CCm
Kiz”IDC”
fV-bNT?TllT?NTT
UVJ..l IYYL. a AL-Y
A T. unnm
,.\“YL.
133
TABLF, XL-1
MOUNTINGHARDWARERRQUIREDPERUNIT
I EQUIPEZNT BOETSOR SCREWS WASIWS NUTS
1. CommandReceiver 4-A~515-8~8 4-A~g60-~8L
2, Commsnd'Decoder 4-A~515-8~8 4-mg6o-ML
3. Low Frequency Telemetry 4-~50oA6-6 4-ANg60-tiL
4. Low Frequency Transmitter 4-NAS673V2 8-iiNg60-DIoL
Assembly (to,tsrk)
5. iigh Frequen& Telemeiry 4-AN5OOA6-6 ~OAIQ~O-E~L

I. 5,’
6. High Frequency-
Transmitter 4-l!m673v2 8-mg60-DIoL
Assenibly (to tank)
Telemetry Power Supply 4-AN515-ORlO ~-AN~~O-DSL
2 C-Band Beacon Transponder 6-&%%08~4~24 6-mg6o-D416r,
9. S-Band Beacon Transponder 3-l'iAS608C4-24 6-&'@6o-D416L 34X812-428
3-NAS608c4-28
10. Communications Control 4-AN515-8~10 4-4~23-~8~ 4-NAS679AO8
unit
ll. Sand C-Be&Antenna 2-NAS673V-1 8-At~g60-DI0L
Unit 6-NAS673V~2
12. C-Band Power Divider ~-gm~~~’ 4-mg6o-r&
13. S-Band Power Divider 2-AN'g6o-DIoL
14. Bicone Multiplexer 4&~~608~3-8 4-mg60-DIOL
_
15? UHF Descent Antenna 2-NAS654Vg 2-mg6o-D416 , 2-m812-428
l-NAS653Vll l-ANg60-DIOL 1-1~~8~2-1032
2-NAS653V3 2-AN960-DIOL 2-~~812-1032
166. UHF coaxial switch 4-NAS673V2 4-A~g60-DIOL
(to bracket)
17. UHF Coaxial Switch 4-NAS653Vg h3!xg6o-DIoL 4-FN8l2-1032
Asseaibly (to shelf)
18. Antenna CoaxLal Switch 4-Aw509-1oRlj
19. HF Recovery Balloon
Antenna 2-NAS673V4 2-~mg60-~10~ 2-m812-1032
2-NAS673V8 2-A1960-DIOL 2-FN812-1032
20. Play Back Tape To be supplied when availzible.
Recorders
21. Play Back Recorder
Container
MAC131 CM llOMAR58l
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE l5 hmber l959 MtDONNELL&/G &&f$& PAGE n-25

s.~,lCl-A C’f-hNBTTbl?NTT AT. Ilrthel 133
11-7. HF Vo&e Transmitter Receiver (Installation Print 45-80002, 45-80003,

45dMOO4)
The HF voice trsnsmitter receiver is%located to the astronaut's right,

on sn aft pressure bulkhead, center right shelf. The unit is mounted
forward onthe underside of this shelf, adjacent to the inner oapsule
skin. The unit is held in,pSace by four captive, socket head screws,
threaded into the shelf. Replacement procedures are obvious.
XL-~. HF Recovery Voice Transtitter Receiver (Installatfon Print 45-80002,
45-80003, 45-80004)
The RF recaveryirolice transmitter receiver is located &o the astronaut's

right, on en aft pressure bulkhead, center rfght shelf. The unit is
motrnted aft on the underside of this shelf, adjacent to the vertical
web. The unit is held in place by four captive, socket head screws,
threaded into the shelf, Replacement procedures are obtioa
U.-g. UHF Voice Transmitter Receivers (Installation Print
45-80002, 45-80003,
45-80004 )
._
The two URF voice transmitter reeefvers are located to the astronaut's
right, on an aft pressure bulkhead, lower right shelf. The units sre
mounted aft on the top of this +elf, adjacent to the aft pressure
bulkheed, Each unft Is held in place by four captive, socket head
screws, threaded into the shelf. The UR?S'/KF
ReFovery Beamn must be
removed to gain access to these units. Replacement procedures sre
obvious.
lL10. Audio Center (Installation Print 45-80002, 45-80003, 45-80004)
The audio center is located to the astronaut's right, on an aft
pressure bulkhead, center right shelf, The unit is mounted forward 01
the top of this shelf, adjacent ID the inner capsule skin- The unit
is held in place by four captive, socket head screws, threaded into the
MAC 281 CM (10 MAR S8)

CONFIDENTIAL
BATE 15 December 1959 'FDoNNELL a L-26
p&&& PAGE
QG
n-..-s,.C.-m ('d-bNli'Tl-bli?NTT AT. Usual 122
‘she7.L. RepLacemeat procedures are obvious.

11-11, The adjustment controls onthe audio center are to be used during
Communication System Checkout Procedures (SEDR61).
11-12. CommandReceivers (Installatfon Prfnt 45-80002, 45-80003, 45-80004)
The two commandrecefvers sre located to the astronaut's left, onthe
upper, outboard side of the vertical beam. The ':A" unit is mounted
adgacent to the forward edge of the beam. The "B" unit is mounted on
the beam, zixmnedQ&ly aft of the "A" unit, Each unit is held in place
by four Frearson head screws? with washers, threaded into plate nuts
which are installed on thebdm. Replacement procedures ere obvious.
ll-13. CommandDecoders (Install&Son Print 45-80002, 4$-80003, 45-80004)
The two commanddecoders are located to the astronautfs left, on the
upper, outboard side of the vertical beam. The "A" unit is mounted'
above the CommandReceivers while "B', unit is mounted immediately
aft of the Command.
Repeivers. Eas.h,unit is hield in place by f&r
Frearson head screws, with washers, threaded fnto.plate nuts which
sxe installed on the beam. Replacement procedures are obvious.
U-3.4. T;;metry Tragsmftters (Installation Print 45-8iOO2, 45-80003, 45-
4)
The low frequency ad. high frequency telemetry transmitters are located
belawthe seat axea on the Water Fooling Tank. The low frequency
transmitter is mounted to the right forward surface of the tank, on the
upper curve, The high frequency unit is mounted on-the right forward
surface of the tank on the lower curve. Each unit is secured to a
mountdng plate by four screws, with washers. The mountfng plate is
held fn place by four bolts threaded into mounting bracket plate nuts.
Refer to Figure 11-l.
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December 1959 ,g&/ & &
MFDONNELL PAGE 11-27

ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
133
P
,
I
I
j:
/1
FIGURE 11-I C AND S BAND ANTENNAS AND -TELEMETRY

TRANSMITTERS AND POWER SUPPLIES lN5TALLATION
i bU45-125
CONFIDENTIAL
g d PAGE
u-28
DATE

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 1%
U&5. Removal
(a) Notify the 'Rnvironmental Control System Engineer that the area
forwsrd of the,Water Cooling Tank must be cleared. This involves
removal of the leg couches on applicable capsules, removal of
k5-32151web end stiffeners, removal of the solids trap, removal
of five lfnes assemblies, etc.
(b) Disconnect the wfre bundles snd coax connectors from the high
, : and lcw frequency transmitters. Cap the connectors and secure
the wire bundles.
(c) Removethe four bolts securfng the high frequency transmitter to
~f~~,~~~ting,bra~et,1itna r~move.~the:.C~an~~tterI'
,jy k.,
(a) Removethe four bolts securing the low frequency transmitter assem-
bly to the mountfng bracket, anclremove the transmitter assembly.
1~16. Installation
(a) Locate the low frequency trsnsmitter assembly on the upper mount-
fng bracket and secure w%ih four bolts an& eight washers.
(b) Locate the high frequency transmitter assembly onthe lower mount-
-bracket end secure tith four bolts and eight washers.
(c> Connect wire bundles and coax cables, as indicated
, on @-=79093, to
the two connectors of each transmitter.
(a) Perform a check of the..insstalled units per Communications System
checkout Proceaure (SEDR61)~
(e) Notify the Environmental Control System Engineer that the area
forward of the Water Cooling Tank is ready for re-assembly.
MAO **I CM
CONFIDENTIAL
15 December 1959 MtDoNNELL IA-29
DATE &&$& PAGE

/“ REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
_. u-17. Te'Lemetry Power Supplies (Installation Print 45-80002, 45-80003,

45&004)
The two telemetry power supplies are located alaug the capsule center
line, below the seat ares, on the Water Cooling Tank. The law
frequency transmitter power supply is mounted on the upper curve of the
tank forwsrd s&ace, while the high frequency trsnsdtter power
supply is on the lower curve of the tsnk forward surface. Each unit is
held in place by four screws threaded into the mounting bracket plate
nuts. Refer to Figure XL-L.
1.~18. Removal
(a) Notify the Environmental Control. System Engineer that the srea
,-
forward of the Water Cooling Tar& must be cleared, 'Ilais involves
j_
removal. of the Leg couches on applicable capsule% removal of
45-3215lweb and stiffners, removs& of the solids trap, remova
of five lines assembties, etc.
(b) Disconnect the tire bundle connectors from the two power suppl‘ies.
(c) Removethe four screws secupfn@ the high frequency transmitter
p&er supply to the mount&g bracket, and remove th$ power supply.
(a) Remove.the four screws sectdng the low frequency transdtter
power supply to thd mounting bracket, and remove the power supply.
ll-lg. InstsUatfon
(a) ',Locate the low frequency transmitter power supply on the upper
mountfng bracket and secure with four bolts and four washers.
(b) Locate the hfgh frequency transmitter power supply on the lower
A
mountfng bracket an& secure with four bolts and four washers.
-
(c) Connect wire bundles, as Indicated on 45-79092, to the two connect-
ors of each pow- supply.
M*,C 28, CM I10 MAR 58)
CONFIDENTIAL
‘-
DATE 15 December 19 k9 MFDONNELL

& &&$& PAGE
11-30
FG
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SFDR108
-- ,*..--
KtVl3tU
d-VbNTi’TTbTi’.NTTAT.
UVI .L lYYl. s IA-Y rrnnc,
,.,“YLL 133
(a) Perform a cheek of the installed units per Communications System

CheckoutProcedure (SEDR61,),
(e) Notify the Environmental Control System Engineer that the area
forward of the Water Cooling Tank is ready for re-assembly.
U-20. C-Band Beacon Transponder (Installation Print 45&0002, 45-80003,
45-80004)
The C-Band beacon is located to the astronaut's right, onthe aft
pressure bulkhead, lowest right shelf. The unit is mounted onlhe top
of the shelf, adjacent to the r%ght vertical beam. The unit is held
in place by six socket head cap screws, with washers, threaded into the
shelf. On capsules equipped with the hand controller, linkages must
be removed to gain access to the transponder. Remnral of these linkages
shall be covered in Section IV of this manual, Replacement procedures
for the transponder are obvious.
ILL-21. S-Band Beacon Transponder (Installation Print 45-80002, 45-80003,
45-80004)
Iphe'S-Band beacon is located to the astronaut's right, on an aft
pressure bulkhead, lower right shelf* The unit is mounted onthe under-
side of this shelf, adjacent to the r+.&t vertical, beam. The unit is
held in place by six socket head cap screws, with washers. The out-
board three screws are threaded fntothe shelf, while the inboard three
screws are secured on the top of the shelf titb three nuts. On capsules
e,quipped with the hand controller, linkages must be removed to gtin
access to the transponder. Removal, of these linkages shallbe covered
in Section FJ of Ws manusl. Replacement procedures for the trans-
ponder are obvious.
CONFIDENTIAL
I MtDONNELL
&
-’
DATE15&CWlibI?r 1959 & PAGE =-31

6@&
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEDR:108
VISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL b,
-.ILL-22. UHF/RFRecovery Beacon (InstsJlatidn Print 45-80002, 45-80003,

45-8ooo4)
The ,XJHF/BF
Recovery Beacon is located to the astronaut's right, on
an aft pressure bulkhead, lower right shelf. The unit is mounted on
the top of the shelf, along the forward edge. The unit is held in
place by four captive, socket head screws, threaded into the shelf.
Replacement procedures are obvious.
n-23. The edjustment controlson the audio center is to be used during the
ccamnunication System checkout Procedures (SEDR61).
3.L24. Communications Control Unit (Installation Print 45+31000)
The Control Unit is locate& on'the lower section of the main instrument,
to the right of the capsule center line. The unit is held in place
by four Fresrson head screws, with'washers, and secured on the back
of the psnelby four nuts. Replacement procedures are obvious.
u-25. S and C-Band Antennas (&WXllation Print 45-41001)
Three S and C-Band Antenna units are equally spaced about the periphery
-,
of the capsule conical. section near the junction of this section and,
the cylindrical section. Each unit is installed fram the outside,
between two stringers. The base of the unit'3.s secured from inside,
with eight bolts and washers, through structure, and threaded into
plate nuts on the unit: Each stringer area'is then covered with a
shingle. Eight bolts an& washers, through the shingle frcm the outside
secure the antenna unit. The edge of the shingle is then bolted in
place to complete the installation. Refer to Figure IL-1
1.x-26. Removal
(a) Notify the Structures Engineer that 45;32054 shingles ,(-43 for
CONFIDENTIAL
‘ -..-- ‘. .’ ,
DATA 15 Decenibe~
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MlSSOURl
K-- REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL p??
the ~i@t si&ece,-57 fox- the top and -65 POP-the -left side)-must
be removed.,
(b) Removethe mounting bolts from the appropriate shf,@e, per
Seetfon II of this manual. Removethe shingle,
(c> Gain access to the recovery compsx%nentand disconnect the two
coax cshle connectors from the antenna unit. Cap these connectors
and secure the tire bundles,
(d) Wokkfrr@;
frpeanthe recop7effycompartment, remove +e eight colts
spxn5ng the antenna uait to the capsule structure. Worn the out-
side, ~emcwethe ktenna erraft,
CAUTION
Before remwing these bolts, station one man out-
side the capsule to hold the antenna uuit.
u-27. I@S3xGrtfon
(a) Place the amt~a t&t, with the small antenna foxward, between
the proper stdzxgers.
(5) worw frcm the rFcove%y eompsrtient, fista three NAS673~~2
bolts, with washers, along each stringer edgeof the unit. Install
lUS673V-.I bolts tith washers Ln tie two remakin gp fore and aft,
holes,
(c) Connect the two coax connectors per 45-41001.
(a) Install the shfngle per Section II of this manual and notify the
Stmctwes Ehgfneer upon con@etfon,
11-28. C-Bsd Power Ditider i IncLa&ng Matched Cab%es('Installation Print
- 45-41ooa)
!CheC-Bandpower divider is located to the astronaut's ,upper left side
,-
CONFIDENTIAL
._.
DOTE15 Deceder 1959 MtDONNELL
& &a$& PAGE =-33
14
REVISED REPORT SQIR 108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
I--T-----I--. e -l--3?
r- REVISED UJNF’1JJMY’I’IA.L MODEL $33
of the recovery compartment,. just forward of the small presswe bulk-

head. Three cables extend from the divider, one to each C-Band
antenna sec%ion. The divider is seeured to the capsule structure by
four Freapson head screws, with washers, threaded into plate nuts
installed on the outside of the inner capsule skin, The cables are
clamped in place, along their routing, with MS21919DHdamps secured
by NAS673Vbolts, Replacement procedures are obvious.
n-29. S-Ban& Power Divider - Including Matched Cables (Installation Print
45-41001)
The S-Ban& power ditifder is loqted to the astronautts upper left side
of the recovery compartment, jus% forwerd of the small pressure bulk-
head. !&?ee.csbles extend fYom the divider, one to each S-Bsnd
r‘
anteavla section. The dfvider is rivited to a plate which in tw is
secured to the capsule structure by two bolts, wSth washers. The bolts
sre threaded into plate huts instdt%ed on the outside of the edjacent
stringers. The cables are clamped in place, a&ong their routing,
with MS219L9DH clsmps secured by EAS673Vbolts. Replacement procedures
are obvious.
U-30. Bicone MuLtipl.exer (Install&ion Prfnt 45-80082, 45-80003, 45-80004)
The multT.p.plexer is located ,%othe astr?naut9s lower right, on a bracket
installed vertically be%weefztwo tit pressure bulkhead shel+es. The
unit is mounted onthe inbomd side of this vertical bracket and is
held fn place by four soGke%head cap scl"ewsp with washers, These
screws are installed throwh the bracket &n& threaaea into plate nuts
,- on the ou%board side. On capsules equipped with the hen& controller,
l&&ages must be removed to gain access to the multiplexer.. Removal
MAC 281 CM (10 MAR*a,

^
MiDONNELL
&/ ($
-, ‘_-
DATE15December 19% & PAGE

u-34
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT q:DR Lo8
REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL .1??,
of these linkages shall be covered in Section IV of this manual. Re-

placement procedures for multiplexer sre obvious.
U-31. UHF Descent Antenna (Instsllation Print 45-41001)
Ihe DHF'descent antenna is located to astronaut's left side, on the

open face of the recovery compartment. The unit is mounted on the
forward side of the parachute support fitting at the junction of
th&~~: fitting and the two truss fittfngs. !Lhe antenna base is held
in place by three bolts, with washers, secured onthe sft side of the
fittings. The extender mechanism base is held to the forward side of
the parachute support fitting by two bolts, with washers. The bolts
are secured by nuts on the aft side of the fitting. The antenna
pigtail cable connector is installed on a cl%p which is secured to
the parachute support fitting with, a bolt, washer and nut, Replacement
procedures are obv%ous.
n-32. Coaxial switch - TJRF(Installation Print 45-80002, 45-80003, 45-80004)
The UHE'coax&al swftch is located to the astronaut's right, on an aft

pressure bulkhead, lower right shelf. The unit is secured on a bracket
by four bolts, with washers, through the bracket into threaded holes
in the unit. The assenioly is then hstalled 0~ the top, forward
edge of the shelf with bolts, nuts and washers; Replacement procedures
sxe &vious.
u-33. Cowal Switch - Antenna (Installatfon h-int 45-80002, 45-80003, 45-
80004)
The antenna coaxial switch is located to the astronaut's right, on en

aft pressure bulkhead, lower right shelf. The unit is mounted forward,
on the underside of the shelf, adjacent to the inner capsule skin The
MAC291 CM (10MAR58l
CONFIDENTIAL
& &&&- PAGE n-35
FG
--.*.-mm i-‘ANPTl-hE’N’l’T AT ..AACI 122
F KtVlbtU x4”I.K LWUI. I &r&U M”“EL -4.2
unit is held In place with four screws through the shelf into threaded
holes in the unit. The UHF/HI?rqcovery beacon must be removed to gain
access to this unit.
U-34. KF Recovery BalILcoon Antenna (Installation Print 45-41001)
!ihe recovery balloon antenna compartmentis located to the astronaut's
center left, on the open face of the recovery compartment. !Llheunit
is mounted in the trisngPe formed by the parachute support fitting and
the upper truss fitting. The uni.t is held in place with four bolts,
with washers, which thread fnto plate nuts installed onthe fittings.
Forreplacement, refer to~&btion ax.
WARNING
Squibs are contained in the recovery balloon
antenna compsrtment. Care must be exercised
to prevent application of voltage to the electrica
connector pins.
11-35. HP Recovery Diplexer (Installation Print 45-80002, 45-80003, 45-80004)
The diplexer is located to the astrqnaut’s center right, on the aft
pressure bulkhead verticaL web. !ihe unit is mounted on the outboard
side of the web and held in place with four screws threaded into plate
nuts insixXLed on the web. Replacement procedures are obvious.
u-36. Play Back Tape Recorders (Installation Print 45-88104)
TWOplay back recorders are in@XLled fn a recorder container. Instruc-
tions for replacement of these recorders wil.l be supplied when available.
lb37* Play Back Recorder Container (EMallation Print 45-88510)
?&e playback recorder container is'located in the epecial instrutnelit'a-
tion pallet. The container is mounted to the pallet cover shelf. The
- --_---
MAC 28, CM (10 MAR 88)
CONFIDENTlAL
:
DATE15 December 1959 M!DONNELL
&/ (‘$ &f&&- PAGE 11-36
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT mm 108

,T- c
container is secured with two bolts, with washers and nuts, along
the top edge, and two screws, with washers and nuts, at the bottom.
n-38. RemoWL
(a) Notify the Instrumentation System Engineer that the 45-88503
shelf must be removed from the speefal instrumentation pallet.
This consists of removing the crewman simulator or primate
couch, and removing the shelf hold down fasteners.
(b) Disconnect the wire bundle connector from the recorder container.
Cap the connectors and secure the wire bundle. Removethe shelf.
(c) Remavethe four bolts securing the container to the shelf and
remme the container.
n-39. InstaXLation
(a) Locate the recorder container on&e shelf and install the four
bolts, washers and nuts.
(b) &stall the shelf on the pallet, connecting the wire bundles as
per 45-79089 and 45-79097.
(c) -Notify the Instrumentation System Engineer that the shelf is ready
to be secured to the special. instrumentation pallet.
MAC291 CM (IOMARSS)
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL 12-1
SECTION XII
NAVIGATIONAL AIDS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION PAGE
TROUBLE SHOOTING .............................. 12-2

REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT,. ........ 12-7
SATELLITE PERISCOPE ......................... 12-7
SATELLITE CLOCK ................................ 12-11
ALTIMETER ......................................... 12-11
EARTH PATH INDICATOR.. .................. 12-12
ANGULAR RATE INDICATOR .............. 12-12
CONFIDENTIAL
- -. . - .- --~ _..--
DATEl$ DeeemberX959 MtDONNELL

& & PAGE *2
I& SRDR108
REVISED ST. LOUIS, mlssouiu REPORT
_ XII. RAVIOATIONALAIDS
Section 12 provides procedures, illustrations and charts which facili-

tate system trouble shooting and component replacement and adjustment.
It will be noted that not all system components are covered within the
Replacement and Adjustment areas. In the absence of such procedures,
it may be assumed that the particular procedure involved is obvious and
does not warrant a detailed explanation or illustration.
12-2. TRaVEXESHOOTING
In general, mslfunctions may be traced to one of three probable causes
(1) ookonent failure, (2) miring error or failure, (3) operator error.
The follow&trouble shooting charts disregard the possibility of
operator error and provide a method of locating a malfunction to a
replaceable component or a faulty section of wiring*
CONFIDENTIAL
12-3. Satellite Periscope
Periscope will not Adjust or replace limit switch,

retract.
Hotor continues op- Extendlimit switch Check sMitch cos@niiity and.-id- Adjust or replace limit switch,
jtistment, (Ref.'Perkin-Elmer
is fully extended, Print No. 5394031.)
Hotor continues to Adjust or replace limit
Adjust.or replace limit
Foggy display, Moistur6 condensed
Dirty display glass. Visually inspect glass for grease Clean g&s. @ef, SELDR
99.)
smears, oil, etcI
+intenance on the periscope as-

sembly should be accomplished by,
or under the guidance of, Perkins-
Elmer representatives.
REVISED ST. LOUIS, Mf;SO”II REPORT SEDR108
CONFIDENTIAL
Q-5, Altfmeter _.
if during-altimeter checkout (Ref. SEDRyy), the altimeter malfunctions, it is an indication
of two possible troubles; either the static system is leaking or the altimeter itself is not
functioning properly. If a subsequent check of the static system ~&Ai.cates that static
system integrity is within limits, (Ref. SEDRYs), replace the altimeter with a new unit.
12-6. Earth'tath Indicator
The earth path indicator consists of a spherical map (globe) of the earth gimballed and
rotating in a manner to indicate ground position under the capsule, The indicator is spring
motor powered and is cspable of running 48 hours without re-winding. Should this unit not
function properly a&er winding, it should be replaced with a new or overhauled unit.
DATE15 December1959 MFDONNELLQ4 Q&&& PAGE *-6 :

nm-a,ICr.. C’fiNli’Tl-hl?NTTAl. .rnnc, 133
I
I
I e
l
. 2
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 December lYS9 MtDONNEF&/ & &&j.$& PAGE *-’
REPORT SEIR 108

" DFVlCPri
a\-
I .“_I
CONFIDENTIAL MODEL u3
12-8, REPIACEXENT
ANDADJUSTMENT
12-9 * Satellite Periscope
12-10. Removal (Upper housing)
See Figure 12-l.
12-11. Installation (Upper housing) I

Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. Torque instrument
panel attach bolts to 60-85 inch pounds.
124.2, Adjustment
This information will be supplied when available.
12-13 o Removal (Lower housing)
Removal of the lower housing assembly destroys the thermal integrity of
the capsule. Therefore, this unit should not be removed unless deemed
absolutely necessary. If removal must be accomplished, proceed as
,
followsr
(a) Extend periscope and disconnect periscope mechanism from periscope
dooro
(bf Retract periscope to full retract position.
(c) Removeperiscope upper housing. Refer to Paragraph 12-b.
(d) Disconnect electrical connector from right side of lower housing.
(e) Removethe bolts attaching the lower housing to the periscope and
umbilical disconnect sill,
(f) Using extreme care, remove the lower housing from the capsule.
(This unit weighs approximately 15 pounds,)
12-l&. Installation (Lower housing)
f-.’ Installation of the lower housing is the reverse of the removal procedure
with the following additions:
-- -
1
MACWI CM 00 MAR58) CONFIDENTIAL .~
&/ ($ e PAGE 12-8
SEDR 108
133
I. INSTRUMENT PANEL (DETACHABLE SECTION)

1 ATTACH BOLT
3. UPPER HOUSING ASSY.
4. LOWER NOUBING ASS’%
5. CLAMP RING
6. CLAMP RING BOLT
7 I
PERISCOPE UPPER HOUSING ASSEMBLY

REMOVAL CALJTI ON
REMOVE THE DETACHABLE SECTION OF THE INSTRU - USE EXTREME C4RE WHEN REMOV-
il MENT PANEL(l) ING THE UPPER HOUSING ASSY. IM-
REMOVE THE ATTACH BOLT5(2) SECURING THE INSTRU- PRUDENT HANDLING DURING REMOV-
cl MENT PANEL(7) TO THE PERISCOPE. AL COULD DAMAGE ONE OF THE
DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR FROM LEFT SIDE LENSES WHICH PROJECTS 5LlGHTLV
3 OF UPPER HOUSING. FROM THE l0WER HOUSING ASS’Y.
CAUTION
E REMOVE THE UPPER HOUSING ASSV. FROM THE CAPSULE
PRIOR TO ACCOMPLICHING STEP C Cl
OBTAIN THE HELP OF AN ASSl5TANT
F WHILE THE UPPER HOUSING IS REMOVEO, COVER THE
TO SUPPORT THE UPPER HOUSING Cl LOWER HOUSING TO PREVENT DIRT,DUST AND
A5SY.(3) WHILE THE LAST SECUR-
FOREISN MATTER FROM ENTERING THE LENS AREA.
ING DEVICE IS REMOVED. THIS UNIT
WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 20 LBS.
3
I USING A 7/32” ALLEN WRENCH,
RING BOLT(6) SECURING
THE LOWER HOUSING
REMOVE THE CLAMP
THE UPPER HOUSING (3) TO
ASS’Y.(4) AND SPREAD CLAMP
RING (5,‘.
FIGURE II!- I PERISCOPE INSTALLATION MH45-4!
CONFIDENTIAL
DAE I.5 December 1959 Mi’DONNELL
&/ 4 & PAGE *09
REPORT
SEDR 108
REVISED CONFIliENTIAL MODEL I33
(a) Replace seal assembly between housing and disoennect sill with a
new seal,
(b) Torque attach bolts to 20-@ inch‘pounds,
E-6 Adjus@ent
Any adjustments to the lover housing should be accomplished by, or
under the guidance of3 the vendor or a designated representative.
NWl?l
This also applies to snytrouble shoot-
ing of thfs assembly,
L2-16. Feriscope'Flushing
ESoisture tiich may have accumu1ated.i.n the p&iscope upper housing is
remwed by flushing the area with dry nitrogen. A Flushing Kit
(HDE&90006-7) has been provided for this purpose,, 'The flushing
procedure is as follows:
(a]. Remove the two plugs in the periscope upper housing.
(b) Insert the flushing hose into one of the openLngs, ~_
(c) Adjust nitrogen pressure to 2 psi (normally the relief valve will
relieve pressures higher than 2 psf).
Do not exceed 2 psi, Higher pressures

will result in damage to the periscope
structure. Che@cthat relief valve
a&q&Q relieves above 2 psi.
!.
(d) Fluah upper ti;+sing with nitrogen,
(e) Turn off nitrogen and remove hose,
(f) Install fresh moisture indicator,,
(g) Replace plugs in periscope body*
MAC*s, CM 00 MARse) CONFIDENTIAL

DATE3$ December l959 MtDONNELL
&/ & &&q PAGE *a0
DCVICFI-,
,.b . .“_I CT ~nusc
I,. Li\r”,“,
uiccnum
“..l---.-.
REPbRT SEER 108

REVISED
Occasionally, some of the moisture will

mix with the nitrogen. Therefore$kthe
f&a&kg cycle must be repeated. The
flushing frequency will be determined
through experience under locaL field ..~_.
conditions.
1Z-17. Periscope Optical Cleaning
To clean surfaces that are merely dusty, gently brush the loose dust from
the exposed optical surface with a clean camel hair brnsh, and blow the
:<
dust from the surface with an ear syringe. (Materials and equipment for
cleaning are provided in MDE459006-9Optical Cleaning Kit.) TO clesn
oily or greasy surfaces, proceed as follows:
(a) Wet a pad of absorbent cotton with detergent solution. Pad should
be well moistened but not dripping weta
IWEE
Detergent solution consists of one part
Orvus to 9 parts distilled water or 1
teaspoonful Tide to 1 quart distilled
water. (Orvus and Tide manufactured
by Procter and GambleCO., Cincinnati,
Ohio.)
(b) Gently swab the opticsl surface using a spiral motion from the
center to the edge.
n, (c) Wipe up excess moisture with cheesecloth or lens tissue.
MACZSI CM (IO MAR 58) CONFIDENTIAL c.

DATEIdi December 1959 M’i’DONNELL
& 12J.l
dtc& & PAGE
REPORT SECR 108

i*- REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
CAUTION
Throw away used pads, Never re-use a
pad or piece of lens tissue,,
(d) Dampena clean pad with methyl alcohol:, Wipe the optical surface
in one continuous spiral motion frcan center to edge, Wipe dry with
'--
a clean pad or lens tissue0
(e) When the optical surface is free of oil or grease marks, l&osen any
lint that may remain with a clean cams1 hair brush, and blow the
' surface clean with an ear syringe.
X2=18, Satellite Clock
12 49. Removal
The Satellite,Clock is accessable from the back of the instrument panel
and is removed as follows:
(a) Disconnect electrical connedor from&& of eiiock case.
lb) Removethe four NAS 229 scraws'~~:~~~~he~~OlgS,,,:~,
,?
(c) Remove clock from instrument panel,
zZ-20, Installation
GEE& fi9talpaHm fs the reverse of the removal procedure.
lZL& Adjustment
In addition t$ the obvious means of clock adjustmerrt on the face of the
indicator, one other adjustment feature is incorporated. The Ey
TIM FROMJAURCRindicator may be reset by use of special tool No,
0
12-22, Altimeter
.”
123 3* Removal
The altimeter is accessable from behind I& instrument panel and may be
removed as follows;
CONFIDENT,!AL
DATE15 Deeembera959 MfDONNEI&,&+g &&$&J PAGE “.=-‘*
..-. .---
RFVlSFn CONFIbENTIAL MODEL l33
(a} Disconuect static line connection at back of altimeter case.

-
(b) Removethe four screws (AR 5L!L8) and nuts (NAS 679808) securing
the antennae
(c) Removethe altimeter from the instrument panel.
12-24, Installation
Installation of the altimeter is the reverse of the removal procedure,,
Check @atic
,I, system integrity following altimeter installation.
12-2So Adjustment
There is no external adjustment feature on this sltimeter other than the
obvious aQ,xatmen%on the fron% of the indicator for dialing in desired
pressure altitude settings,
G-26. Earth Path Indica%or
a2a7. Removal
The earth pa%h indica%or is accessible frcnn behind the instrument panel
and can be removed by removing %hefour screws (NkS 229) attaching the
unit %a the instrument panel, The unit may then be removed from the
instrumen%psnel.
X2-28, Installation
Installation of the earth patch indicator is the reverse of the removal
procedure.
X2-29 D Adjustmen%
The only external adjus%men%sto the earth path indicator are the obviou
.
adjustments on the front of the indicator.
12=-30* Angular Rate Indica%or
IL-P. Removsl
The angular rate indicator is accessible from the back of the instrument
panel. Removal 4s aeoomplishedbyfirst disconnecting the electrical
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15’ Decexnbex 1959 S-13
PAGE
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT sEpR 108

connector at the back of the instxument cass and then removing the four
bolts securing the indicator to the instrument panel..
12.32. Installation
Installation of the indicator is the reverse of the removal procedure.
1293. Adjustment
There are no external adjustments provided on the angular rate indicator,
If any adjustments to this unit are required, they should be accomplished
by, or underthe supervision of the vendor representative.
CONFIDENTIAL
- _----
CONFIDENTIAL 13-l
SECCION XIII
INSTRUMENTATION
TABLEOF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION PAGE
TROUBLE SHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-2

REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . .13-58
CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-75
SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..d........................ 13-85
CONFIDENTIAL
- -
DATE15
Dee&m- 1959 MiDONNELL
,&+ 4 & PAGE 13-2
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SJ3DR108
SEcTIOrnXIII. R?~UMENTATIOI?SYSTRM
13-L GEI%ERAL
Sectfon 13 protides procedures, aiiagrsms, fllut3tPatfons and charts to
faciPftate Esystemtrouble shooting and component replacement and adjust-
ment, It 3.8 noted that all system coqponents fxre not necessarily
covered tithin the Replacement and Adjustment areas. In the absence
of such procedure ft may be assumed that the psrtfcular procedure
%dvolved is obviow snd &es not warrant a deta9led &qlauation or
fllustknztion.
x3-2, FZZSTEM
TROUBUSHOOTING
13-30 me follmng trotible shootbg tables have been constructed in con-
f- gun&Son with the fnst~entatfon system check as described in SEDR65.
When a step in the checkout procedure does not provide the result
specified, an sgproprfate syqtom is present in the appli&ble trod3le
shooting table. Electrical schematics sre included af'ter the trouble
shooting tables,
MAC 2-31 CM (10 MAR 88)

CONFIDENTIAL
X3-4. C-AND TAPERECORDER
TROUBLESFIOOTING
(See Figure13-2%)
The folEowfng trouble shooting tsble l93ts'indi&tions which may appear during performance of the
Csmras and Tape Recorder Check described in SEDR65~ If the corrective action column of the
table calls for replamnent or s&justment of a component, refer to the replacement am%adjustment
sectfon for proper procedures, Upon replacement of the component, perform appropriate portions of
the capsule system test to vedfy operation,
IKOICATION PROBABLE
CAUSE ISOLATIONPROCEWRE CORRECTIVE
ACTION
Bore&#& area does Cmera timor not ad- Obvious A&@st mirror per Parsgraph
not appear centered justed properly, x3-45
fn ground glass tiew
Capsule RECORDING Tape supply expended Removecover and observe tape Removerecorder and reLoa&
lanp and traileP or tape broken. supply. per Paragraph
TAPERECORDERlsmp
fa&l to light, Faulty tape recorder Disconnect plug fzmu Jl and jumper If lamps light, remove record-
pin A to pin B on plug, Observe er for repair. Install spare
tiacerting ls3Kps~ recorder.
Tape recorder fuse Disconnect802AGbundleplug from If voltage fs not present, re-
blown. fnstrmentatfon control relay box place instrumentation fuse
and check for 24 volts d-c be- holder.
tweenpinD onplug andground.
Defective wiring. Make point to point cmtinuity Repair wiping.
checks. (See Ffgure 13-13.)
Capsule BECORDING Defective wiring. M&e point to point continuity Repair tiring.
lsmp o~trailer checks of appropriate lsmp circuit.
TAPERECORDEB ON
lsmp fails to ;Ilght.
DATE15 December 1959 MtDONNELL
& & PAGE 13-4 -
FG
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORTe
nr\r,rcm f-‘~NTi’Tl-hlT.NTTAT. rrr\nr, I??
-
CONFIDENTIAL
.__ ..-_ -.- __ __- _ -- - -~, .- --_- I__cI I__.-,..LI -~.,_I
-- ,-_ --.. __- _
-7
Y
REVISED REPORT .SEDR 108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
r RtWISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL -
/-
i
CONFIDENTIAL
INDICATION PROBABLE CAUEX
_I _ - -_".."* _.I ISOLATION
_. ^ .._. PROCEDURE
.. . L_. ../. . CORREICTIVE
I__ 2 ^ ACTION
.I. . .,._
@4K&,&ptii%fr&n~ DiZ;cbtiect‘P2 P&ni iiis&im&it&itioa If PAWoutput‘iS
. __.. I&o* n&t;-‘
@mtitator-E&@r p&k&e B ti ctiect‘bs~XYi&scope pre&d, rep&G c&&&x&iii;-
reci%a ampilfi&r A between‘-&ins"C!e'SR'Of plug, ki+g+~~e~bPa-iiipmike a in
fs not
I present. (Refer to Figure 13-25,) instrmedation package A.
. ..
DeifectivtS d&x be- - Check coax for open or short. Replace faulty coax.
titSe% l.nstpUmetitati&. (Refer to Figure 3.3-25.)
@.cksgeB andumbi~-
Cal.
mutator B wave- Mixer-Pmr SupplyB Intrai.ler, observe B Channel If waveshape indicates low OP
ape fn trsXLer in- not operatfng. attitude change Pate waveshapes ~0 PAH mtput, replace MLxer-
cates low or no at output of dfs@pfmfnat;ors. PowerSupplycardB.
H output but
veshqpe in cap-
le fndeeates PDM m_o,5.
k,$ vco A not In trailer, obseme B channel at- If waveshapes of these ehan-
bput B is satis- operating or requires tftude chauge rate waveshapes at nels sre satisfactory and
ctory. aajustme~t 0 output of discriminators. ccmutgltea data is weak9 a&
&st l&5 kc VCOB esrd 3.n
C!I@ of instrumentation pack-
age B. If necessary replace
VCOB esz'd.
PAMoutput frcm com- Disconnect P1 from instnimentation If PAMoutput is low or not

mutatvtor-keyer-retard package B and connect an osci~o- present, replace commtator-
smplifier B is not scqpebetweenpins Z a&Mm&plug. keyep-recordamplifierB in
present. (Refer to Figure 13-26.) inslxume&a-ti~packegeA.
Defective coax be- Checkcasxfor openor short. Replace faulty coax.

tween instrqmentation (Refer to Figure 13-26.)
psckageBanduuibili-
C&L.
DATE 19%MtDONNELL
15bCt?der L
b@G &&&- PAGE 13-7 -
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SFJB 108
/7 mm.,.-..- PfiNl-i’Tl-hli’NTPT AT .I~l-.CI l??
CONFIDENTIAL
.
DATE 15 Deceniber1959 MtDONNELL

&/ ($ &f&& PAGE =-8 -
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT wR108

P REVISED
- -
CONFIDENTIAL MODEL -
CONFIDENTIAL
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MLSOURI REPORT mR m

-
CONFIDENTIAL
.,
DATE 15 ~Wll’lber 2.9k9 MDONNELL
G G oza;2ibn PAGE 11-u-
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEiDR 108
P nr,,lCr.T f-‘nNl-i’Tl-hli’NTTAT. ..nmc, l??
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 mdbe~ 1959 MtDONNELL&/(-$ & PAGE 13-u
SEDR 108
REVISED ST. LOUI& MISSOURI REPORT
CONFIDENTIAL
MiDONNELL
&
.’ .,.
DOTE15 Deceniber1959 &&!.&q PAGE l-+4.2

FG
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SpFt 108
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 Decembr X25.9
MtDONNELL
& h4L e PAGE 11-13
REVISED ST. LOUIS, rnLsSOURl REPORT SEDR108

/” REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
15iIleecemker
I&p M~DoN~E$g&g 4 &&f&q PAGE - lj-& -

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
r
nr,,lCrw. f”nNBTnK’Nl’TAT. rrr\nc, 122
CONFIDENTIAL
ST. LOUIS, MFSSOURI
,r- REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 1qq
CONFIDENTIAL
+ nc\,,cem t-‘nNTi’TnK’.NTTAT.
,n
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 b3?2der 1959
MtDONNELL
,g$‘+ 4 &y&& PAGE 13-17 -
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT am? 108
M/\C21, CM ~10MAR58~
CONFIDENTIAL
.--. .“..
PAGE u-is
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MkSOURl REPORT - -
r REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133”
13-g* INSl!RUMENTATION
POWER
SUPPLIESIN- TATIONTROUB@SJJotYrING
See Figure 13-l.
13-10. CALIERATIONON JXSTR
-ON TROUBIESEOOTING
See Figure 13-W*
13-L STATICPFtESSURE
_ ~S~~TION TROUBLF:
SHOOTING
See Figure l.3-10.
X3-12. F%RISC!Ol?E
RETRAmAND
. 0005GRELAYINSTR-ON TROUBLESEOOTING
See Figures 13-21 snd U-23.
13-13. CAPSULE
.,"..ACCE=TION IH RRUMEZTATION
TROUBLESWCYPING
See Figure 13-7,
13-14. NOISE IEVEL INSTRUMENTATION
TROUBIZZ
SH-
., See Figure 13-3.

13-150 VBRATION INSi'RW~TION TROUBLESHWING
See Figure 13-3.
13-16. STRUCm TEMpERAm INSTRuMwTATIONTR0TJ.B~SHOOTING
See Figure 13-g*
13-17. ~~0~~ CONTROL
SYSTEMINSTR~TION TROUBIJZ
SWOTING
see Fpgures x3-4, 1~3-5, 13-6 and 1.3-22.
13d3. FiEAC'i'IONCONTROL
SYSTB4~~~~ION~O~~ SJBX+G
See FTgure 13-13.
.X+19. EORIZONXANNERINS~ATI~~~~ SKOOTING
See~F%gwe 13-lai
13-20. AwrmE IN~~~T~oN mouse SBOOT~G
See Figure x3-8,
13-2X. REWTIONCONTROL
SYS'lBt SOLENOID
VOLTAGEINf3%%WWTATION
See Figare $340.
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 1959 MFDONNELL
tiCember &
dtcG & PAGE 13-19
Ei!mR 108
13-22, ATTITUDECHANGE
RATE INSTRUMEWATION
TROUBIZSHOOTING
See Figure 13-26.
13-23. SATELLITECIOCKINSTRUMENTATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
See Figure 13-12.
13-24. PACKAGE
TEWPEWKKJRE
INSTRWNTATIONTROUBIJX
SHOOTING
See Figure 13-2.
13-25. NORMALLAUNCH
SEQUENCE
INSIRUKENTATIONTR0UBI.E
SHO3TING
See Figures 13-15 and 13-16.
13-26. EMERGENCY
ESCAPEINSTRUMENTATION
TROUBU SHOOTING
See Figure 13-15.
13-27. LANDINGSYSTZMINSTRUMESJTATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
See Figure 13-17*
13-28, INSTR~NTATION-TNTRY COMPATIBILITYTROUBIJZ
SHOOTING
See Figures 13-24, 13-25 and 13-26.
13-29. SCBEHATICS
The schematics provided in the sub-section are representative of circuitr
in capsules 2 and 3* Effectivities are noted in the figure titles and
in the field of the drawings. If no effectivity notes are present, the
schematic is effective for both capsules.
List of Schematic Diagrams
Figure No. Title Page
13-l 3 Volt Reference, Ground Reference and 7 Volt, 400 CPS 22
Power Supply Instrumentation Circuits.
la-2 Package OP Body Temperature Instrumentation Circuit 23
13-3 Vibration and Noise Level Instrumentati~ Circuit 24
13-4 CO2and 02 Partial Pressure Instrumentation Circuit 25
CONFIDENTIAL
--, _. ‘.
lfi ~C~eP19k9 MtDONNELL
DATE Q & &&f&q PAGE l-3-20.
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
cv-bhi-l;rTnmnvmr AT ..---. -I???
.
Figure
- No. Title Page
13-5 SWt Inlet.Air Pressure andMsLn 02 Supply Pressure 26
Instrumentation Circuits
., -.,
13-6 CabinAir Temperah&? and Suit Inlet Air Temperature 27
Instrumentation Circuits.
-.._"
13-7 Acceleration InstrumentaLSon CWcu&' 28
..._.
13-8 Attitude Instrumentatioli Circuit 29
_..
13-9
--.,.-.-. Structure Temperatures lhstrume&ation Circuits 30
13-10
-..- _ Static Pressure Instrwuentation Circuit 31
13-ll Horizon Scanwr Instrumentatfon Circuit 32
13-12 Satellite Clock L&tpumentation Circuit 33
X3-13 Reactiorp Co&+rol Supply Pressure Instrumentation Circuits 34
13-14 ll$V, 400 CPSVoltage szzdD-C Current, Monitor Instru- 35
mentation Circuits
13-15 Sequence of Operation a& Escape System Instrumentation 36
(3epcufts
13-16 Retrograde System Instrumentation Circuit 37
u-17 Land&q System Iustrwnegtation Circuit 38
13-18 Standby Inverter On and Staadby Battery On Instrumenta- 39
tion CBrcuit
13-19 Calfbration On Monitor Ihstrumentatlon Circuit 40
13-20 RCS Solenoid Valve Positfons lhstrumentation Circuit 41
13-21 Periscope Retract Imstrumentat~on Circuit 42
~3-22 Cabin Pressure and 24V D-C Voltage Monitor Instrumenta- 43

tfon Circuits
13-23 0.05G Relay Actuation lnstrxuneutation Circuit 44
MAC 291 CM 00 MAR Lm

CONFIDENTIAL
Figure I&x nt1e
13-24 Comutator-Keyer-Recor& kuplifier Output Circuit
U-25 ,Ekib-CapTier Oscillators Cfrctit

13-26 Attitude Change Rate Instrumentation Circuits,@psule
2). :%,.q,;,
13-27 3V D-C Power Distribution Cirfkit 48

13-28 24 Volt D-C Puwe~ Mstributfon Circuit 49
13-29 ll.5 vol.t and 6.3 volt Pgwer Distributim circuit 52
X3-30 v 400 CPSPower Distribution Circuit 53
13-31 Calibrate Control CLrctit 54
X3-32 Playback Tape Recorder Circuit 55
u-33 Aeromedieal Ikdrtmmtatiw Circuit (Capsule 3) 56
X3-34 Chimp Reaetfoa lLibmmen%ation Circuit (Capsule 3) 57
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December 1959. ,f&+ &,
MtDONNELL d PAGE 13-22
SEDR 108
133
R‘EVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
INSTPUMENTATION PACKAGE ‘A”

45-88100 r--------1
* I
3v D-C I
QEKTC 3V D-C t---------- A\204
POWECZ OISTQI BUTION COMMUTATOP-
Cl RCUIT
KBk’L CZ -
IA’-
!ZECORD AMPUFIER,
2 ‘A’
,NSTP”MENTAT!ON 45-88709-3 I
COMMON 2’2
A60Y
(REF. TO Powae
D\STiz\R”TIOh) CIBCU\-rS
ALIY
PEF.TO 7v 4OOCPS (PEE TO PZ-A 1

POWER DISTRIBUTION A396Y AND PZ-6 ON
CIRCUIT KEYECl -COMMUTATOR
33 OVTPUTctecu\T) 1
1 ..:
A539Y
3 PI-A, ;
47 5\4NAL GROUND
PI-R -
LJJ II
KEVEP - COMMUTATORI
OUTPUT C\PCU\T) ,
NOTE
SlGNAL SIMULATOR UNIT MDE458800, DOE5 NOT SIMULATE SIGNALS FOR T/M
CHANNELS ,.24ND3. liOWWEP,TESTJKKS ON-WE SIMULATOR MA9 BE UTILIZED TQ
“ERIFY PRESENCE OF 3V D-C IN THE SYSTEM.
FIGURE 13-t 3 VOLT REFERENCE, GROUND REFERENCE AND 7 VOLT 400 CPS
POWER SUPPLY INSTRUMENTATIONClRCUlTS(CHANNELS 1,2,3)
CONFIDENTIAL
&/ ($ d PAGE 13-23
REPORT
SEDR 108
133
REVISE0 CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
r------
---A
FIGURE 13-2 PACKAGE OR BODY TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTATION CIRCUIT (CHANN,EL 4)

MH05 -w
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December1959 MYDONNELL
,&+ 4 e PAGE 13-24
REPORT SEDR 108

133
r--
REFER -TO 24V D-C

PCXAIED
‘-- --“” I:r-FTl”‘““,I j-j;;
I
NOISE
VIBRATION
ENDEVCO
AMPLIFIER
(45-88714)
NOTES I
f-
L-- ---- --lWA IN5T2>hlEhTAT!ON PhCKAGE x Pm--------!

45-88100
FIGURE 13-3 VIBRATION AND NOISE LEVEL \NSTRUMENTATION CIRCUI-I- MH45-e

D CHANNELS 5,12,‘27,49,71 AND 85
D CHANNELS 5, \‘2,27,49,7 I AND f%
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December1959 MYDONNELL
,&‘,++&- PAGE 13-25
SEDR 108
133
.AUNCH OXYGEN
‘VARNING LIGHT
45-79720-43 ,
H46C22
-H 53822
02 PARTIAL 1
TB-U2 I PRE55URE ,
1 (SCHEMATIC AMP. ,
, WILL BE
I SUPPLIED (~5~E~
’ WHEN WILL I3
LEFT HAND ; AVAILABLE) sv PPLI’
L--------J
45-81010 REC A”!LEf%LE) /
NOTE
;NAL SIMULATOR ~~~4588002-1
N BE USED TO SIMULATE SIGNALS
r TP6 AND TP7 ,NSTRlJMENTAT,ON r----------------------,
PACKAGE ‘A”
(REF. 45-88iC0)
TRANSDUCER
45-88715-3
--_--------------J
,------------------------
I
I
COMMUTATOR - KEYER- ;
RECORD AMPLIFIER B I
45-88709 -5 I
I
I
REFER TO PZB ON
COMMUTATOR- KEYER - ;
RECORD AMPLIFIER I
INS-m
ENVI
1AlN INSTRUMENT PANEL (45sSIOOO REF) MH45.
IGURE 13-4 CO2 AND 02 PARTIAL PRESSURE INSTRUMENTATION CIRCUITS(CHANNELS 6.7,)
CONFIDENTIAL
,f&+ g e PAGE 13-26
REPORT
SEDR 108
133
IL4_spesL3-\
+- ’
I !.
FIGURE 13-5 SUIT INLET AIR PRESSURE AND MAIN 0, SUPPLY PRESSURE INSTRUMENTATION
CIRCUITS (CHANNEL 69) MW5-!2
CONFIDENTIAL
& & & PAGE 13-27
REVISED REPORT
SEDR 108
ST.LOUIS. MlkOURI
133
INLET AIR 1.EMPERATURE TRANSDUCERS

RUGE BN 274
1 INSTRUMENTATION PACKAGE “A”
I 45-88100
r----- 1
r-----i
MB,------,
02-f
OIY
ow
I
r------------- DETAIL ‘A’

------ ____
45-88207-l
Iu T PlA AT/h*<~inhl
r - --
I I- --7
1 U-KEY K - SHIPS GND.

T- CH. NO. 2 OUTPUT F - FULL SCALE CALIBRATE CONTROL W&,
1 S- CH.NO. I OUTPUT M- 7V.400 ‘2%
, F; ;;M~CRpY5,GND. w- SIG COMMON I
v- 516. IN NO. I
I E- ZERO CALIBRATE CONTROL BUS. X- 51‘. IN NO. 2 I
z - SHlELD
I-.------ _____ ----------..-.,....I
FIGURE 13-6 CABtN AIR TEMPERATURE AND SUIT INLET AIR TEMPERATURE
INSTRUMENTATION CIRCLIITS(CHANNELS IO AND I\)
MH45- 63
CONFIDENTIAL
Lk GA PAGE 13-28
v
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
133
8114Gd7
LATERAL
r L-----J
i/
-c
-E
--F
--N
! “““f-i- I
-F
-R
FlG,UUE 13-7 ACCELERATION INSTR’

(D CHANNELS 13,14,E,23,~
L
(DCWANNELS 13,14,15,24,4 tan454
CONFIDENTIAL
--
,$-+ (-$ e PAGE 13-31
REVISED SEDR 108

133
INSTRUMENT PANEL
~45-81000)
,-
I N5TRUMENTATlOM
PACKAGE A
45-86100
r--------------
REFER TO 3V D.C
POWER DlSTRl6UTlON
CIRCUIT
COMMUTATOR- I
KEYER OUTPUT I
I
:---?!F!T------,
FILTER CAPACITOR
r------------ 1
I
I
I
I
COMMUTATOQ -
KEYELk-QECORD ,
f- 5TATIC PRE55UfS INFUT AT TPZ2

BYDI5LONNLCTING PI AND CONNECT-
ING SIMULATOR CABLING lhl ITS
PLbLCt
FIGURE 13-10 STATJC PRESSURE ~N~TRIJME~~TAT~~N CIRWT(CHANNEL~~)
CONFIDENTIAL
G 4 ‘+,/.&&. PAGE 13-32
REPORT
SEDR 108
REVISED ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
133
TS-+z
-1
I
l- FfEFER
czIY-coMMoN
TO ?,“OLS
I
POWER Dl5lRl0UT-
ION CIRCUIT
--- 1
COMMUTATOR-
yc”ezD-
COhhMu-rAToR-
I AK-.. .-.-
45-887rn-3
I ‘B’
cob. PCS
REFER T-3 0
AMPU!=\ER-
OUTPUT C\RCV\T
L --------A
A PITCTCIL
I6NORE IN
I
FIGURE 13-11 HOR\ZON SCANNER INSTRUV :NTAT\ON CIRCU I-I-S
(CHANNELS 25,59,86,88)
CONFIDENTIAL
&/ ($ & PAGE 13-33
REVISED
SEDR 108
133
/-
I I
I
I
I
I
-_t
I I 4
w v u T .s 4 P N M L IC s)
PTooP-2*-55sw
I I
NOTE
SIGNAL SIMULATOR MDE4588002 CAN-BE USED TO SIMULATE CLOCK INPUTS AT THE.
TEST POINTS INDICATED BY DISCONNECTING PZ AND CONNECTING 5lMULATOR ChBLING Mlu!
FIGURE 13-12 SATELLITE CLOCK INSTRUMENTATION CIRCUIT (C~IANNELS 26,28,29,30.31.32,s,34,3q36,3~3~
CONFIDENTIAL
Q (‘$ e PAGE 13-34
SEDR 108
133
r,.
I--
SIGNAL SIMULATOR
MDE4588002-I CAN
BE USEDTO SIMULATE
THE SIGNAL ATTP39
AND TP40 BY CIS-
CONNECTING PI &ND
P2 AND CONNECTING
SIMJLATOR CABLiNG
TB-QP
f- A300Y
WTPUT CLRC”lT
INSTRUMENTATION PACKAGE ‘n”
45-88100 i------J
FIGURE 13-13 REACTION CONTROL SUPPLYPRESSURE INSTRUMENTATIONClRCUlTS (CHANNEL39&&

+
CONFIDENTIAL
Lb &- PAGE 13-35
u
REVISED REPORT
SEDR 108
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
133
NOTE
SIGNAL SIMULATOR MDE4588002-I
CAN BE USED TO SIMULATE THE
SIGNAL 41 TP42 BY DISCONNECTING
*MMETBR SN”NT PZ AND CONNECTING SIMULATOR
CABLING
--------- CH31
INSTRUMENTATION PACKAGE ‘r
I--- .- --loo1
------------7I
COMMUTATOR-KEYER I
RECORD AMPLIFIER 0 1
r -------- ----.------~ 45-80709 -3
I REFER TO P26 ON ‘OMMUSA~;
I 3zCB1 TUERMI5TOR 8 I OR-KEYER-RECORD AMPLIFIER,
- ----OUTPUT -----
ClFZCLJlT ____ A
Ccl1 400~ MONITOR PACKAGE A

(REF. 45-38203-\)
L-----_--------_------
DETAIL A
r---- ------------------_
I 1
I I
*TO 66 SELECTED
TERMINALS FCC&GAIN DE5IRED
/
I
F
.I
K ET L
FULL SCALE CAL. GND ZERO CAL.
,- i _---.----- BUS BUS
------D.C.AMPLIFIER ---------
45-88215-I
-I
DETA\L 0
FiGUREl3-14 IlSV,4OOCP5 VOLTAGEAND D-C CURRENT
MONITOR IN5TRtiMENTATlON CIRCUITS MU45-60
CONFIDENTIAL
,&+ ($ & PAGE 13-36
SEDR 108
133
LAUNCH 6 ORBIT RELAY BOX II

45-700.34
FTSAZZ
NOT SEP. WI*
“3TOWER SEP SENX)(1
FT6A7.Z
INJTRUMENTATION
45-88102
----------CH33
PACKAGE “C”
1
ATTENUATOR
TKb8A22
TK93B20
I I -7 I
FT5822 FT4,322’ /
FT7822
P5 (In F a L>
,
r-------
I TMCliAN L& kt
I
I
:: 9
I COMMUTATOR-KEYER-
1 RECORD AMPLlFlER”x 6,, ,O - 1
;‘P
45-88709-3
’ REFER TO PZA
’ COMMUTATOS?KEYEP.
; RECORD AMPLIFIER
, OUTPUT CIRCUIT
I
L------7---, ‘PIA
lGUREl3-15 SEQUENCEOF OPERATIONAND ESCAPESYSTEMINSTRUMENTATIONCIRCUlTS~CHANNELS46476061~
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December1959 ,&++ &
MtDONNELL & PAGE 13-37

ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
133
----
r--
RECOCZD-
AMI
‘B’ 45
REFER
KCfEP-
RECORP- -osc CA.BLI NG,.
AMPL\F,EP
ClOTPUT 2
c\ PCU Lf
B
FIGURE 13-16 ClRCU\T

MH45-71
CONFIDENTIAL
,&+, G e PAGE 13-38
REVISED REPORT
SEDR 108
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
133
NOTE RECOVERY RELAY BOX#i

SIGNAL SIMULATOR MDE 458gOO2-I (45-5-78086)
CAN BE USED TO SIMULATE THE IN-
PUT 5lGNALS AT TP 54 THROUGH TP58
BY DISCONNECTING P5 AND CONNECT-
ING SIMULATOR CABLING.
ANTENNA FAIRING
SEP. RELAY *3
--I4622 +-----7
INSTRUMENTATION - LFT,4A22 I
PACKAGE
1 “C”
45-88102
DROGUE
DOOR RELAY
-TK6BA22
TKG8J20d
DEPLOY ED
MAIN CHUTE DEPLOV SW. 45-7W br3
:I
‘““A2 7 L
c
--- TWX1 -
MISC. FUSE HOLDER ! I
L TiZ68L28 A
DiPLOYED
RESERVE CHUTE DEPLOY
SWITCH 45.-lTl3~\3
P
I
i--
e -
1 IFT17C22 -+-----FTf7622- G FTi7A20

~
-- CHUTE COMPARTMENT
-- 1
I ’ FT17C22 -
I
FT15C22
h .i E s(
COMMUTATOR-
KEYER- RECORD
AMPLIFIER “Pi’
45-08709-3
REF. TO P2A ON
COMMUTATOR -
KEYER - RECORD
AMPLIFIER OUT-
PUT CIRCUIT
-.,---.--._<-_
INSTRUMENTATION PACKABE”A’ 45-88100
CONFIDENTIAL
,&+ ($ & PAGE 13-39
SEDR 108
133
POWER AND CONTKOL (XLAY

45-78OBl
I I
I
TB-A.3
--a+
1
I
FIGURE 13-18 STANDBY INVERTED ON AND

STANDBY BATTERY 0~ INSTRUMENTATION CIRCUIT (CHANNEL 62,63) MH45-55
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December1959 ,&+ g
MfDONNEIL e PAGE 13-40
SEDR 108
133
I
PROGRAMMeR
4.5-0e710-5 ’
I
I
------ 1
-- ---
TENUATQR 1
CH33_! AND M\XERCA.POI
KPYERZ-
R!ECOPD
COMMUTATOR- I
PZ-Ai KRYER-
ili%l PECOizcJ !
-A454Y
FIGURE13-19 CALIBRATION ON MONtTOR INSTRUMENTATION CIRCUIT(CHANNEL64) M”45-58
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December 1959 M!DONNELL
Q G e PAGE 13-41
SEDR 108
133
P
CONFIDENTIAL
Q & e PAGE 13-42
SEDR 108
REVISED sT.LouIs. MlSSOURl REPORT
133
QEFEP
To
3v
o-c
POWEQ
oLsTPle”TlobA
ClL2CUrr
r
--- n --------
;g
r----- z!P ; JFZBI
, ;‘4f-K,
I-.-Y I
i---------! i--.--.-A
PeCrAGiE‘&
INSTPUMENT~TiON
I 45-88100
FIGURE13-21 PERISCOPE RETRACT INSTRUMENTATION CIRCUIT (CHANNEL72) MH,,5;10
CONFIDENTIAL
15 December1959 MYDONNELL
LB Gh PAGE 13-43
v
REVISED SEDR 108
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT
133
P
C12Y -
REFER TO 3V D-C POWER
C352Y - DlSTRl9UTlON
CIRCUIT
C15lY -
45-08705-3
CABIN PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
----------_ -7
COMMUTATOR I
KEYER I
,Y RECORD I
AMPLIFIER
‘8’
Y 45-80709-3
(REFER TO
P20 ON
COMMUTATOR
KEYER
OUT PUT
ClRCUlT)
I
NOTE -- I
SIGNAL SIMULATOR MDE4588002-\ REFER To 24V D-C POWER
L
DISTRIBUTION K
,I-----
INPUT SIGNAL AT Tp8.2 BY DIS- 7
ClRCUlT 10
CONNECTING PZ AND CONNECTING -l , COMMUTATOR :
SIMULATOR CABLING KEYER I
Af24G -, RECORD I
AMPLIFIER “n’ 1
r------------, CHt 45-88709-3
(REFER TO
PZA ON
COMMUTATOR
YE’(ER
OUT PU-r
CIRCUIT) ,
I
I
PZA :----_ .----------___
I l 5K
, 2.5
‘Kf R AlOY --1 COMMON
!T
i CARD ASSEMBLY ’ INSTRUMENTATION
I 45-88203-l ; PACKAGE ‘A’
L-------------A 45-88100
FIGURE 13-22 CABIN PRESSURE AND 24V D-C

VOLTAGE MONITOR INSTRUMENTATION CIRCUIT
MH45.X
- - - ---- -
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December1959 ,&‘+ g e
MtD0NNEI.J PAGE 13-44
REVISED SEDR 108

133
P
7 I
W +TK6(3822-
[II*
‘h 805M
X
RECORD AMPLIFIER
OUTPUT CIRCUIT
:
<
&2 0.056 RELAY
ASCS RELAY PANEL E
45 -78090
L-
RECORD-AMPLIFIER 0 1
43-08709-3 I
REFER TO P2B ON ’
KEYER -COMMUTATOR - 1
RECORD AMPLIFIER
NOTE OUTPUT CIRCUIT ,
I
SIGNAL SIMULATOR MDE 450&X12-c’ I
I
INPUT SIGNAL AT TP87 BY DISCON-
NECTING P5 AND CONNECTING SIM-
ULATOR CABLING.
INSTRUMENTATION
PACKAGE “A
f- 45-moo
cJ-----l
FIGURE 13-23 OOtSg RELAY ACTUATION INSTRUMENTATION CIRCUIT (CHANNEL87) M)(4t,,
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December1959 MDONNELL
,&-+ & ‘,.&& PAGE 13-45
SEDR 108
133
A
r------- l-l /--AZ7Y -CIRCUIT

I CIRCUIT
+--A216
*1,7t -
POWER GROUND
A432y-I r---
A55Y -
IN5TRUMENTATION COMMON
REFER TO 3V DC POWER
DISTRIBUTION C\Rc”IT
INSTRUMENTATION A&Y
PACKAGE ‘A‘
45-88100
_I J4 YG
l’Ti44AZZ
FT143A22 TAPERECOROEC
FTI4lAZt 45-08707-m
I’Tl42A22 REFER TO TAPE
REFER TO SUB- RECORDER CIRCUI
RX56b.22
TOM CIRCUIT RY55A22
RX5BAZZ
.P2
NOTE
TO VERIFY PRESENCE OF PDM OUTPuT AT TP9,,
CONNECT JUMPER CABLE ASSEMBLY MDE 4588026
TO J4 OF IN5TRUMENTATlON PACK&E “A”
FIGURE 13-ZACOMMUTATOR-KEYER-RECORD AMPLIFIER OUTPUT CIRCUIT MH45-40

CONFIDENTIAL
-
& c & PAGE 13-46
v *
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
133
t 1
12
D
-
-
-
-
-
-
- z::;p;/ ------
SCHEMATIC
I I
-7
I I
I
VCO SCHEMATIC (TYPICAL)
L--------------.-l
- 8316 -,
-
?3
-
2
-
r
-
,-
FIGURE 13, 5 SUB-CARRIER OSCILLATORS CIRCUIT MH35- II
CONFIDENTIAL
Lf ($ - pAG’ 13-47
SEDR 108
133
REVISED- CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
k=EP T-0 S”BCAPIE,EP

I OSCILLATOP C,Qc”,T 1
L-------J
VCLTAGE CONI-KLLEO ,
O?LICLAT04
45-88700-17
45-eez14-I
L-------2
FIGURE 13-26 ATTITUDE CHANGE RATE I~J~TRUMENTATI~KI CIRCUITS (CAPSULE 2) MH45’,0
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December1959 ,&‘+ G

ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
133
--AlFAG-
J4 \ I w K M a E u v A
D PIN K OFCblt I5 JUMPERED a PIN A OF CHI IS JUMPERED mPINS C.Y,AUDN or Ltib

TO PIN~OFLUZ,CRS,LU4, TO PIN a OF‘L.m,‘H3, cl.4, APE JuMPERED TO PIMSC,
AND ‘“5 BYBME U,Ro cl.45 RY 6455 CARD K, AUD N REbPELTIVELY OF
A55EMBLY 45-883X-3 A55E MBLY 45-95X0-3 cu7,caa,w9,cuto ANDCUll
DETAIL A INSTRUMENTATION PACKAGE “K
P.EF.TO S”&cAeR,E~
OSCILL4TOR CIRCUIT
TJPIN J OF cN22 r5 JUMPERED DPIN J OFCHIZ I5 JUMP- BPIN J OFCUIQ IS JUMP- aPIN K OFCHIZIS JUMPER-
TOPINJOFCU7.3,Ch.i24, EREOTOPINJOFCHl3, ERtDTOPIMJ OFCHZO ED TOPIN K OFCUIZTNRU
CN2S AND LH 26 BY 5ASE CU\4,LU\S,C~lb,CHll,ANO, ANDCIIZI BY BASE CF\RD CUZl BY BASE CARD
CARD AS5EMBLY CUM3 BY BASE LARD AS5EMBI.Y 45-88201-I ASSEMBLY 45- 807.01-1
65;88201-3 ASSEMBLY 45-88291-1
DETAIL 6 IN’STRUMENTATION PACKAGE’%“
FIGURE 13-28 24VoLT D-C POWER D\STRIBUTION CIRCUIT (5UEET 20F3) MH4f-8,-
CONFIDENTIAL
Q ($ & PAGE J-51
SEDR 108
133
- C127G
REF. TO TIM
CHANNEL 7
c.lRCUlT
bETAiL C INSTRUMENTATION PACKAGEnC‘
FIGURE 13-28 24VOLT D-C POWER DISTRIBUTION ClRCUIT(SHEET 30F 3) MU45-81.:

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December 1959 ,&‘+, G
REVISED REPORT
SEDR 108
ST.LOlJI%, MISSOURI
133
FAN BUS
TB- Pi
INSTRUMENTATION
PACKAGE ‘A
REFER TO COMMUTATOR-
-TK 7AZO---K
A47G ---+ KEYER OUTPUT CIRCUIT
--TK6A20-X-
-TKBA20- B -
ICISTRUMENlI0I.I
PACKAGE ‘C”
45-Sal02
D-C CURRENT
AMPLIFIER-A” I
45-88703-l I
-TK33A2Owrr
REFER TO
T/M CHAbJNEL
42 CIF?aJl-r
LIFIER ‘A’
45-88708-5
7 CIRCUIT
CH 34’ L-------------:
fj) PINS A.B AND K OF CHI ARE J~PERED TO plus @ PlNSA#AND K OFCH3o ARE JUMPERED TO FINS
A. 6 ANOK, RE~PKTLVELY. OF CHZ,CH3, CH4 ANP A,BANDK RESPECT\VELY, OF CH31 A).LD CH32
CH5 BY BASE cA4D ASSEMBLY 45-88200-1. BY BAsE CARD A55~M6t.Y 45- Bezoz- I .
THE CARDS WHICH pu)G INlo CH2 CH3, CIi4AND THE CARPS WHICH PLO& MT0 a31 ANDCtt32
045 ARE PARTS OF CIRCUITS FO& -rfbl CHAN- $~NPr4r OF C\Rc.ulTS WU V’M CHANNELS
NELS 4 AND 6.
F I CURE 13-29 I I5 VOLT AND 6.3 VOLT 400 CP5 POWER DISI-RIBUTION CIRCUIT
MH455-82
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December1959 MfDONNELL,&'+
& & PAGE 13-53
REVISED SEDR 108

133
CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
INSTRUMENTATION PACKAGE*A” 45-88100 (REF.)

Fr--- __________ ---__-------_----_----_
I I I r-7 /TI I
PI
8.2 K 44
R3 680
CH0
@l--l-
I” 4OOCpS OUTPUT APPLIED L

ro PLUG.IN AMPLIFIERS
,FT/MCUANNELS 10,11,19,
LO AND PI C M-
!EFER TO + A369Y- 5
~MCHANNEL
>CIPCUIT
PESISTANCE ELEMENT A-C POWER

SUPPLY CARD ASSEMBLY
45882Oh-I
4
I
I
COMMON t- A55Y
----------- -- 1
DPINS ATHRUR OF CHS ARE JUMPERED TO

PINS ATHR” P. RESPECTIVELY OF CHl.CHs,
CH9,CHIO,ANDCHII BY BASE CARD
ASSEMBLY 45-88200-3
2. RESISTANCE “ALVES ARE EXPRESSED IN OHMS
3. CAPACITANCE VALUES ARE EXPRESSED IN
MlCROFARADS
FIGURE 13-30 7V 400CPS POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT

MH45%3
CONFIDENTIAL
& & & PAGE 13-54
u
ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
133
REVISED
CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
GROUND TEST UMBILICAL

CALIBRATE SWITCH
YALE
Cl-ix) 31 32
GAG- ------ ----1
u
CH34
INSTRUMENTATION PACKAGE “C”
45-88 102
P4 r
I----
No Al30G - F - F F - F- F FULL SCALE
E AIJZG-E-E E-E-E ZERO
I :ULL SCALE
lcwc I PROVI: SIONS

L cuz3-4 5
(REF45 .79097)
INSTRUMENTATION PACKAGE “A”
19 J 45-88100
#t
T&G3
FlGUREl3-31 CALIBRATE CONTROL CIRCUIT

MH45-E
CONFIDENTIAL
&/ ($ & PAGE 13-55

ST.LOUIS. MISSOURI
133
PTObP-14-IZP FTOCIP-W-125
3000WH,
BATTERY. P104AlO -
MS25183-20-IBP
CAMERA-TAPE
RECORDRELAY
%I% e’u”T:o4&XL? T
77
------
---------
1 PTO6P-IOdP PTOCP-14-193
(ABCDLF f-N R
I I I I I
TSR4
M525183-to-45
45 79727.277
3 -cm&o--j+ PLO4AIO -
-
SPECIAL
INST’RUMENTATION INSTR.
FUSE2
HOLDER
PALL&z ,
45- 88510 ( F
FIGURE 13-32 PLAYBACK TAPE RECORDER CONTROL CIRCUIT

MH45 -I I8
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December1959 VDONNELL
Q G m PAGE 13-56
REVISED 133
CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
Ct41MP COUCH 1 0, /--I, I r------_ I
-
FGURE 13-33 AEF?OMED\CA~ \NSTRUMENTAT\ON C\RCU\T
(CAPSULE 3)
MU45-vz6
CONFIDENTIAL
,&“+ & & PAGE 13-57

ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI
REVISED 133
CONFIDENTIAL MODEL
COUCH(REE) 4FECOZ7
- - -- - -M
I~ .) .,
<II.
PZ P5
K R Y v v
r- ----a-----
fibkLb-
--a-----
1
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I 1 I 1 I
PACKAGE"A"
---------- ----------------- -J
FIGURE 13-34 CHIMP RESPONSE INSTRUMENTATION CIRCUIT(CAPSULE3)

MH45-126
CONFIDENTIAL
_
15 December 1959 MtDONNELL
DATE & SG e PAGE 13-58
REVISED ST.LOUIS,
M&SOUru REPORT SEDR108
P. REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133.
This s&-section contains information covering replacement and adjust-

ments of various instrumentation system assemblies and subassemblies.
Since system relf&ility fs decreased by disturbance of ccmponents
aud electrical, wiring, assembly replacement should be kept at a
minimum. Prior to replacement of any asse&ly, estdblish the neces-
sity of perfoe replacement. Data fs valid for capsule 2 only.
13-31. Instrumentation Control System Relay Panel Assembly (&j-i%ZIg2-1)
The Lnstrumentation 0Wcrol system relay panel assembly is attached
to a bracket on the underside of the upper shelf on‘the lef% side of
the capsule. Replacement procedures for the relay psnel sre obvious.
/---
Upon replacement of the relay panel, perform the Cameras and Tape
Recorder check as described In Paragraph 2-15 of SEBR 65.:'.
u-32. Pilot Observer Camera (45-88704-l)
The pilot observer csmera fs mounted on the lower left side of the
int3trtmlent pseel.
13-33. ~~mov?.l
(a) Disconnect electrical connector from the csmera.
(b) Grasp cEmLerafirmly f%m underside of panel and r&qe bolts.
(c) Carefully move crsfya away fran instrumen+ paneluntilleng is
clear of panel, then move camera duwn and uuder the instrument
pauel.
13-34. Adjustment
The following elesrsnce& must be adjust& when found out of tolerance
or when warrantd by faulty camera performance.
MAC 23, CM (10 MM3 88)

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 3$-t=@= 1959 MtDONNELL
&/ f’+ Q&&& PAGE 13-59
(8) Film Px~sure Plate Buttons. The clearance between the film
"
aperture plate and the film pressure gl8te buttons of the
film gate assembly, shallbe maintained to between 0.005:dd
0.006 fnchesw Thts.,~clea~ance may be,checked with 8 feeler @age.
To m&e the adjustient, the film guide assdly must be removed
ana e8ch ~PSSSU&button &juste& 1nClepenatntl.y. The gate
assembly is then replaced and the cleszsnce checked s&n. If
further adjustmeat is needed the gate assembly must again be
removed and the adjustment procedure repeated.
(b) Upper Take-up Spreeket Guide. The cleaPagce between the upper
.tske-up sprocket guide and the uppep t&e-up sprocket must be
maintdned at 0.010 2 0.002 inches. This adjustment may be
ma&eby loosening the two screws which hold the upper take-up
-
gu%&emount to the gear plate and moving the mount until the
necessary elearsnce has been atta%ned. Make sure the sprocket
gtdae fs in its closed positfon
. while making desxance check.
(e) Lower Take-up Sprocket Guide. The c~earanee between the lower
t&se-up sprocket @i&e and the larer take-up sprocket must be :v‘.'\:
mafntafued to O.OPO+ 0.002 inches. This adjustment may be
made byCLoloo&zningthe two screws that hold the lower t8ke-up
SPPocket guide mount to the gear plate and moving the mount
Until the necesssxy cle8muee has been attained. Make sure
the sprocket guise is in its dosed position while making

clearance check.
r- (a) Feea sprceket Guide. The clearance between the feed sprocket
ana the feea sprocket guise must be maintained at 0.010 2 0.002
CONFIDENTIAL
& g & PAGE 13-60
REVISED ST. LOUIS, M~SOURI REPORT SEDR 108
m REVISED , CONFIDENTIAL MODEL, '33
i?l&.SS 0 This adjustment mq be ma&eby moving ths adjustment

azm untflthe necessary cle~anee is atttied. To loosen the
screw that secures the adjustmeat arm, the pin drive shield
must be remove&
Move the shuttle to engage _
shuttle claw tips fully into film perforations. Set and lock
esm in a posftion just past open%ngof Sl. Test operate the
csmera to check that the shuttle always stops d&h shuttle
claw tips fully engaged fnto film perforationa.
13-35. Installation
(a) Place csmera behind instnrment panel and insert lens through
A
hole in ppaael.
(b) Alfgg holes in esmera bosses with holes in instnmtbnt panel.
Iz~ert four bolts and secure.
(c) Attach electrical connector to csmera.
(a) Perform Cameras and Tape Recorder Check as described in
SET 65. s
MAC 231 CM (10 MAI? 88)

CONFIDENTIAL
.
DATE 15 December 1959 MiDONNEFLL G & PAGE 13-61 -
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEDB 108
n REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL '33
1336. Instrument Panel Observer Camera (4%88704-3)

The instrument panel observer camera is instal?.ed on the inboard side of
the webbing to the left of the vertical centerline near the upper edge of
the large pressure bulkhead.
13-37. Removal
&a) Disconnect the electrical connector.
(b) Supporting the camera with one hand, remove the tm bolts on the
forward outboard end of the camera,
(c) Slide the camza forward and remove from the capsule.
13-38. Adjustment
Same as described for pilot observer camera in Paragraph 13-34.
13-39. Installation
(a) Placethe camera between the angle supports attached to the web-
'bing. (Have Mm magazine on inboard side.)
(b) Slide the camera aft until the guide pins on the aft face of the
camera are firmly seated. ( ?Xote that the threaded inserts in the
forward outboard end ofthe camera are aligned with the holes in
the angle brt&eCs,)
(c) Insert a bolt through each of the holes through the angle bracket
and secure the camera, Use two washers under the head of each bolt,
(d) Connect the electrical connector.
(e) Perform the Camsras end Tape Recorder Check as described in SEXY%
(&$"j;8y
13~JAI. Earth and Sky @amera(W-88706-1)

The earth and sky camera is installed adjacent to the capsule window.
U-41. Removal
(a) Disconnect the electtrical connector,
MAC
23,CM(10MAR
581 CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15December 1959 MtDONNELL
Q (--$e PAGE 13-62 -
REPORT
smi 108
,f- REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL u3
(b) Remove the two upper mounting bolts,

(c) DoosenXhe twolower mounting bolts and slide the camera up to bring
the heads of the lower bolts to the large circular area at the
upper end of the slots. Lift camera face and remove from capsule.
(d) Place lens cap over lens,
13&z. Adjustment
If the negative is overexposed at the beginning of each frame, the
shutter slit is opening too early, If the negative is underexposed at
the beginning of each frame, the shutter slit is opening too late. To
correct either of these conditions make the following adjustments.
(a) Removeleft camera cover on side to which cable is attached.
(b) Pulse camera, A%jurt $3 into heavy or light engagement with the
switch lever assembly. Moving S3 away from (lighter engagement) the
lever assembly causes the curtain to open later and the curtain sli.1
becomes wider atthe start of exposure. Bovini(; S3 closer to the
lever assembly (heavy engagement) causes the curtain to open sooner
and the curtain slit becomes narrower at the start of the exposure.
NOTE
En:;sgirig 93 and the lever assembly in too
heavily causes double or continuous cycling,
Engaging too lightly stops camera operation.
If preceding steps do not correct exposure,
perform remaining steps,
(c) Removeright cover.
(d) Loosen curtain spring adjustment locking screw,
(e) Ifurn curtain spring adjustment screw clockwise to increase shutter
velocity and counter clockwise to decrease velocity. Do not turn
CONFIDENTIAL
REPORT SEDRlOf!
screw more thsn five turns in either direction.

ff) Tighten locking screw and install covers.
134+3+ To adjust shutter width perform the following procedure.
(a) Bemove cover from side opposite cable and separate cover from
camerabody.
(b) Loosen two locking screws on slit adjustment bar.
(c) Turn slit adjusting screw clockwise to widen slit or counter-
clo&wise to narrow slit. One quarter turn af the screw chan@es
slit width approximately 0.015 inches.
(d) Hand cycle the camera to t&e out lost motdon.
(e) Tighten slit adjustment bar locking screws.
(f) Install cover.
13-u. Whenever a camera is put aside for storage, set shutter at "5'00" and
operate the handcrank until the shutter trip off and the slit is at the
aa of its movement. These adjustments allow camera storage with a
minimum of stress on the curtain springs.
13-45. Installation and Boresighting
(a) Insert a bolt with a washer in each of the two threaded inserts in
the camera magazine. Use inserts on side which does not have a
shielded input cable recessed in the magazine, Leave a space of
about l/S of an inch between the masher and the face of the camera.
(b) Align camera with the mounting bracket and insert the heads af the
protruding bolts through the circular area above the lower slots in
tihe mounting bracket,
(c) Slide the camera down to where the bolts bottom in the slots.
(d> Place a bolt with a washer througheach of the upper holes in the
mounting bracket and secure,
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE3$December 1959 ,&+, ($
M’;‘DONNELL & PAGE 13-64 -
REVISED RiPORT sai 108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
--. ..---
KtVlbtlJ
PfiNli’Tllli’NTPT
L4VI.I’ LUUI.
AT
I LJ.xU
.lhR.-l 12.3
(e) Ti&tenlower mounting bolts,

(f) Removelens cap.
(g) Connect the electrical connector.
(h) Perform Earth and Sky Observer Camsra Boresight Cheek as described
in Paragraph 2-14 in SEDR65.h:. If boresighting is incorrect,
adjust mirror to center desired!'aahaeraL target. Lock the mirror in
this new position.
(3.) Check the camera for operation as described in Paragraph 2-15 of
sm 65$"
13-46. Instrumentation Package A (4!L88100)
Instrumentation Package i is installed near the large pressure bulkhead
aft ofthe hatch,
,-
13-47. Removal
(a) Disconnect the electricsl connectors.
(b) Remove the three bolts along the inboard edge of the package.
(c) Remove the package cover,
c (d) Removeall TOPIC cards from the package. Store the TCPIC cards in
. 1
a containerthat willprotectthem from dirt, damege, etc.
(e) Removethe six bolts securing the package sndremove the package
- ^
from the capsule.
13-48, Installation
(a) Remove the cover from the package.
(b) Remove all TOPIC cards. Store cards in a container that will
protect them from dirt, damage, etc.
cc) Position the package and secure with six bolts. Safety wire the
four bolts which secure the package to the honeycomb shelf.
(d) Install the TOPIC cards.
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE
15 I)ecder 1959 MFDONNEIL
Q G &-&& PAGE l3-65 -
REPORT SEBR108
L.r\,m..r..
KCYIDE”
i?nNli’Tl-lRNTTAT.
UVI.L a--a.. -----
AAnnFI l33
I..w”L-
(e) Install and securepackage covers.

(f) Connect the electrical connectors.
(g) Perform an Integrated System Check as described in Paragraph z-l6
of SEDR6.5$.+
13-49 l Instrumentation Package B (45-88101~
Instrumentation Package B is attached to the webbing ne= the large
presumze bulkhead in the upper right section of the capsule.
13~so* Removal
(a) Disconnect electrical connectors.
(b) Removethe cover from the package.
(c) Remove all TWIG cards from the package. Store the TOPIC cards in
a container that will protect them from dirt, damage, etc.
(d) Removethe six bolts secureing the package and:remove the package
from the capsule.
13-Q. Installation
(a) Remove the cover from the package,
(b) Removethe TOPIC cards from the package and store in a container
- _
that will protect the cards from dust, damage, etc.
(c) Position the package in the webbing and secure tc structure with
6 bolts,
(cl)‘ Install the TOPIC cards,
(e) Install the package cover.
(fj c onnect the electrical connectors,
(gj Perform an Integrated System Check as described in SEIX 6$&
13-52o Instrumentation Package C (4&88102)
&strument&Lon Package G is installed near the large pressure bulkhead
aft and above the switch fuse panela
MAC 231 CM (10 MAR 88)

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15December 1959 MtDONNELL
,&+ ($ &&.& PAGE 13-66 -
REVISED REPORT
SEDR108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
',, r- REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133
I’,I
13-.53* Removal
(a) Disconnect electrical connectors.
(b) Removethe cover from the package.
(c) Remove all TOPIC cards from the package. Store the TOPIC cards in
a container that willprotectthe cards from dirt, damage, etc.
(d) Removethe bolts securing the package assembly and remove the
package from the cspssule,
13-54. Installation
(a) Removethe covers from the package.
(b) Remove all TOPIC cards from the package. Store the TOPIC cards in
a container that will protectths cards from dirt, damage, etc.
(c) Position the packsge in the capsule and secure with bolts.
P
(d) Install all TOPIC cards.
(e) Replace package cover,
(f) Connect electrical connectors,
(g) Perform the folloxing portions of the Integrated Systems Check as
described in SRDR6:&W,!
Capsule Electrical Power Instrumentation
Calibration On Instrumentation
O,OSGRelay Instrumentation
Environmental Control System Instrumentation
Reaction Control System Solenoids Instrumentation
13-55. Signal Condition and 3 Volt D-C Power Supply Ca.r~r~&-88203-l)
The signal condition and 3 volt d-c power supply card is installed in
CRI. of instrumeqtation package A, To replace the card, remove the cover
from instrumentation package A and remove the card. Prior to installing
a new card, observe the values of Rl, R2, R3, Rb, R8, end Rlf; on old
MAC 23, CM (10 MAR58)

CONFIDENTIAL
DATEI.5 December 1959 MtDONNELL
&/, G & p*GEu-67
REVISED
--... REPORT sm 108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
assembly. Verify that these resistors on the new card we of the sane
values, respectively. If component must be changed, apply MO. 747-5
moisture and fungus resistant varnish (EEL-V-173A Type 1) to new compon-
entandwiring. Insert the new card in CHl of instrummtation package A
and replace cover. Perform the following parts of the Integrated System
Check as described in SERB.65
(a) Instrumentation Power Supply InstrumentatUn
(b) Environmental Control System Instrumentation
I.
(0) Reaction Control System Instrumentation
13-56. Voltage Monitor Card (45-88205)
Two voltage monitor cards are used. They are installed in instrumenta-
tion package CinCH28 endCR29. To replace a card, remove the package
cover. Upon replacement of either card, perform the Reactian Control
System Solenoid Instrumentation check per SEDR65-9:.
U-57. Resistance ?Zleme& A-C Power Supply Card (&5-88206)
The resistance element a-c power supply cad is installed in CR6 of
instrumentation package A, To replace this card, the cover of the
instrumentation package assembly must be removed, The cardwhich is to
be installed must be adjusted according to SRDR64 prior to installation,
After-installing new card perform the following parts of the Integrated
System @heck as described in SRDR65. f:
(a)_.-Ynaty-entation Power Supplies Instrumentation
(b) Package Temperature Instrumentation
13-58. Resistance Element Amplifier Card (45-88207)
Five resistance element amplifier cards are installed in instrumentation
package A, Four of these cards are 4$=88207-l assemblies, These cards
are installed in CR7, GM, CH99 and CHll. The fifth card is a 45-88207-5
CONFIDENTIAL
.,.
DATEIL!5December 1959 MtDONNE&& & p&GE 13268
I&
REVISED REPORT SED 108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
r REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL u3
assemblye It is installed in &X10, A replacement card must be adjusted

per SRDR61 prior to &stallat'ion, 'Upop installation, make aiO point
calibration oheck of the new card. &cord the calibration information
'and stars in the telemetry trailer for future use dur+ng reduction of
data.
13-59. 'Respiration Rate and DepthJXLibration Attenuator andMixer Card
(45-882081
The respiration rate end depth cslibrat@m attenuator and mixer card ir
installed in ,CEi33of instrumentation pscksge C, Ta replace this card,
remove the package cover. Upon replacement of this card perform the
Normal Launch System Instrumentation Check as described in STIR 65#:.
lJ-60. Special-Instrumentation Package (4.5-88Q0)
The special instrumentation package is installed near the center of the
large pressure bulkhead under the ',czewm&i~e. , :,.p
13-61. Removsl
(a) Remove the crewman timulator as &&&be&in Section II,
fb) &sconnectthe electrical connectors from the package.
(c) Loose the bolts securing the cables at each corner of the package
and slide the cable end fittings out of the slots on the package.
(d) Removethe package from the capsule.
13-62, Installation
r.aAC 291 at.4 (10 MAR 5s)

CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 December1959 ,&‘+ &
MFDONNELL e PAGE 13-69
REVISED REPORT
SEDR 108
ST.LOUtS. MISSOURI
133
HANDLING EQUIPMENT
MDE45- 82003-l
WASHER
!--MS 2039z -3-21 PIN

(2 REQ’D) 45.88313 -3 BOLT
SPECIAL lNSTRUMENTAT,ON
PACKAGE
Nh5~7p~Q~”
FIGURE 13-35 SPECIAL \NSTRUMENTATION PACKAGE INSTALLATlON .,.lIC.,.C
CONFIDENTIAL
,
- -
DATEti Decaber l959 MfDONNELL
& &&j&q PAGE l3-70 -
14
REPORT SEDR108
--. .._-- C'FLNTi'TT-hTi'N'l'TAT
tA”I.1‘ .auxAJ.. 11r%Y
A.eRrl
M”lJEi.
133
--
P REVISCD
-
13-63, 1,3 KC. Voltage Controlled Subcarrier Oscillator (&L88700-13)

Two 1.3 kc, voltage controlled subcarrier oscillators are installed in
CBl7 and C%'3 of instrumentation package B. The cover of this package
must 'be removed to gain access to these cards. Upon replacement of a
c&d, perform an Attitude Change Bate check as described in SEDFL
654.
U-64, Adjustment
During various checkout procedures, the center frequency of this oscil-
lator is checked. If.'center frequency is not within tolerance,, the
oscillator must be adjusted. To make this adjustnmnt, perform the
following procedure.
(a) In the telemetry trailer 9 connect a frequenoy counter to the output
of the 1,3 kGfilter, (Zero output from the d~iscriminator may be
used as an indication of center frequency.]
(b) In the capsule, adjust the ceutering potentiometer on the card.
This control is the potentiometer nearest the outside edge of the
card. Coordinate adjustment via intercom to obtain an output
frequency of l-3 kc,
13-65. 1.7 KC, Voltage Controlled Subcsrrier Oscillator (&-88700-1s)
Two 1,7 kc. voltage controlled subcarrier oscillators sre installed in
cB16 and C@s of instrumentation package B. The cover of this package
must be removed to gain access to these cards,, Upon replacement of a
card, perform sn Attitude Change Rate Check as described in SW 65.;1,
13-66, Adjustment
Buring various checkout procedures, the center frequency of this
oscillator is checked., If center frequency is not within tolerance, the
osci.llator must be adjusted. !l@make this adjustment, perform the
following procedure.
CONFIDENTIAL
- .-~__.--
DATE 15
Deceww5g MFDONNELL
& & PAGE U-71
dz&
REPORT
SRDR108
P RFVISED
..- . .--- CONFIDENTIAL MODEL l33
(a) In the telemetry trailer, connect a frequency counter to the output

of the l,T kc. filter, (Zero output from the d&scriminator may be
used as an indication of center frequency.)
(b) In the capsule, adjust the centering potentiometer on the card;
card. Coordinate adjustment via intercom to obtain an output
frequency of 1.7 kc,
u-sa. 2,3 KC, Voltage Controlled Subcarrier Oscillator (kL88700-17)
Two 2,3 kc. voltage controlled subcarrier oscillators are installed in
CEILSand CR24 of instrumentation package B, Tbecover of this package
must be removed to gain access to these cards. Upon replacement of a
card perform anAttitude Change Rate Check as described in SEDR65#...
13-68, Adjustment "
During various checkout procedures, the center frequency of this
oscillator is decked, If center frequency is not within tolerance, the
oscillator must be adjusted. To mske this adjustment, perform the
following procedure,
(a) In the telemetry trailer, connect a frequency counter to the output
of the 22 kc, filter. (Zero output from the discriminator may be
used as an indication of center frequency,)
(b) In the capsule, adjust the centering potentiometer on the card.
card, Coordinate adjustment via intercom to obtain an output
frequency of 2-3 kc,
CONFIDENTIAL
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MikOUII REPORT SEDR 108
13-69. 10.5 KC, Voltage Controlled Subcsrrier Oscillator (45-88700-Z)

TWO10.5 kc. voltage controlled subcarrier oscillators are installed in
01-118
and 01-26of instrumentation package B. The cover of this packqe
must be removed to gain access to these cards. Upon replacer&& of a
card, perform a zero and full scale calibrate. Evaluate readout of the
following instrumentation ch=nels.
4 .Package Temperature
6 GO2PartialPressure
7 O2 Psrtisl Pressure
10 Cabin Air Temperature
11 Suit Inlet Air Temperature
P
l9 Heat Sink Temperature
20 Outside Skin Temperature
21 Inside Skin Temperature
L2 D-c current
PitchRate
Roll Rate
Yaw Rate
Compare instrumentation values with actual zero and full scale calibrate
levels a If the instrumentation values are within 2 5% of the full scale
calibrate value and zero level is obtained with zero calibrate signal,
i the new card is acceptable,
l-
MAC 23, CM (IO MAR 58)

CONFIDENTIAL
-
DATE
15%cembw MtDONNELL
& u-73 -
1959
l+g e PAGE
REPORT
SEDR 108
P REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL ‘33
13-70. 3,125 KC. Corapensating Oscillator (45-88700-53)

The 3.125 compensating oscillator is installed in CBl.9 of instrunmntatior
package B, Ihe cover of this package must be removed to gain access to
this &ard, Upon replacement of this card, perform the Subcarri@
Oscillators Check as described in SEDR65-i:0
1~3~71. Wer-Power Supply (45-8870o-55)
~&mixer-power supplies are installed in CBl4 and CIQ2 of instrumenta+:
tion package B. The cover of this package must be removed to gain
access to these cards. Bpon replacement of a card, perform the
Commutator Output Check and the Attitude Change Rate Check as described
in SEIlR 6&g..u
13-72e Signal Sources
P
13-73. 'i?:;Vo&t, 400 CP'8Rectifier and Attenuator
The 7 Volt, 400 cps rectifier aud attenuator are Located on the n,
400 cps power supply card in CR6 of instrumentatfon package A. (See
Figure 13-30.) To replace the rectifier or attenuator, repl.aoe-the

entire 45-882~6-1 card assembly. (Refer to Paragraph 13-57*)
Z13-74e Package Temperature Transducer
A GtfLAcn 32Pb2 thermistor onthe 45-882X5-7 es& assenibly in CR&of
instn;anen%ation package A serves as the packsge temperature transducer.
To replace the transducer, replace the entire &.38215-7 card asse&ly,
UPon Peplacemen%of -the cad asserhbly, perform the Package Temperature
check as described in SJXDR
@a
13~75~ Vfbration Pickup (45~887X4-9)
P The v%brati.on pickup is a piezo-elec%rzLc crystal instalLed in the upper

left corner of the main Instrument psnel, Replacement procedures for
&MC 23, CM (10 M&358)

CONFIDENTIAL
.._
DATE m
MfDONNELL
& &&$& PAGE 3.974 .
FG
Irfi-wTmTT~ls'hTmT. m ..---. -I33
%he tknsducer are obvious. Upon replace4nerpt of the trsnsducer,perform

the Vibration Instrumen%atfon check as descrfbed in SEDR65-
u-76. s~unti Pi-
A piezo-elec%~ic/dMaphraQ;m microphone installed in instnnnentation
package B is used for sound p8ektap. Replacement procedures for the
sound
. . ; pickup are obvious. Upon replacement, pedormthe Sound Level
I&trumentat%on Check as described in SEDR65-
u-77* (2% Po;Ptfal Pressure Wmsducer
Enstd3.ation provfsfons for two,C& parti6l pressure-transducers sre
preset% in %laeduetyor~ below and to the lefi of the couch area. If

only one transduce is utilized, it fs fnstaU.ed ip the Inboard:fitting
&xX a dm transducer .is i.nstaXLed in the outboard fittings PPfor to
SnstaUation the transducer must be ser‘deed per SEDR100, Electrolyte
life is appr&imately 40 houps. The traducer screws into a l&x&e6
f%tting. Replacement procedures are obtious. Upon replacement of
the hpaasdueer perform the St&% Qrcuft Leek check ss descrfbed in
SEDR80 and obtierve %he instpumenta%~on value of CO2psrtial pressure
to vqffy that it is proper.

u-78, 02PartialPressure !Ewwducep
The 02 pwtfd. pressure trwducw fs insta.lled in instnimen%atfon
package C. Replacement procedtxres fop %he trausdueer sre obvious.

Upon replacement of the trsnsdueer, observe the instrwnen%ation value
2 02 partial pressure to verf* proper operation.
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 &XlUbCP 1959 M’DoNNELL PAGE l3-75
REVISED REPORT SEDW 108
P VISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 13
The mafjority of ins%rumen%atfon system calibration is performed prior

to installatfon of system components inthe capsule. However, eali-
bration shouldbe cheek& perfor%ally
and upon replacement of a
c
system componen%...A quick check of calibratfon fs provided for scune
of the fnstr&nen.%ation channels by the zero and full scale calibrate
cfrcu:l.t e This efretit applies zero and upper scale signals to these
channels e Reference to %b calfbratfon cards or to Table 13-lwill
trsnsILate readout indica%eons to per%inen% units of measure. A more
detailed.-eaLLbra%.fon check csn be made by affee%$n@;transducer con-
.
ditions fn a caXbrated manner and compat%g instrumen%ation value to
P the cond&%ions the %ransducer is sensing. New calibration data should
be recorded.in Table 13-L E&Qment not directly associated wi&'sn
inclitiduti @mune%& IS IlLsted fn Table X3-2.
Meter Resfstors
Oxygen supply9 coolan% quan%fty and fuel quan%i%yfnstnunentatfon cir-
cults supply sfgnals to the 3.nstrutnen%panel Indicators associated
with these functions. The ou%puts from these transducers 8pe applied
through attenuator resfs%ors to %he meters. Meter resistance is no%
a con&en%. Consequently9 the value of the attenuator resistor is
a functfon cxf the Indftidual meter and transducer involved, Upon
repleeement of efther of %hese components, a change in the meter
attenuator may also be necessary. To determine -&e proper value of the
a%tenuator, use the fo%powing procedure, The work maybe perfwed
on %hebench or fn the capsule.
(a) Connect a precision digf-dial potentiometer (gDK) between trans-
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 15 &.CetIikC 1959 MSDoNNELL ' e PAGE 13-76
QG
REVISED ST. LOUIS,MISSOURI REPORTa
f-
DlZ\,IECC\ f'd-bNli'Tnli'N'l'T AT. ..*mc. 122
ducer wiper and one side of meter, Set potentianeter to 3OK.

(b) Connect other side of meter to negative side of trsnsducer.
(c) Apply three volts d-e to transducer end terminals.
(a) Elxe~cise transducer with pressure equd. to upper limit of para-
meter being motitored,
(e) adjust predsion potentiometer to obtain full scale deflection on
meter. Record vaerlueof resistance.
(f) Complete a ten point calibration cupITe. Record and file calibra-
tion information.
(g) liastall a fixed resfstor on 45-88203-1 capd of the same value
as recorded in step (e).
(h) Perform appropriate &rt of fgstrumentation
system check
. as ._..
.:.. described in SEBR65@ Compare system operation with calibration
curve plotted fn step (f)-
_
MAC 08, CM (10 MAR 88,

CONFIDENTIAL
_-- -.
DATE 1959MFDONNELL
1s%333t@@P &
&+G &&$& PAGE u-77
REVISED REPORT l3JmR 108

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE 3.5 I)tCenibOr 1959 M’DoNNEs - &t&&q PAGE X3-78
L/G
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
CONFIDENTIAL
iATE
,r;v MtDONNELL-&
G & PAGE 13-7?
REVISED REPORT sFml.08
RI
CONFIDENTIAL
.. . _..,
DATE 15 Be-- 1959 MFDONNELL

&/ ($ &a&&- PAGE 13-80
REVISED REPORT l3DR 108
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
REVISED_
-
CONFIDENTIAL
DATE15 mea37 1959 MtDONNELI,
,.f+/ ($ A. PAGE 13-81
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT l%RR 108
w.,..,.,.,... d-‘fiNT?Tl-hli’hT’l’T A 1 .,---. 121
MUUtl. YJ
CONFIDENTIkL
I
REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT - a
n REV’=- f’fiNTi’TTlTi’N’T’1 AT ..---. 122
CONFIDENTIAL
...~. f
M!DONNELL
6 &,
^-. -- ..
DATE 15 DeeenBesP 1959 &&& PAGE ??-a?

SZDR 108
REVISED ST.LOUIS,
&0UM REPORT
n RE\ CONFIDENTIAL MODEL -
CONFIDENTIAL
‘. -.--
DATE 15 ~e-iberl959 MFDONNELL&/&, &&$,&q PAGE 13-84

SJSDR108
REVISED ST.LOUIS,M;SSOUfu REPORT
CONPIDENTIAL
; ..
~~~~ 15 December 1959 MFDONNELL
& & PAGE 13-85
FG
~WISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SEJB 338
,’ ‘ISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL l33
._
13-81. SERVICING
--
I 13-82. EAPLCHANDSmOBSERVERCAME~
13-83. Refer to SEDR100, X-l Day Serrricing, for servicing procedures pertinent
to the earth snd sky observe? csmera.
13-85. Refw to *SEDR

100, X-l Day Servicing, for servicing procedures per-
tinent to the fistrumnt panel &server camera.
13-86. TAPE REcoRDm
13-87. Refer to SEDR100, X-l Day $emicLng, for servicing prcced*es per-
tinent to the tape recorder,
1.3-88. PLKJLBACKTAPERECORDER
13-89. Refer to SEDR100, X-l Day Servicing, for servicing procedures per-
tinent to the playback tape recorder.
13-90. CCQPARTIALPRESS~JR?~
TRANSDUCER
13-91. Refer to SELDR

100, X-l Day Sez%L5ng, for servicing procedures per-
tinent to the CO2partial pressure $mns~ucer.
CONFIDENTIAL 9

NASA Project Mercury Maintenance Manual - 1959

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

NASA Project Mercury Maintenance Manual - 1959

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PROJECT

+~NNE:D ~ATELLXTT CAPSULE

i‘\ NOTICE: This document contains information affecting the national

latest revision effecting that page.

REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT SECW 108

DATE15 DecemberI959 MfDONNELL

The pages of thisreport currently in effect we Jisted below in numerical

REVISED REPORT SEDR108

12-J 13-l 13-42 13-83

PURPOSE . ..*.....,.,................................. l-2

REWED REPORT SEDR 108

,’ clude C.C.P. changes and revised engineering.

P/N NoMENrn!ruRE USAGE

MAC 18, CM (10 MAR 88)

P/N N(XFLtK!UTURE USAGE

. mti587016-1 U.H,F. Signal Generator Fer signal substitution.

bm: *a, CM 00 MAR88)

REPORT SEDR 108

P/N NQMENCLATURE USAGE

?.l*,C 251 CM 00 MAR 58)

REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT EEDR 108

P/N NoIQEETNmm VENDOR

GR8;g4-VQ Voltmeter Detector General. Radio Co.

MAC281 CM (10 MARsat CONFIDENTIAL

REVISED ST. LOUIS. MISSOuRI REPORT ea

REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT = lo8

/-‘ DFVIPF:n CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133

P/E N@ENC:LATURE USAGE

1m4583026-1 checkout Kit, m- FOF caliboation of c~ewnen simulator

MAC 19, CM (10 MAR 118) CONFIDENTIAL ~

REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI

Gwez$ment Finished Equipment (GFE)

P/M McEdJmcLATuRE USAGE

MDE4533oob1 Ring Amy., Booster Used to hofst capsule-booster adapter

bm4582002-~ Wwkstaa., capstde En%-ry

MDE45$~002fX. CmeP Assy,, CapsaILs

mE4ggoo26-1 CmeP Assy,, A%las

.A emrer to pmteet %he pyl.on a&J

“AC291 CM (10 MAR 8s)

P REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133

MAC ZSI CM (IO MAR IS,

REVISED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 132

r l-al3,lccn t-Y-bNli’Tl-bTi!NTT A T. Alhrml 133

P/N I?mcLFiTuRE LEtAGE

MDE4588027-1 &aeO Assy., Telemetry A patch panel for titer-coa9e,cting

Lo-202 Degausser, Auttmatfc ALbws lx.12 erasfng of tape.

DuslRaekMomit Rack meatfgg prtisfons foP two

5OB AC/DC Digftal. Voltieter papQprf&saccurate voltage me&sure-

REPORT SEDR $I8

P REVISED ‘8: ONFIDENTIAL MODEL l33

M.&c. 181 CM (10 MAR BeI

MIC 29, CM ((0 M*R 183

MAC ZS‘ CM (10 “AR se)

REVISED REPORT SEDR108

REVISED REPORT sm 108

P/N NOMENCLATURE USAGE

MAC 181 CM (10 MPlR B8)

P/m NOMENCLATURE USAGE

VISED ST. LOUIS, M;SOURI REPORT ~DR 108

MED CONFIDENTIAL MODEL 133

(b) Removeretafnlng bolts from Lox vent tube adapter.

DATE 15 December1959 MfDONNEIL

FIGURE2-i MISSILE .ADAPTER INSTALLATION MH45-36

REVISED ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI REPORT s